travel south america 2 months

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Destinations

Experiences.

• Photography

Plan Your Trip

South america starts here.

Spending 2 months in South America seems like a lot—until you actually get there. The size of the continent and the distance between places is somewhat evident on maps, or when you start perusing bus schedules, but you don’t viscerally comprehend it until your feet are on the ground.

To put it another way, unless you’re flexible in the amount of time you can spend, you probably won’t get to see all the best places to visit in South America, at least not on your first trip. (Once you make peace with this, of course, you can also admit that you’ll probably be back for another at some point!)

But let’s not start off on a negative note. Whether you’re seeking backpacking routes in South America or want to approach a trip to the continent from a more luxurious bent, this article is about what you can accomplish—not what you can’t.

Practical Matters

When to visit south america.

The best time to travel to South America varies slightly throughout the continent, but I generally like going during the southern summer (between December-March), especially if you plan to explore areas further south. Much of equatorial South America (i.e. Colombia, Ecuador and northern Brazil) is great to visit 365 days per year, while specific destination (Bolivia’s salt flats and Brazil’s bizarre sand dunes) are actually best to visit during their rainy seasons—February and July are good months, respectively. As for how long to travel South America? Well, that’s what this entire page is about.

Where to Stay in South America

South America has an impressive range of lounging, whether you’re taking a South America honeymoon and want to stay someplace luxurious, or are seeking out the best hotels in the world. Certainly, I’ve experienced many ends of the spectrum, from the opulent Hotel Fasano on Ipanema Beach in Rio de Janeiro, to the simple Loki Hostel in Cusco, Peru. Camping is also a popular option in wilder reaches of the continent, particularly in Patagonia, while wilder (even floating !) lodging is possible in the Amazon.

How to Get Around in South America

Unless your South America travel route is extremely ambitious, you’ll probably be traversing most of it by land. This is both because regional flights tend to be exorbitantly priced, and because long-distance buses are not only cheap by comparison, but excellent—you can enjoy steak and champagne on ones in Argentina! Many South American cities feature excellent and safe public transportation, though if you have to take a private car, I’d recommend an app like Uber over a sketchy local taxi any day.

Money, Costs and Communication

You’ll exchange currency plenty of times during your 2 months in South America, since most every country uses a different currency, from pesos in Colombia, Argentina and Chile, to Brazilian reaí , to Peruvian soles to Bolivian bolivianos . In terms of costs, you can generally expect the larger countries in the south to be more expensive than the smaller ones in the north, though the poor economies of Argentina and Brazil especially have reduced costs to far below what they used to be.

Irrespective of whether you’re in the cheapest countries in South America or the most expensive ones, WiFi is relatively good throughout the continent. With this being said, I do recommend getting local SIM cards, though this can admittedly be a hassle since you’ll need to purchase a new one in each country.

Do People in South America Speak English?

I’ll be frank: I can’t imagine traveling in South America without at least basic Spanish-language skills. While very educated people in big cities do speak some English, you’ll really be struggling to get by without being able to hablar un poquito de español . If you’re spending a couple of months in South America anyway, why not hunker down and learn Spanish before you hit the road? Immerse yourself in Inca culture learning Spanish in the Peruvian city of Cusco (which is near Machu Picchu), or instead study Spanish in underrated Ecuador . Make sure to use code #LYDH for $25 off your course!

Visas in South America

The issue of South America visas has become less complicated over the years, especially if you’re European or American. In fact, it was just announced recently that Americans no longer need a visa to enter Brazil (which was previously the most troublesome visa among South America’s major countries), while both Argentina and Chile have ended the “reciprocity fee” scheme long in place. Bolivia’s $160 fee is the highest in South America for US citizens (many European don’t need this), though it’s relatively easy to get.

Where to Go With 2 Months in South America

If you’re wondering “is Colombia safe?” the answer is yes, with some caveats I’ll mention in a few paragraphs. The more important point? Colombia is absolutely amazing, whether you explore the gorgeous city of Cartagena , trek amid alien-like palm trees in the Valle del Cocora or sun yourself on the forlorn beaches of Tayrona National Park .

I would almost go so far as to say that if you have significantly less than 2 months in South America (which is to say that, with 8 weeks in South America, you can only visit one country), that Colombia should be it. It’s a microcosm of all there is to love about the continent—and it’s also the most convenient country to visit, at least for Americans.

READ MORE:  Three Weeks in Colombia  

Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands

Though I didn’t visit them the first time I saw South America in 2 months (largely because I assumed this would be impossible), it’s now clear to me that an excursion to the Galapagos Islands is very much doable during this span of time. This says nothing of all the other amazing things to do in Ecuador, from the beautiful capital Quito to the adventure hub of Baños .

I will say, generally speaking, that the longer your Galapagos trip is, the less I’d recommend spending time in mainland Ecuador. If you take an organized Galapagos tour, this will allow you to cover more ground in a shorter period of time (perfect if, say, you have just 6 weeks in South America) while going independently is more fulfilling, but also takes longer.

READ MORE:  Explore the Galapagos  

Peru is probably the South American country who seek my personalized Travel Coaching service inquire most about, thanks to iconic experiences like the Machu Picchu hike, as well as more obscure things to do. Lately, Lima (and its food scene) have been hot, as have excursions to Iquitos and the Peruvian Amazon .

Of course, whether the only thing you do in Peru during your 2 months South America itinerary is hike the Inca Trail , or you decide to explore somewhat underrated spots like the white city of Arequipa and the dramatic Colca Canyon , this country is not going to disappoint you.

READ MORE:  Two Weeks in Peru  

The next stop along the South America backpacking route—even if you’re not a budget traveler—is Bolivia. For most travelers, this entails two main destinations: La Paz , the highest capital city in the world; and the Salar de Uyuni , a high desert whose mirrored appearance during the rainy season leads some people to believe it’s a beach.

Of course, depending on how you want to structure your South America trip, you could see other places in Bolivia once your Uyuni Salt Flats tour is done. Explore cities like Potosi and Sucre , or descend into the tropical jungles of Santa Cruz de la Sierra , an underrated urban center, and the gateway to the Bolivian Amazon .

READ MORE:  One Week in Bolivia  

When it comes to places to visit in Chile, I’ll be devoting this section to those outside of Patagonia—and, with the exception of the Atacama Desert near the border with Bolivia, those in the region of the capital Santiago . (Which, for what it’s worth, might just be my favorite city in South America, and certainly the only one where I could ever see myself living.)

Indeed, the first time I spent 2 or 3 months in South America, I spent most of my time in Chile in the capital region, which included the coastal cities of Valparaíso and Viña del Mar , as well as a couple of wineries just outside of Santiago-proper.

READ MORE:  One Week in Chile  

Likewise, I’ll be spotlighting places to visit in Argentina that are in the northern reaches of the country, though I’ll be getting to Patagonia in a few paragraph. As you can probably imagine, most trips to Argentina begin and end in fabulous Buenos Aires , a European city misplaced in South America, which absolutely earns its nickname as the “Paris of the South.”

Beyond this (and the slightly less beautiful side of Iguazú Falls ), other Argentina destinations I’d recommend adding to your 2 month South America itinerary include Mendoza and its surrounding wine country , as well as the underrated city of Cordoba .

READ MORE:  One Week in Argentina  

For most travelers, things to do in Brazil include a boat trip under Iguaçu Falls and a romp on one of Rio de Janeiro ‘s beaches. However, I’ve enjoyed getting to know Brazil beyond these bright and shiny objects, even if they (and Christ the Redeemer , as well as the coastal city of Salvador ) absolutely deserve their notoriety.

If you’re down to spend a disproportionate percentage of your 2 months in South America (and you speak a little Portuguese—this is key), consider exploring other destinations. São Paulo is one of the most underrated cities in South America (and is not really very dangerous), while the otherworldly Lençóis Maranhenses is one of the most magical places I’ve visited anywhere in the world.

READ MORE:  Three Weeks in Brazil  

Other South America Destinations

From Patagonia hiking, to secondary countries like Paraguay , Uruguay and the Guyanas / Suriname at the top of the continent, there are plenty of places to visit in South America besides those I’ve described in detail. You could even head to Venezuela if you have a death wish (or, less dramatically, if you’re traveling with a tour company in a rural area as far from civilization as possible).

The reason I didn’t say more about these destinations, frankly, is time. A comprehensive Amazon Rainforest trip, on its own, takes at least two weeks, irrespective of which country you choose as your origination point.

Sample 2 Months in South America Itineraries

The classic 2 months in south america.

If you don’t have any particular proclivities and are just looking for a simple South America itinerary (2 months or longer), this is probably how yours will look:

• Two weeks in Colombia or Ecuador
• 10 days in Peru
• 3-5 days in Bolivia
• 10 days in northern Chile or Argentina
• 1 week in Patagonia
• Two weeks in Brazil

My favorite thing about this particular South America 2 month itinerary? You can easily adjust it to be longer than 2 months South America (or shorter, if you haven’t got a lot of time).

A South American Boutique Experience

From legitimate luxury South America experiences to boutique hotels throughout the continent, those of you with some extra pesos to spend will be handsomely rewarded:

• Bethel Bio Luxury Hotel in Colombia’s Tatacoa Desert
• Silver Luxury Cruise to Galapagos (or Antarctica—insert after Patagonia)
• Belmond Sanctuary Lodge at Machu Picchu
• Tierra Patagonia Hotel and Spa in Torres del Paine
• Hotel das Cataratas at Iguassu Falls
• Palacio Tangara in São Paulo

Aren’t a big baller? Neither am I! Enjoy the best of both worlds and integrate a couple of these into your 2 months in South America, rather than bankrupting yourself by following the whole thing.

Weird and Amazing South America

Whether you’re seeking a Patagonia vacation or want to visit otherworldly destinations in Bolivia and Brazil, you can structure an entire itinerary around the extraordinary:

• Colombia’s Caño Cristales rainbow river
• Brazil’s Lencóis Maranhenses sand dunes
• Bolivia’s Salar de Uyuni
• Chile’s Atacama Desert
• Torres del Paine in Chilean Patagonia
• Mt. Fitzroy in Argentine Patagonia

Please note, as I mentioned in the introduction to this article, that you’ll need to visit both the Lençóis Maranhenses and the Salar de Uyuni during the rainy season (the former of which is the “cold” season in Patagonia) to get the full experience.

Is South America Safe?

As you travel South America 2 months (or longer), you’ll get your wits about you, and develop an ability to quickly suss out sketchiness. And that’s thankful: South America is not an especially safe place to travel, though I’ll conceded that many reports of how dangerous it is for travelers are sensationalistic and overblown.

Many, but not all. To be sure, although I have never encountered danger while backpacking South America—I’ve only really felt sketched out a handful of times, to be honest—I personally know two people who’ve been mugged at gunpoint, and one person who was actually shot.

Other FAQ About 2 Months in South America

How much money do you need for 2 months in south america.

Depending on where you go during your 2 month South America itinerary and how you like to travel, I’d say most travelers will spend between $4,500-18,000 during their trips. This is a wide range, to be sure, but this is a huge continent with many forks in the road!

What is the best month to visit South America?

My favorite time to spend 2 months in South America is during the Southern summer, and the months of January and February in particular. These are also the busiest and most expensive times to visit South America; “shoulder” months such as November and March or April will be less crowded, if you’re willing to deal with slightly less optimal weather.

How long do you need to travel South America?

Obviously, I think two months is a fine amount of time, given that I’ve created a South America 2 month itinerary. With this being said, you can enjoy trips in individual South American countries with a month or even less; truly comprehensive expeditions of this massive continent can last six months or longer.

The Bottom Line

Although 2 months in South America isn’t a huge amount of time, considering the size of the continent and the array of things to do there, it’s perfect for a first trip—or a second one, or a third one. Follow the traditional u-shaped route from Peru through Bolivia, down into Chile and up through Argentina to Brazil, or create a more eclectic itinerary that relies less on geography and more on your capacity for air travel. Still feeling flummoxed? Hire me to actualize your ultimate South America trip—you won’t regret it. Of all the places in the world you can utilize a 2 month itinerary, South America is definitely among my favorites.

Subscribe to email updates!

Words, images and design ©2009-2024 Robert Schrader, All rights reserved. Read Privacy Policy or view sitemap .

• Destinations
• Our travel books
• Plan your trip
• Where to stay
• Travel Calendar
• Editorial Guidelines
• Privacy Policy
• Work with us
• In the spotlight

Our 2-month South America backpacking itinerary

After only 5-6 years and tens of your questions, we finally felt inspired to write down the itinerary of our first grande journey. It all started when we decided to head for South America and explore it for about 60 days. In this article, we want to wrap up the whole journey and share with you our 2-month South America backpacking itinerary.

You can support us by checking out our travel books . Thank you so much! 🙏

Do you like this post?

Travel with us and share our journey on Instagram ! Do you want to support us – learn how here !

Keep up with our latest travel adventures and projects! Subscribe for our Traveletter!

I have read and agree to the Privacy Policy

Similar Posts

Patagonia – beauty has a price

Patagonia is a desired destination often found in the journals of most mountaineers, ornithologists, nature-lovers,... Read More

5 of our favorite travel movies

We have a confession to make – we are movieholics! We find films and series... Read More

Argentinean Patagonia – Perito Moreno Glacier

“It isn’t the biggest but it’s the most beautiful!” would say anyone who you ask... Read More

Brazil – Paraty

The first part of Rio passed smoothly. Our journey to Paraty is not exactly as... Read More

How to plan a trip to Easter Island

Welcome to a guest post by a very promising future travel blogger Valentina Merico. Valentina... Read More

Chile – Valparaiso in a day

Fresh oceanic breeze stokes the fire, making it hot enough for the pieces of corn... Read More

Share your ideas or questions with us Cancel reply

2 Month South America Itinerary

Ahhh the andes...the longest continental mountain range on the planet. running down the western edge of south america, the andes span 7 different countries and make up some of the most iconic and unique natural landscapes in the world. in this itinerary, we’ll focus on a two-month trip down the edge of the andes mountains through ecuador, peru & bolivia -- three stunning countries with deeply ancient roots and enormous diversity amongst their people, both indigineous and not. you may think that this trip will be all about mountains, glaciers and hiking...and you’re not wrong. but stick with me, because i’ll show you how you can experience all sorts of landscapes in one two-month trip. i’m talking white sand beaches, biodiverse jungles, searing hot desert dunes and much more., please note, for this route, i’ll only be focusing on the south american countries i visited on this trip: ecuador, peru, & bolivia (not argentina, chile, brazil, colombia, guyana, uruguay, paraguay, suriname or venezuela)., to see my two-week itinerary for colombia , click here., to see my one-month itinerary for peru , click here., south america tutorial, why 2 months, like most of my two-month trips, i picked this amount of time because any less time simply won’t be enough to comfortably travel through all three countries. because south america is such a large continent, travel times can take anywhere up to 20 hours. if you allot yourself less than two months, it’ll be much harder to get around to every highlight on this list, and the last thing you want to do is miss out on some big attraction because you overbooked. having said that, feel free to split up this itinerary as you see fit for shorter trips that can accommodate your schedule., overall safety in south america, another major draw to these three countries is that out of all the countries in south america, these three are within the top margins for tourist safety. because south america is a continent and not a country, there is a large variance in crime rates from country to country. countries like venezuela, brazil and colombia do have their fair share of issues. however, ecuador, peru and bolivia (for the most part) don’t report high incidences of violent crimes. do they still happen yes, but most reported crimes in this region of the continent are non-violent like pickpocketing, scamming, and purse-snatching. other than in quito, i really didn’t feel unsafe at any point during this trip, so as long as you keep your valuables close, use those street smarts, and do your best not to stand out as a target, you shouldn’t run into any trouble., visas in south america, visa requirements in every country shift with the changing political climate. however, at the time of my trip, the only country in this trio that required a pre-approved visa was bolivia. with my u.s. passport, i qualified for ecuador and peru’s free visas-on-arrival, so i didn’t need to do anything there. for your bolivian visa, do some research to see where your closest embassy is and what you need to bring with you when you go. chances are, you’ll need to bring your passport, a few passport-sized photos and potentially proof of a return ticket (so they know you don’t plan to stick around past your visa allotment). bolivia also does require you to have a yellow fever vaccine, so you’ll need proof of that as well when applying for your visa. i’d recommend getting this sorted sooner rather than later just so that you don’t find yourself scrambling for a visa days before your trip., if you’re worried about remembering all of these, i’ve got all the visa documents you’ll need covered in my packing checklist ., altitude in south america, because a large portion of this route weaves through the andes (some of which reach as high as 7,000 meters/23,000 feet), altitude is a real factor to consider when planning your trip. altitude sickness only affects people when they go above 2,500 meters (or 8,000 feet), but you’ll be going well above that during the course of this trip. the hard truth about altitude sickness is that it only affects some people, and it’s hard to predict why or how it does. i had moments on my trip where i felt no altitude sickness at all, and others when i definitely did., symptoms of altitude sickness include:, dizziness or balance issues, shortness of breath (even with minor exertions of energy), fast heart rate, what can you do about altitude sickness, the general rule of thumb when it comes to altitude is to take it easy. stay as hydrated as possible and do your best to acclimatize gently (easing your way up over a few days) so that your body can slowly adjust to the lack of oxygen. definitely do not go on a strenuous hike the day you arrive at a high-altitude location (i’m looking at you rainbow mountain). you can also ask your doctor to write you a prescription for altitude sickness pills before you leave, so that if you feel particularly ill, you’ll  have some backup ready to go. as always, just listen to your body and don’t overdo it., two month south america itinerary, destination.

Country 1: Ecuador (Days 1-13)

United States Dollar

Exchange Rate

$1 USD = $1 USD

Primary Language

GMT -5 hours (Central Standard Time)

Dry Season: June - September; Rainy Season: October - May

Days 1-3: Quito

Some people love quito and some people hate quito. i personally fall somewhere in between. as the first city on this list, i’m not going to say it’s outstanding, but it does hold a tremendous amount of cultural and historical significance as the capital of the country. my recommendation is to meet some other travelers and explore the city together in an effort to stay safe and make some connections quickly into your trip. quito is also an excellent spot to do some day trips to other local areas, like the cotopaxi volcano, otavalo market or the cloud forest in mindo..

What to do in Quito:

Take the (free) guided tour of the Old Town

Straddle the world at the Mitad del Mundo (the Equatorial line)

Go shopping in La Ronda

Visit the Virgin Mary Statue on El Panecillo

Ride the Teleferico cable cars for some panoramic city views

Visit some of Quito’s exquisitely designed churches

Where to stay in Quito? I loved   Community Hostel

Days 4-6: baños, most people familiar with the spanish language know that “baños” translates to “bathroom,” but baños, ecuador derives its name from the dozens of waterfalls that surround it. dripping like sink faucets, the waterfalls around baños are truly a sight to see, and a far cry from the crowded and urban quito. there’s so much to see and do in this small tourist town in the mountains. rent a bike and cycle around to all the waterfalls; bathe in the local hot springs; zipline across canyons, or grab a beer, kick your feet up in a hammock and just enjoy the clean mountain air..

What to do in Baños:

Rent bikes and cycle to all 7 of Baños’ waterfalls

Go whitewater rafting on the Rio Pastaza

Visit the Casa de Arbol & try out the Swing at the end of the World 

Zipline across the winding hills

Soak in either of the town’s two thermal baths (be sure to wear that bathing cap!) 

Go canyoning, climbing, & rappelling down waterfalls

Where to stay in Baños? Try   Santa Cruz Backpackers Hostel

Days 7-9: cuenca, once you’ve had your fill of adventure sports and waterfalls, grab some snacks and take the 8-hour bus to cuenca. believe me, you’ll know the long ride is worth it when you arrive. cuenca is a beautiful city nestled amidst the andes that features quaint colonial architecture, extravagant cathedrals and ancient incan ruins. the city is quickly modernizing, somehow preserving its trademark aesthetic while popping up boutique shops and restaurants in between its traditional buildings. it’s easy to stroll around cuenca and get lost, but if you do, don’t worry it’s one of the safest cities in ecuador..

What to do in Cuenca

Do a day hike at El Cajas National Park (my top pick! I wrote a handy guide for it here)

Tour the city’s brand new Cathedral de la Inmaculada (well, brand new since 1975)

Catch a panoramic view of the city from the Turi Viewpoint

Explore Incan ruins right in the middle of the city at the Pumapungo Archaeological Park

Learn some local history & culture at any of Cuenca’s numerous museums

Soak in some volcanic baths at the local Baños (not to be confused with the other Baños)

Walk through the city’s central Parque Calderón (free WiFi, y’all)

Shop, eat, and tour the city’s local markets (food, flower, textiles)

Where to stay in Cuenca? I liked   Mi Casa Hostel

Days 10-12: montañita, once you’ve finished up in cuenca, catch a bus to guayaquil and transfer over to the bus to montañita (the full trip is about 7 hours & there is unfortunately no direct route). if you’ve been craving some sun, sand and tan, then montañita is your spot. located on the country’s western coast, montañita is a quiet surf town by day and a beachside nightlife hub by night. if you’ve been to the islands in thailand then you’ll know what to expect. this place has tons of stunning white sand beaches, all the western food you could want, and a whole strip of bars to crawl to at night. it’s a lovely spot to relax and unwind during the day and let loose when the sun sets..

What to do in Montañita:

Spend your day surfing , just minutes away from your hostel

Check out some turtles & blue-footed boobies on Isla de la Plata, one of two Poor Man’s Galapagos’

Have a beach day at Los Frailes, widely regarded as Ecuador’s prettiest beach

Take a dip in a mud bath at the Agua Blanca Tourism Project

Have a wild night out! This is the spot for it!

Nothing at all! Grab a cocktail and nap in a hammock for all I care!

Where to stay in Montañita? I loved  ChiChi Babylone Backpacker

Day 13: bus to guayaquil; bus to mancora, after you’ve finished up your stay in montañita, wake up nice and early and catch the 2.5-hour ride back to guayaquil, where you’ll transfer to a bus headed towards mancora. this will be a border-crossing bus, so make sure to have your passport and documents on hand and ready to go when you reach peru. the total trip will be about 8.5 hours (2.5 from montañita to guyaquil and 6 from cuenca to mancora), so settle in for a long day of travel., country 2: peru (days 13-45).

Peruvian Sol

$1 USD = 3.90 Soles (as of November 2022)

Dry Season: May - October; Rainy Season: November - April

Days 13-15: Mancora

Another beach town just across the border from montañita, mancora is more like the east coast of long island than the bahamas. straddling the pacific, mancora is much more a temperate surfers paradise than it is subtropical, complete with sandy cliffs, aggressive waves and a distinctive pacific sea breeze. spend a few days here learning to surf or vegging out on the beach, or maybe spend the next few nights partying at the town’s party hostels. the beaches here are nice but not fantastic, so get that tan on while you can, because this is the last of the warm beaches you’ll see on this trip..

What to do in Mancora:

Surf, Surf, Surf

Go Humpback Whale Watching (if you’re there from July-October)

Swim with Sea Turtles off Mancora Beach (but don’t touch!)

Party when the sun goes down!

Where to stay in Mancora? Check out     The Point Mancora - Beach Hostel

Day 16: bus to huaraz, i hope you got your fill of sand and sun, because we’re headed to the complete opposite climate next. grab the 16-hour bus from mancora to huaraz and pop in some podcasts. i know this is a long trip, but remember that you’re essentially driving halfway down the entire country, so it’s worth it. bundle up for this ride because the buses often blast the a/c, and huaraz will be much colder than mancora., days 17-18: huaraz, you made it to huaraz stretch those legs after your long journey and check into your hostel for some well-earned rest. huaraz is a quiet mountain town in the center of the peruvian andes. known for its famous laguna 69 trek, huaraz is a fantastic jumping point for some serious mountain climbing and glacier hunting. for those just getting acquainted with the altitude change, i recommend trying out the rajucolta valley and llaca valley hikes first (they’re easier), and attempting more challenging hikes like laguna churup, laguna paron and laguna 69 once your body’s acclimatized. regardless of which hikes you go for while you’re here, huaraz is undoubtedly a perfect gateway drug into andean hiking..

What to do in Huaraz:

Hike, Hike, Hike (your most common options are Rajucolta Valley, Llaca Valley, Laguna Churup, Laguna Paron, Laguna 69)

Do an overnight hike through Cordillera Blanca

Acclimatize by wandering around town and exploring the local markets

Where to stay in Huaraz? I liked   Alpes Huaraz

Days 19-22: lima, once you’ve sufficiently frozen into a popsicle from all the glaciers and hiking, take a bus southward and warm up in lima, peru’s capital. the ride will take about 7 hours and get you into one of lima’s major bus stations, where you can uber to your hostel. lima is perfectly located on the steep and stunning cliffs on peru’s mid-western coast. it has a temperate climate year-round, often avoiding major storms, but sits on a fault line and therefore experiences occasional earthquakes. it has dramatic beaches perfect for surfing and its steep cliffs make for some excellent paragliding. lima is a bustling metropolis, possibly the most modern and technological city on this trip. you can easily spend a week or more here, but we’ll try to condense the highlights into four days..

What to do in Lima:

Go Surfing 5 minutes away from your hostel

Take the Free Walking Tour of Lima’s Old Town (that begins in Miraflores & ends in the Plaza del Armas)

Take a Graffiti Tour of Barranco -- Lima’s hip, Bohemian neighborhood

Head to the Circuito Magico del Agua at night for an amazing Water Fountain Show

Take a dip with some sea lions off Palomino Island

Check out the Pre-Incan Huaca Pucllana Ruins in the Miraflores District

Spot all the cats in Miraflores’ Kennedy Park (there are legit dozens of them)

Go airborne by paragliding off the seaside cliffs

Sample some of Peru’s most iconic foods like ceviche, anticucho, & pisco sours

Where to stay in Lima? I liked   Dragonfly Hostels Miraflores

Days 23-24: paracas, once you’ve had enough of lima’s hustle and bustle, head south just 4 hours to paracas, a sleepy pacific beach town right on the edge of that small peninsula on the western coast of the country. paracas is a really fascinating place. the desert landscape it’s known for is entirely different from that of lima, and its slithering fields of sand extend all the way to the coast, resulting in otherworldly beaches dyed red and black. this is definitely not a beach town meant for swimming and tanning. the beaches are often dirty and smell like low tide, and the local pelicans call dibs on all the good spots. however, this strange little town has some really and truly unique sights that you can’t get anywhere else in the world. you don’t need more than a day or two for paracas, however, so buckle up and get ready for a beach town entirely different from anything you’ve seen..

What to do in Paracas:

Start your day at Islas Ballestas (the other Poor Man’s Galapagos) to spot some penguins, seals and bottlenose dolphins

Take a tour of Paracas National Reserve to see some lunar-looking landscapes, flamingoes and red-sand beaches

Take an hour-drive to Tambo Colorado to see some well-preserved Incan ruins

Where to stay in Paracas? I liked   Icthus Paracas Backpackers

Days 25-26: huacachina, just an hour away from paracas, huacachina is fairly easy to get to. grab the hour-long bus to ica and hop on a tuk-tuk from the station to huacachina. when you arrive, you’ll instantly see why huacachina is on every travelers bucket list when they visit peru. the town of huacachina is a man-made oasis in the middle of a desert. essentially catered to backpackers, the small town is walkable in 20 minutes and is comprised of restaurants, bars, hostels and tour offices, straddled on all sides by enormous hills of sand. the town is a lovely break from an adventurous trip, so take advantage of the relaxing vibe here..

Sandboarding in Huacachina

If there’s anything to do in huacachina it’s sandboarding. departing in the late afternoon, these atv tours take you up and around the dunes and stop at several spots along the way for you to try your hand at sandboarding. the ride is very bumpy and very precarious, but incredibly fun. once you stop, you get the chance to glide down the dunes at speeds that feel completely inhuman. i personally could only manage horizontal sandboarding (and messed even that up occasionally), but some adventurous souls managed to do it upright. finally, the atvs will take you back towards town just in time to catch sunset over the oasis. the whole thing takes about 3 hours and is worth every penny., where to stay in huacachina i really liked  wild olive guesthouse, day 27: bus to cusco, buckle up, kids, because this will be a long journey. though it looks fairly close on a map of peru, cusco is actually about 19 hours away from huacachina, mostly because the andes force the roads to wind around them rather than drive a straight line through them. grab some food, snacks, and water, download some podcasts and music and try to get as much sleep as you can. you could alternatively take the bus to arequipa (still about 11 hours) and then head on to cusco, or you could take the bus back to lima and fly to cusco (just a one-hour flight). all viable options. this is just my best-bet budget option. adjust accordingly., days 28-38: cusco & machu picchu, you brave, brave souls...you did it you endured the 19-hour bus ride and arrived in the one-and-only incan center of the world if i’m honest, i’d love to give you guys a real talk-style, brutally honest, scathing review of cusco, but the fact of the matter is that cusco legitimately lives up to its hype. nestled comfortably in the high-altitude andes at 3,400 meters, cusco is a real-life gem of blended old-school architecture and modern tourist-centric aesthetics. i’m talking vegan restaurants, late-night party hostels, and european cafes, surrounded by ancient cathedrals, colonial buildings, and dotted with rainbow-clad llamas. it’s a truly unique city that puts other tourist-heavy cities to shame..

I've allotted 10 days for this leg of the trip because Cusco has so much to see and do, but you could easily get stuck here for much longer checking out the local ruins, hiking its dramatic mountains and getting fat off its exceptional cuisine. But focus up, y’all! We’re here to hike!

What to do in cusco (other than a machu picchu hike):.

Do a day tour of the Sacred Valley (perfect for acclimatizing to the altitude)

Check out the otherworldly and unexplored Maras Salt Mines

Do the challenging Rainbow Mountain hike (but NOT on your first day) 

Check out any of Cusco’s informative museums (Inka Museum, Coca Museum, Pisco Museum, Museo de Arte Pre-Colombino)

Find the city viewpoint under the giant Jesus statue for a panoramic view of Cusco

Take a quick & free tour of the Chocolate Museum

Buy some gringo sweaters or other textiles at the local markets

Where to stay in Cusco? I really liked  Kokopelli Hostel Cusco

Machu picchu trekking options.

I know you’re really here for Machu Picchu so let’s get right into it. Machu Picchu, like Cusco, really does live up to the hype. It’s an enormous and fantastically-preserved archaeological park with a real profound charge in the air. It’s an incredibly historically significant site, and it somehow doesn’t manage to feel overcrowded despite having thousands of people there a day.  I recommend you get there early (as early as possible), and pay attention when your guide explains you the meaning behind the sites so that you get the full impact of this truly iconic wonder of the world. 

There are several ways to machu picchu, and they all have their pros and cons. let's sift through some of them to see which suits you best., option 1: take the train, duration: 1 day, difficulty level: 0/5, whether you find yourself exhausted from your other hikes or from the altitude, you can take a bus from cusco to ollantaytambo and catch the train to machu picchu from there. this will definitely be the priciest option, with train fare costing up to $140 for a one-way trip. though this is the luxury option, i’d implore you to push yourself to hike to machu picchu rather than take this route, because hiking is truly the most spectacular way to get there. you’ll catch the train back to cusco afterwards anyway, so you won’t be missing out on much., option 2: jungle trek, duration: 4 days, 3 nights, difficulty level: 2.5/5, the jungle trek offers a pretty comfortable middle-ground between the other trekking options. it bypasses the glaciers and high altitudes, effectively making it easier than the salkantay trek, and instead weaves you through the low-altitude jungles in the cusco region. with more time and less strenuous hiking, the jungle trek offers some fun add-ons like whitewater rafting, zip-lining, mountain biking and more. it sounds like it ticks all the boxes for an adrenaline-packed adventure hiker without the intensity of high altitude climbing, and it’s comparable to the cost of the salkantay trek ($175 usd). i also recommend booking this one just a day in advance., option 3: inca trail, difficulty level: 3.5/5, the inca trail is well-known as the most authentic way to get to machu picchu, as it follows the pilgrimage path that the incans themselves used hundreds of years ago. this trail is known to be somewhat difficult, complete with plenty of altitude changes, but it also spans a bunch of different ecosystems (glaciers, mountains, jungles, cloud forests) packed into just 4 days. you also get the added benefit of arriving at machu picchu via the sun gate, which offers some stunning panoramic views that you don’t get from other treks. keep in mind, however, that inca trail bookings need to be done well in advance and are rather costly. you can easily get locked out from this trail if you don’t plan ahead, and keep in mind that this option will put a pretty hefty hole in your wallet (it goes for around $500 usd)., option 4: salkantay trek, duration: 5 days, 4 nights, difficulty level: 4/5, the salkantay trek is the hike that i did, and i really can’t recommend it enough. i’m not going to lie, it’s hard. it’s one of the hardest hikes i’ve ever been on, but it’s definitely worth it. on this trail, you’ll weave your way through the mountains, heading up to the salkantay pass on day 2, head back down into the jungle on days 3 and 4, and then climb up to machu picchu on day 5. day 2 is easily the hardest, as you’ll be hiking entirely uphill at an already high altitude (4,000+m), but the difficulty helps you bond with your fellow travelers and make the glacier at the top all the more worth it.  this tour usually involves some zip-lining and hot spring bathing, so there’s plenty going on to keep your interest. it’s also one of the cheapest options if you book a day in advance (and i recommend you do). i believe i paid something in the realm of $175 usd for the five days., days 39-43: arequipa, for those of you who are all hiked-out, i have some bad news. arequipa is a lovely town 10 hours from cusco by bus, and it’s known for both uphill and downhill hiking. straddled on both sides by two enormous volcanos, and located right next to the world-famous colca canyon, there’s plenty here for the hiking aficionado, but also plenty more for those of us who need to give our legs a break. dotted with beautifully constructed cathedrals and an open-air feel, arequipa is my favorite peruvian city. it’s clean, bright, safe and extremely walkable. so post up at a hostel, meet some other travelers, and either climb the mountains or admire them from a rooftop with a pisco sour in hand..

What to do in Arequipa:

Hike down into Colca Canyon (and stay overnight in the oasis at the bottom)

Do the 2-day hike of Volcan Misti (I hear it’s rather difficult, peaking at 5,822m)

Soak your aching body at some of the local hot springs (La Calera Thermal Waters)

Admire the condors at Mirador del Cruz Condor (usually coupled with a Colca Canyon Hike)

Weave your way through the Santa Catalina Monastery 

Participate in the Free City Walking Tour (it’s a great spot to meet other travelers)

Learn how to cook some Peruvian staples at a cooking class (I recommend the ceviche one)

Where to stay in Arequipa? I liked   Arequipay Backpackers Downtown

Days 44-45: puno & lake titicaca, okay, okay i promise. no more hiking. next we head to puno, a city in the southeast of peru that borders lake titicaca, and where we’ll wave goodbye to peru and head towards bolivia. only a 6-hour bus ride from arequipa, puno is known for one thing and one thing only -- its floating islands. if i’m honest, i wasn’t super impressed with them or puno as a whole. however, it’s a necessary stopover on our way to the next country, and lake titicaca itself is quite a spectacle to see. be sure to bundle up on your way over, though. puno is high altitude and therefore pretty darn chilly., what to do in puno:.

Check out the Floating Islands (these are man made islands created by the indigenous Uros people)

Where to stay in Puno? I liked   Cozy Hostel

Getting to Bolivia from Puno

From puno, take the 4-hour bus to copacabana over the bolivian border. it’s a pretty straightforward ride, but just be sure to have your immigration documents in hand onboard the bus rather than in storage underneath it. you’ll need your passport, your pre-approved bolivian visa and your vaccine checklist for the border guards to see., country 3: bolivia (days 45-62).

Bolivian Boliviano

$1 USD = 6.93 Boliviano (as of November 2022)

GMT -4 hours (Bolivia Time)   *note this is different from the other countries

Dry Season: May - November; Rainy Season: December - April

Okay, raise your hand if you don't know very much about Bolivia. No? I didn’t either. Out here in the west, we don’t learn very much about this amazing landlocked country in central South America, but it’s a really unique and deeply cultural place. With all sorts of altitudes and ecosystems rolled into one (you’ve got the low-altitude Amazon in the north and the brutally high altiplano in the south), Bolivia’s landscape is entirely its own and unparalleled anywhere else in the world. The country has a phenomenally rich cultural history that’s developed entirely separately from the rest of South America, and it shows in the food, fashion and etiquette. It won’t be uncommon to pass by a bowler-capped lady walking her alpaca on the street, or a man dressed as a cowboy selling his wares in the local market. So wave goodbye to Peru and get ready for an entirely brand new experience.

Days 45-46: isla del sol, welcome to bolivia you’ll probably notice almost immediately that this is no peru. bolivia is a completely different country that’s developed largely on its own from its indigenous communities, independent from its neighboring countries. when you get off the bus at copacabana, head to the port and grab the ferry to isla del sol..

Isla del Sol is just an hour away from Copacabana, and holds a really dear place in the hearts of locals as the mythical birthplace of the sun. The island looks like it’s stopped in time a few hundred years ago, with very basic amenities and limited WiFi. It’s a laid-back and slow moving place to be, which can be a very welcome thing at this point in the trip, but also has a few interesting things to do. All in all, Isla del Sol can be done in a day (it’s very walkable), but if you want to extend it to an overnight like I did, you can take all the time you like. Keep in mind, there is a general separation of North and South on the island, as the locals conflict there, primarily over tourism disputes. You will likely stay on the south-side, which is absolutely fine because there’s plenty to see on that side of the island.

What to do on isla del sol:.

Hike the Incan Path for panoramic views and to see the island’s unique flora (about 3 hours)

Check out some of the ancient ruins scattered on the island (dating back to the 15th Century)

Check out the Museo del Oro to learn why this spot is the birthplace of the Incas

Eat some local food at the quaint restaurants (especially trout caught from the Lake)

Where to stay on Isla del Sol? I liked   Casa de la Luna

Days 47-50: la paz, once you’ve enjoyed the slow-paced life on isla del sol, get ready for the exact opposite in la paz. densely populated, la paz is the antithesis to isla del sol in that its bustling, fast-paced and crowded. yet another city that blends its ancient history with new modernizing aesthetics, la paz isn’t technically the capital of bolivia, but it sure as heck functions as one, and is a fantastic home base for your excursions in bolivia., take the ferry from isla del sol to the mainland and catch a bus to la paz (3.5 hours). you’ll notice pretty immediately that the city is flanked with snowy andean mountains and is very high altitude (3,650m). if there was ever a city for altitude sickness pills, la paz would be it. i got winded just going up the stairs to my dorm room in my hostel., what to do in la paz:.

Check out the voodoo and shrunken heads at the Witches Market

Get around by the Teleferico cable cars

Do the Free City Walking Tour  

Challenge your fear of heights on  Death Road

See a Cholita Wrestling Match

Check out the abandoned Chacaltaya Ski Resort

Hike Huayna Potosi (this is a hard hike)

Explore the lunar landscape of Valle de la Luna

Where to stay in La Paz? I liked   The Adventure Brew Hostel

Days 51: getting to rurrenabaque, once you’ve explored la paz a little bit, it’s time to head to the jungle. i’m not going to lie to you folks...this ride is grueling. 40 minutes by plane, 9 hours by car-hire and 12+ hours by bus, getting to rurrenabaque is a challenge. if you have the cash to spend, go ahead and book the time-saving and convenient flight. however, if you’re on a budget, my advice is to gather a group of 4 people and hire a car. it’s by far the fastest option and relatively cheap when split among four people. the ride is bumpy, backwoods, and tight, but it’ll all be worth it when you finally end up in the amazon., keep in mind, all roads leading to rurrenabaque have to drive through yungas road (a.k.a. death road), as it’s currently the only way to get there. the road is very narrow, and derives its name from the many car accidents that it used to cause back in the day. since then, they’ve expanded it a bit so that there’s room for two-way traffic as you go. i still think that a car hire is better than a top-heavy bus, but use your own judgment., days 52-56: amazon & the pampas, once you finally arrive in rurrenabaque you may start to wonder why you just did what you did. the town is small and unglamorous, but that’s purely because it’s built for function. most people who come here are en route to the jungle and therefore just stop by. so gather your things, check into a hostel and get to booking your amazon trip..

The Amazon- 3-Day Madidi Reserve Trip

My amazon experience was easily one of the coolest experiences of my life. i did a three-day stay at an eco-lodge in the madidi reserve , and would have stayed longer if i had the time. you’ll start out in rurrenabaque and take a 3-hour boat ride through the local river to arrive at the reserve. the grounds are expansive and remote with no internet access, limited running water, and plenty of mosquitos. wear long-sleeves (i know, it’s blistering hot here) to keep the bugs at bay and enjoy touring the jungle with your guide while you stay in some beautiful eco-cabins..

Perhaps my favorite thing about this experience was the wildlife that the reserve had on hand - rescued (and mischievous) spider monkeys, tapirs, macaws and parrots. The tour guide shuttles you and your group through the jungle, pointing out squirrel monkeys, caiman and all the local jungle plants that make the Bolivian jungle unique. At night, you’ll be taken on a canoe through the lake with flashlights in hand to spot the caiman hiding out on the outer banks, and you’ll do a late-night walk through the woods to try and find some nocturnal animals like tarantulas and more. All in all, it’s a remote and in-depth experience that any nature-lover would be thrilled with. I can’t recommend it enough.

Pampas tour, the pampas tour that i did was a quick day trip from rurrenabaque, but you could easily swap the pampas and the amazon excursions if you’d like more time exploring the outer banks of the amazon jungle. on the pampas tour, you’ll be guided through the wetlands of the jungle on a river boat, spotting incredible animals along the way. blue and yellow macaws, squirrel monkeys, caiman, and capybaras make appearances all along the riverbanks, but nothing compares to the pink river dolphins..

At one point, your guide will stop the boat and tell you to get in the water. You’ll get in the water (trying not to predict the inevitable parasites that you’ll get infected with) and notice a bunch of breaching all around you as the pink river dolphins come out to play. They’re harmless and playful, but can be quite a surprise given the murkiness of the waters. They are, however, beautiful and unique, so I definitely recommend taking a dip with them. Your tour will return you to the port at Rurrenabaque just in time for you to catch a late night bus back to La Paz.

Day 57: back to la paz, once you’ve finished up in rurrenabaque, book a bus or car hire and head back to la paz overnight. when you arrive, you’ll be able to spend the day recuperating before heading out to uyuni the following night. you won’t be able to book your uyuni salt flats tour until the morning of, so just book a bus from la paz to uyuni (the journey takes about 7 hours), and veg out before you have to get back into travel mode., day 58-61: uyuni salt flats.

Like Machu Picchu, I was worried that the Uyuni Salt Flats would be overrated. How cool can an endless expanse of white actually be? Boy, was I wrong. The Salt Flats wound up standing out as one of the top 3 experiences on my trip and possibly my life. Arrive in Uyuni early in the morning and book a three-day tour at any of the local tour agencies, where you’ll be shepherded into a van and headed off to the flats.

In the wet season, the flats are doused in a thin coating of water, perfectly mirroring the sky and making for a really otherworldly view. during the dry season, they look like huge desert plains made of dry, crackled snow. either season is a fantastic time to visit, so don’t worry if you don’t manage to get there in time for wet season. keep in mind, however, the salt flats are freezing cold at any time of year, especially at night. bundle up for this one, guys..

Included in your tour will be a few stops on the flats, at the train graveyard, some museums, excavation sites, and a night at the salt hotel (yes, the building is entirely made of salt). Then, you’ll be driven into the Atacama Desert (the one that borders Chile) and shown some pretty stunning lunar landscapes, volcanoes and flamingo flocks. At the end, some people in your group will be dropped off close to the Chilean border so they can continue on, but you’ll head back toward Uyuni town. Once you arrive back in town, grab your packs and head to the bus station to catch the next night bus back to La Paz.

Day 62: fly home, when you arrive back in la paz, it’ll likely be early morning, giving you plenty of buffer time to head to the airport and catch your flight home. hopefully by now you feel like you experienced a large part of bolivian culture and nature. i know we missed out on sucre and santa cruz, but there’s only so much you can do in 62 days, all in all, i hope this guide helped you structure your trip or give you ideas of where you’d like to visit in this part of the world in a functional amount of time. as my first solo trip, this itinerary holds a special place in my heart and i hope it winds up doing so for you too. hopefully you leave yourself enough wiggle room in this tight schedule for advice and tips from other travelers. but more than anything, hopefully you find the same joy for the magic of the andes that i did when i came here., if you’re interested in seeing other parts of the world, you can always check out my other itineraries right here. happy travels, my friends.

We’re in Myanmar right now and it’s SO epic… click here to follow along on Instagram.

• Meet the Team
• Work with Us
• Czech Republic
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Scandinavia
• Philippines
• South Korea
• New Zealand
• South Africa
• Budget Travel
• Work & Travel
• The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
• Travel Resources
• How to Travel on $10/day

Home » South America » Backpacking Travel Guide

Backpacking South America Travel Guide (TRAVEL TIPS • 2024)

So you are getting ready to travel South America, eh? Great call! 

Backpacking through South America is like learning to ride a bike without the training wheels. There is just the right amount of danger and curve balls to keep you alert, focused, and totally stoked on life.

With the exception of a handful of backpacker hotspots, South America is the wild west frontier of backpacking. This is the land of crazy parties, epic surfing, sprawling cities, and wild landscapes including the Andes and the Amazon jungle.

Above all else, South America is stunningly beautiful. Though challenging to navigate at times, it’s budget backpacker friendly, diverse, relatively safe, and one hell of a travel experience…

But South America is MASSIVE. Deciding where to go and how to plan travel to South America is a mind-boggling task. That’s where I come in, amigos. This South America travel guide will provide you with EVERYTHING you need to know to prepare for your trip through South America.

Here’s the full low-down on backpacking South America itinerary and routes, country profiles, tips and tricks for South America budget travel, and much more.

Lace up your bootstraps and prepare to have your travel inspiration skyrocket. We’re going on an adventure!

Why Go Backpacking in South America?

The South American continent is one of my favourite places on earth. It was always a place that mystified me: the traveller group was generally older and more mature. So when I got invited (by a sexy South American), I jumped at the chance.

It’s a place where I learned the art of budget travel , fell in love countless times, and had a multitude of life-changing experiences along the way. If you want to get off the beaten track whilst still having the option to meet plenty of other travellers, South America is the place to level up your backpacking skills and head on a real adventure…

South America is one of the most diverse continents on earth. It is home to the world’s second-highest mountain range in the Andes, world-class surf beaches, the Amazon Basin, the world’s driest desert, huge plains of lush grassland, glaciers, and unique wildlife not found anywhere else on Earth…

Each country you visit whilst backpacking South America offers up the opportunity to experience the incredible natural and cultural forces unique to that region.

Backpacking South America is generally a cheap endeavour – although it’s not as cheap as Southeast Asia or India. There are some fairly expensive corners of South America that you should avoid if you’re travelling on a budget .

You will fall in love with South America (and maybe a person or two along the way). So let’s dive into some South America travel itineraries and backpacking routes for your trip.

Best Travel Itineraries for Backpacking South America

Best places to visit in south america – country breakdowns, 9 top things to do in south america, backpacker accommodation in south america, south america backpacking costs, best time to travel to south america, staying safe in south america, getting into south america, how to get around south america, working in south america, what to eat in south america, south american culture, unique experiences in south america, faqs about backpacking in south america, final thoughts on backpacking south america.

When making a South America backpacking itinerary, remember that travel distances are HUGE, internal flights expensive, and sometimes you want to stay somewhere longer than anticipated.

So choose your South America backpacking route carefully. Unlike other continents, how much time you have really matters; you simply can’t do all of it.

If you only have 2 or 3 weeks for travelling South America, forget about seeing the whole continent. I recommend sticking to one country and devoting your energy to exploring it properly. 

In one month, you could explore some countries closer to each other. You could visit Bolivia and Lake Titicaca in Peru for example. It’s good to have room for spontaneity in your South America travel itinerary too.

2 Week South America Travel Itinerary – The West Coast Appetizer

You’ll have to keep moving to make this itinerary happen in 2 weeks, but I believe in you!

Start your backpacking South America itinerary in Colombia by visiting Cartagena . After a few days, head to Santa Marta , the jump-off point for Minca – a charming mountain town – and Tayrona National Park.

Get a bit off the beaten path, and head east to Cabo de la Vela (where the desert meets the sea) and Punta Galinas , where you can feast on fresh seafood along the Caribbean coast. Doubling back to Cartagena , head to nearby Playa Blanca and Tolú (mangrove) before heading to Islas de San Bernardo (white-sanded islands).

Or you could start in Lima , Peru. Explore the city for a day or two before heading to the Nazca Lines , Arequipa , and Colca Canyon . 

Then head to Cusco in the Andes. Take a few days to get used to the altitude before setting off on a multi-day trek to Macchu Picchu.

Alternatively, start in Buenos Aires . Then you can head south to trek in Patagonia . In southern Argentina and Chile, you can do the world-famous Torres del Paine circuit . 2 weeks is cutting it fine but – if you hustle – you could pull it off.

In 2 weeks, you can get a good taste of Colombia, Ecuador , or Bolivia . Don’t miss out on the Salt Flats . 

1 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Starter

With 1 month, you can make an epic backpacking South America itinerary. If you want to explore more than one country in South America, you’re gonna need more than 3 weeks. 

For surf bums, you could easily spend a month heading beach to beach from Southern Peru all the way to Colombia , in 1 month. Or you could do 2 weeks in Argentina followed by 2 weeks of hiking in Chilean Patagonia . 

If it were me, larger countries like Argentina, Chile , and Brazil are better to explore with more than 1 month. You can do it but you will spend a long time on bus journeys, so I would just stick to one area. 

Southeast Brazil is a good choice for 1 month on a South America itinerary: travel from Rio de Janeiro all the way south to Florianópolis and hit up everything in between. Bear in mind that you’ll probably want to stay in Rio AND Floripa longer than you expect.

Highlights of this route include exploring the megapolis of São Paulo , idyllic getaways of Ilha Grande and Paraty , eco-friendly and laidback Curitiba , and the crazy nightclubs of Balneário Camboriú .

Or, you could fly into Ecuador and spend 3 weeks exploring here: stay at a great hostel in Guayaquil before heading to Montañita . In Montañita you can party and surf to your heart’s content. Head North towards Bahia de Caraquez and Canoa for surf towns that are more off the beaten path. 

Next head to the mountains, stopping first in Quito . There are some excellent treks in the Ecuadorian Andes .

If you have time, definitely hit up the Volcano Loop trail on the outskirts of Cotopaxi National Park . A trip to the jungle around Puyo is recommended as well. Then head for a week of trekking in Colombia .

3 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Great South America Main Course

3 months backpacking South America, eh? Hell yes!

I recommend flying into Lima, Peru unless you know you want to start in the north (Brazil or Colombia) or further south (Argentina or Chile). Explore Lima and the coast before heading to the Andes. There Machu Picchu awaits in all of its glory.

Definitely do a trek to the famous Inca city! (More on hiking in South America later). From here, you can either drop down on the other side of the Andes and explore the Amazon basin or you can head south to Bolivia and eventually Argentina and Patagonia .

Alternatively, you can slowly start making your way north via the Coast. You could spend a month (or more) in Ecuador, Colombia, or Brazil respectively.

Personally, I started off in Buenos Aires then went north to Brazil and Colombia . The distances were truly massive. I’m talking 30-hour bus rides (on comfortable buses I must say). 

Travelling in South America is never a quick affair, so plan your itinerary accordingly.

6 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Full 3-Course Latin America

Life has brought you to the fortunate crossroads of having 6 months to travel South America? Good on you! 

With a 6-month backpacking South America itinerary, you have the luxury of really being able to take your damn time. To see multiple countries, it’s a practical choice to begin your journey either in the north or the south to avoid backtracking.

With a 6 month itinerary, you can explore many South American countries in depth. I’ll be honest with you, the itinerary shown on the map is really fucking ambitious. But hopefully, it gives you an idea of what crossing this vast continent would look like.

Starting your journey in Rio de Janerio or São Paulo might be a bit of a rough landing, though you will be a primed bad-ass by the time it comes to move on to another country. Other options are starting with some days in Buenos Aires , in Argentina, and Chile, in the south.

You could be surfing it up on the coast of Ecuador one day, and be in the mountains of Peru several days (and many bus rides) later. I advise taking a chunk of your time to really explore and get off the beaten path in top destinations like Brazil , Colombia , and Bolivia .

Having 6 months or more to go backpacking truly means you have a total blank slate to work with. So get ready to write your own beautiful backpacking destiny!

Each country in South America has something unique and profoundly exciting for backpackers. But they also have some common themes: they are Spanish speaking (minus Portuguese in Brazil), they have stunning natural beauty, and some of the nicest people you will meet whilst travelling. So finding the best places to backpack in South America has a lot to do with your own interests.

Maybe you’ll explore the epic snow-capped peaks of Patagonia in Argentina and Chile. Party with beautiful people at the Carnival in Brazil. 

Trek to the Lost City in Colombia. Experience the sun-drenched deserts of Bolivia and the colourful Rainbow Mountains of Peru.

Backpacking through South America truly is a life-changing journey through one of the planet’s most fascinating landmasses. When you visit South America, you can be sure that it will be some of the most fun you will have in your life.

South America is a vast continent on the move. The number of people travelling to South America is increasing every year. Whilst the cost of living in South America remains quite low, each country requires a different budget for travellers.

Once you begin to discover a few of the South American countries, you will be entranced by the jaw-dropping landscapes, fascinating history, vibrant culture, and awesome food.

Let’s take a look at the countries that make backpacking in South America so damn special.

Backpacking Brazil

Brazil is, hands down, one of South America’s most dynamic countries. It’s all about the extremes. Whether it’s the parties, the people, or nature, the vibrations run through everything – and connect everyone.

Backpacking in Brazil offers up sick surf beaches, fun-loving locals, insane parties, and landscapes that would make even the most seasoned traveller say “no shit, mate, look at that!”

Of course, the Brazilian festival Carnival is legendary – and for good reason. Get your mind blown on the Brazilian side of  Iguaçu Falls , visit the Amazon , drink a Caipirinha on the beach! Plus Brazil’s home to big up-and-coming cities like Belo Horizonte, Curitiba, and Natale.

And when I say ‘extreme’, I mean extreme : Brazil is absolutely MASSIVE and covers nearly half (47%) of South America’s landmass! That should give you an idea of how big it is.

But, more importantly, it gives you a better idea of how much diversity Brazil has on offer. In fact, there’s a lot going for Brazil that you may not be aware of.

For example, trekking probably isn’t the first thing that pops into your mind when you think about backpacking through Brazil. It’s a shame because Brazil has truly gorgeous trails spread throughout the country. It’s also home to Iguazu, one of the most incredible waterfalls on Earth.

The best hiking opportunities are usually found in Brazil’s national parks  (parques nacionais ). Brazil has over 70 national parks and – in terms of beauty – these can contend with any other on Earth.

What to Know Before Visiting Brazil

• Don’t miss out on… Florianopolis. The Brazilians favourite place to visit for a reason. It’s chilled, safe, and gorgeous. You plan to stay in Floripa for a week, it grabs you by the balls, and you get stuck for months.
• Keep an eye out for… Travel distances. Don’t be fooled: they’re way longer than they seem on the map. Give yourself plenty of time to get from A to B.
• The coolest hostel is… Hostel do Morro . In one of my favourite destinations in Brazil, this hostel is a true nature immersion. In the “mato”, with sea view and monkeys visiting. A true good vibes place!
• The best food is found in… Belo Horizonte. There is an amazing energy to this place; everyone hangs out on the streets, eating and drinking at plastic tables, all night long.

Backpacking Colombia

Whilst South America has many countries that I consider to have the full package , Colombia is the most complete. It’s a relatively small country. So considering the scale of epic surf, neverending parties, untouched jungle, happening cities, and towering mountains, Colombia is a reason for backpackers to keep travelling!

Cali, Cartagena, Bogotá , and Medellín are a few major cities in Colombia where you can really let loose. Go and have some extraordinary conversations with the locals about life in Latin America and not taking life too seriously.

Is Colombia safe ? Perhaps your mum would love to know. Hell yes, it is !

As much as Colombianos are ready for the disassociation with Pablo Escobar, it’s hard not to mention the impact that he made on the country and the South American continent as a whole. But his reign of terror is over.

Modern-day Colombia couldn’t be more different from the days when narco-traffickers ruled the country. Visiting Medellín now vs 20 years ago is a COMPLETELY different experience. The Medellín of today is a great experience.

Colombia is for adventure junkies and nature lovers too. The northern terminus of the Andes Mountains ends here and you can take your treks into the deep jungle in Colombia’s National Parks .

What to Know Before Visiting Colombia

• Don’t miss out on… Carnival in Barranquilla. Most of the time, this industrial town is overlooked by travellers. But for one week of the year, this place goes NUTS.
• Keep an eye out for… how difficult the trek to Cuidad Perdida is. It’s long, treacherous, and hot as shit, but absolutely worth the effort in the end. The Lost City is one of the best places to visit in South America.
• The coolest hostel is… Viajero Santa Marta Hostel . Great location and has lazy and peaceful vibes. Amazing rooftop and activities to connect and meet other travelers.
• The best food is found in… the local restaurants. Look for the menu del dia to feel like you’ll never need to eat again.

Backpacking Ecuador

Ecuador might be small but it certainly packs a punch. I spent 3 months backpacking in Ecuador and could easily spend many more.

The diversity is incredible and it’s a great place to experience Andean Highland culture. The people who live in the Andes have a distinct and ancient culture rooted in mountain life. They even speak another language called Quechua . It’s a relatively safe country , and isn’t ruined by mass tourism.

In addition to staying in colonial cities like Quito , Ecuador’s natural landscape is the biggest draw. You can spend weeks or months exploring the coast before heading to the mountains and vice versa. Towering over the shore, volcanoes, waterfalls, and massive snow-capped mountains all make incredible trekking routes.

Surfing reigns supreme on the Ecuadorian coast. It attracts surfers from all over the globe. Even if you’re a beginner, it’s a great place to catch your first waves. Towns like  Montañita and Canoa are famous surf beaches and party hotspots.

If you have some extra cash in your budget, you can visit The Galápagos Islands . But be warned – this is not a cheap endeavour, especially for excursions like diving (though it is AWESOME). So prepare yourself to shell out some cash!

Then there is the Amazon Basin of Ecuador. The Amazon region is what helps make Ecuador one of the most biologically diverse places on earth. The Amazon is best explored by boat with a local guide and is bound to be the adventure of a lifetime!

What to Know Before Visiting Ecuador

• Don’t miss out on… exploring the highlands and Cotopaxi National Park. Easily accessed from Quito and totally epic.
• You know what’s overrated … Montañita. It’s not all it use to be and is mostly catered to foreigners who want to get wasted and high. If you want real Ecuadorian culture, there are better places nearby.
• The coolest hostel is… Casa del Sol . Relaxed vibe at a few steps from the beach. Close enough to go party and far enough to have a good sleep. THE place for yoga and Surf.
• The best food is found in… the small almuerzo (lunch) cafes found across the country.

Backpacking Peru

Ah Peru. Backpacking Peru is the essence of travelling in South America. Though tourism has spiked in Peru in recent years, there is still plenty of magic to be found here.

The cost of backpacking Peru is a little higher than you might expect. Expect to pay between $30-40 USD a day whilst travelling here. (But more about the cost of backpacking South America later.)

Peru has a super long coastline dotted with prime surf beaches and scuba diving sites. In the Andes lies a whole other form of beauty.

I mean, who isn’t aware of Machu Picchu and hiking the Inca Trail ? Besides the obvious, there is much, much more to the Peruvian Andes than Machu Picchu. Although, you still have to go there!

Peru has some truly fascinating colonial cities as well, including Cuenca and Cuzco, which is the gateway city to Machu Picchu. The off-the-beaten-path potential in Peru is enormous.

Check out the Rainbow Mountains to see nature at its most colourful. Hike the majestic  Cordillera Huayhuash . Explore Colca Canyon and sleep out under a billion stars.

If you want a truly magical experience, there are many eco-lodges in Peru that are nestled in the best nature spots, from the Amazon jungle to the Andes mountain range.

Wherever you decide to travel in Peru, be sure that it will be a highlight of your South America backpacking adventure.

What to Know Before Visiting Peru

• Don’t miss out on… a motorcycle journey through the Sacred Valley outside Cuzco. It’s definitely worth staying in Cuzco a little longer for this.
• You know what’s overrated… the Inca Trail. Go for the less-trod Salkantay Trek to Machu Picchu instead.
• The coolest hostel is… Banana’s Adventure Hostel . In an unreal location (an oasis in a desert) this is a sociable and relaxed vibes hostel. With a great rooftop plus a lovely garden with hammocks, and an outdoor pool.
• The best food is found in… Lima. This city is full of cafes, local lunch spots, and street food vendors. The best are in Barranco and Miraflores. Pig out on ceviche !

Backpacking Bolivia

Backpacking in Bolivia offers up a glimpse of what South America was like 30 years ago. It’s a country looking to the future in many ways whilst still having one foot firmly rooted in the tradition of the past.

Expect super friendly locals, dramatic desert and mountain landscapes, and the kind of low prices which make the dirtbag within us very happy. You could easily get by on $20-25 a day here, and even less by roughing it a bit.

Bolivia is home to plenty of adrenaline-pumping activities including the Road of Death , which, in essence, is a road down through the mountains in which people ride bicycles to the bottom at top speed. The ride goes on for at least 30 kilometres and it is straight down. Can you guess why it’s called the Road of Death yet?

Aside from the high-risk adventure activities, Bolivia is safe for the most part as well.

World-class trekking is abundant in the Bolivian Andes. If you love to hike, all the more reason to visit Bolivia. Bring along a good sleeping bag as temperatures can plummet at night.

La Paz has the best hostels (particularly for partiers) and is a cool city to base yourself in. Lake Titicaca is breathtaking, however, it has become far too touristy – I personally can’t deal with that many people taking selfies. I don’t blame the locals as they need to make a living. Just the way it has been done is unfortunate.

The Salt Flats are also cool AF. Okay, admittedly it’s pretty touristy too, but it’s still worth a visit.

What to Know Before Visiting Bolivia

• Don’t miss out on… the Salar de Uyuni. Yes, everyone who comes to Bolivia does this and, yes, it’s touristy. Regardless, it’s still in-fuckin-credible.
• Keep an eye out for… the altitude. Some people fly directly to La Paz from sea level and get sick almost immediately. At 3640 meters, La Paz is the highest major city in the world.
• The coolest hostel is… Wild Rover La Paz . A dynamic and festive hostel. The perfect place to start your Bolivian experience connecting with other travellers. Great location in the central area.
• The best food is found in… La Paz. This is the epicenter of Bolivia’s newly emerging food culture.

Backpacking Chile

There are no half measures while Backpacking Chile. From trekking through gorgeous glacial national parks to exploring the martian bone-dry Atacama desert , you’re all in for one hell of an experience.

There are 36 National Parks in Chile ; all of them are beautiful and unique in their own way. Chile is also home to Easter Island , one of the most mysterious places on the planet.

Like Argentina, Chilean Patagonia is a paradise for trekkers and adventure types – though it does take some effort to reach the places you want to go trekking in. That said, the journey is well worth it; experiencing some of the planets last truly wild places is an indescribable feeling that you can only understand by doing it!

Most backpackers will start their backpacking journey in Santiago. But you can come to Chile from one of its borders in the South (as I did).

Oh yeah, one more thing: Chilean wine is cheap and it is damn good! Do you need more reasons?

What to Know Before Visiting Chile

• Don’t miss out on… Patagonia, and not just the usual spots. Chilean Patagonia is vastly unexplored, especially the fjords. Look out for whales, dolphins, penguins, and elephant seals.
• Keep an eye out for… fire bans in Torres del Paine. A lot of nature has been threatened because of dickhead backpackers using gas burners, despite warnings.
• The coolest hostel is… MaPatagonia Hostel . Near a beautiful lake, this place has what you need. Kitchen facilities, a nice big garden, some cats, and a jacuzzi! There is also a fireplace for those cold nights.
• The best food is found in… Santiago. Staying in Santiago will unlock the most culinary options, including the cheap street food stalls.

Backpacking Argentina

Viva Argentina!

Backpacking Argentina is one for the ages. Welcome to the land of wine, excessive meat, football, tango, incredibly passionate people, and the final frontier – Patagonia.

Argentina is an immense country with very distinct regions. Eat to your heart’s content, party harder than you ever have before, and fall deeply in love.

You’ll probably land in Buenos Aires , arguably the cultural capital of all of South America.

Unquestionably, you’re going to find incredible hostels in Buenos Aires and reasons to stay. But don’t stay too long!

Rosario and Cordoba are cities like Buenos Aires but, in my opinion, better. They’re a perfect place to head to if you want to steer clear of the heavily populated capital.  Mendoza is the wine region home to the “best wine in the world” (according to Argentinos).

Further south lies Patagonia : one of my favourite places on Earth, and home to many Argentinian National Parks . Patagonia is a truly expansive, desolate wilderness area where the weather is harsh and civilization is few and far between.

Trek mountains and glaciers, or sea kayak around them,. There, you could go days without seeing many (if any) backpackers! Now THAT’S the dream.

Staying at an Argentine mountain hut (refugio) is a wonderful experience not to be missed. Few who travel to Argentina manage to make it as far as  Tierra del Fuego (the Land of Fire). Visit one of the most dramatic places in Argentina with its long summer days and epic arctic landscapes.

Speaking of the arctic, you can arrange trips to Antarctica from Ushuaia ! This would be the adventure of a lifetime but it’s by no means cheap.

What to Know Before Visiting Argentina

• Don’t miss out on… El Chaltén, which is the base for seeing some of the most dramatic peaks on Earth: Cerro Torre and Fitz Roy.
• You know what’s overrated… La Boca in Buenos Aires. These much-hyped multi-coloured houses are pretty rundown and actually quite dangerous, I strongly suggest you avoid it. The whole area feels like a tourist trap. There are much better things to do in Buenos Aires .
• The coolest hostel is… America del Sur Hostel (El Calafate). Cozy, super social, and with an insane view of the lake, the town, and beautiful sunsets. Great place to chill, and work (if you need to).
• The best food is found in… your neighbour’s personal asado . Nothing beats grilling grade-A Argentinian beef with some locals.
• The official exchange rate is NOT THE EXCHANGE RATE . Because of the fluctating exchange rate, many of the locals withdraw their cash by using what is referred to as a “blue dollar rate” from Western Union. This way gives you 50% more pesos than withdrawing pesos from an ATM or exchanging currency.

Backpacking Uruguay

Not many travellers end up backpacking in Uruguay. There are a few reasons why:

• It’s small
• It’s out of the way
• There’s not a ton to do

All of the above are true to some extent: Uruguay is not overflowing with adventurous activities or jaw-dropping sights. But let me tell you, they have some of the best quality of living in South America.

One of the perks about Uruguay is you don’t HAVE to do anything here. People are friendly and, compared to some chaos you find in other areas of the continent, it’s pretty chill. The beautiful coast is the perfect place to get away from the usual backpacking South America route and to avoid traveller’s burnout .

Outside of Montevideo , there are nice beach towns worth crashing at; Punta del Diablo is the quintessential lazy surfer town. Punta del Este is fun in the summer if you like partying. Colonia del Sacramento is an old colonial outpost and UNESCO heritage – although it is admittedly more of a day trip rather than a base.

Oh but here’s the kicker: weed is legalised. Yes, Uruguay is famous for allowing the smoking of the devil’s lettuce. And the quality of it is surprisingly good.

Lots of locals keep a weed garden on their balconies. Perhaps your hostel in Montevideo will have one?

Head to Uruguay if you want to chill out and do your own thing. It’s easy to travel to Brazil and Argentina from there too.

What to Know Before Visiting Uruguay

• Don’t miss out on… Punta del Diablo. This is laid-back surfer town evades most backpackers. It is arguably one of the best beach towns in South America.
• You know what’s overrated… Punta del Este. This place literally exists for the sake of Argentinians on holiday. In the off-season, it’s empty.
• The coolest hostel is… La Brújula Hostel . It’s near the beach, eco-friendly, has a family vibe, and is great to meet new people. This is a gem next to the sea.
• The best food is found in… Montevideo. Can’t beat a giant chivito after you’ve got the munchies!

Backpacking Venezuela

Venezuela is a truly incredible country. With towering mountains, steaming forests, endless beaches , and just enough danger to keep you on your toes, this country is every budding adventurer’s dream destination.

A Disclaimer on Visiting Venezuela

Unfortunately, due to the political situation in Venezuela , The Broke Backpacker absolutely  does not condone visiting the country right now . It is simply not safe and it would be irresponsible to even attempt to Venezuela at present.

Unless you somehow have absolutely  solid and trustworthy contacts on the ground , Venezuela is not the place to travel for the foreseeable future. We do not have any contacts to give out.

That being said, there are many team members at The Broke Backpacker that hold a special place for Venezuela in their hearts. For this reason, we are leaving this information available to you, our readers, as an homage to a country we love. We can’t wait for the day that it will be safe to visit again.

Backpacking Venezuela has a truly terrible reputation. Don’t get me wrong, travelling Venezuela has been dangerous in recent years: this is a country where you need to keep both eyes on your gear, watch who you’re with, and be on the lookout for iffy situations before they get the chance to rear their ugly head.

Backpacking in Venezuela is, in my opinion, one of the last great adventures out there. Plus it’s one of the cheapest countries in the world to backpack in.

Venezuela is a mysterious country. It attracts adventurers looking for a raw adventure.

It’s a country yet to be polluted by heavy tourism with incredible landscapes of mountains, forests, lakes, and caves. It is a kind of Shangri-La for adventurers and extreme sports lovers.

A South American backpacking trip to Venezuela is getting into the wild. To feel like the old explorers, Venezuela will not disappoint you. But backpacking Venezuela is not for the faint-hearted: this is a veteran explorer country.

What to Know Before Visiting Venezuela

• Don’t miss out on… Mt. Roraima – the highest tabletop mountain in the world; an incredible place to explore. Sometimes you feel like you’re walking on an island in the sky.
• Keep an eye out for… the seasons when visiting Angel Falls. When it’s dry, the falls are actually quite weak (it’s more like a trickle).
• The coolest hostel is… El Sofá Caracas . Safe, quiet, cozy place in the big city. You’ll feel at home instantly. And they have a unique boat pool to chill when it gets too hot.
• The best food is found in… the buffet places where you pay by the weight of your plate. A little goes a long way here and you won’t be disappointed!

Getting Off the Beaten Path in South America

South America is totally full of wild places, tiny villages, far-flung settlements, lonesome valleys, sparsely inhabited jungle… Point being, there are plenty of great places to get off the beaten path . With a little motivation, you may well find yourself cutting your own path and writing your own backpacking destiny, one adventure at a time.

Explore the national park systems of South America as much as you can. Investigate the little interesting-looking food stalls where all the locals are queuing up.

Don’t rely on a guidebook of popular places. In South America, those tiny towns in the middle of nowhere are where the real culture is, and the real adventures. All you need is a bus ticket…

We’ve tested countless backpacks over the years, but there’s one that has always been the best and remains the best buy for adventurers: the broke backpacker-approved Osprey Aether and Ariel series.

Want more deetz on why these packs are so  damn perfect? Then read our comprehensive review for the inside scoop!

You can make your South America backpacking route totally unique. No matter what things you get up to, they’re going to leave a big print on your heart. But here are some things I definitely recommend considering planning for your itinerary .

1. Explore Patagonia

Patagonia is still one of the last untouched wildernesses on the planet. Not everyone gets to experience this in their lifetime! In addition to the usual superlative locations, like Cerro Torre and Torres del Paine, there are heaps to discover off-trail.

2. Party hard at Carnival

It’s the biggest party on the planet! Grab yo’ body paint, yo’ finest feathers, whatever else you can get your hands on, and join the festivities!

You won’t ever forget the time you spent Carnival in South America. The carnivals in Bahia, Rio, and Barranquilla are particularly good.

3. Explore the Salts Flats of Uyuni

It’s one of the most unique places on the planet and a highlight of any South America backpacking trip. Get ready to be wowed by this alien landscape.

I know broke backpackers usually cringe hard at the idea of an organised tour (because I’m one of them) but the Salt Flats is one that’s really worth shelling out for.

4. Find your own secret beaches

It wouldn’t be a proper backpacking South America itinerary without some beach time! Every kind of beach imaginable is found on the continent.

From tropical slices in Brazil to surfer’s paradises in Ecuador to even fjords in Chile, you won’t be lacking in choices. There are plenty of them secret spots that make those magical days. Take a beer, bring your mates, get busy.

5. Check out Medellín

Medellín is one of the most popular cities to visit in South America right now. The choice between Medellín or Bogota has never been easier.

It’s fun, safe, comfortable, and (most impressively) completely different than it was before. Medellín has shed its violent past and is ready to host the next wave of backpackers.

6. Visit Machu Picchu

I mean, you’re reading a backpacking South America guide: I know you already know about this one. It is the place that attracts most people to visit South America… but I’d be lying if I said it wasn’t worth visiting.

You can hike the Inca Trail like everyone else. But if you want to visit Machu Picchu in an alternative way, try one of the other Inca trails like Salkantay Trek.

7. Hike in the Andes

The Andes are one of the greatest mountain chains in the world, known mostly for hosting the aforementioned Machu Picchu and the gargantuan Aconcagua. But there is more to these mountains than just these popular destinations: the highlands of Ecuador, Cordillera Huayhush in Peru, the Cordillera Real in Bolivia are all stunning. Even Colombia gets a slice of the pie at Cocuy National Park.

8. A South American

Hey, most backpackers will vouch for love and sex on the road being something memorable to take part in…

They love, and they love passionately. And the sex… well, maybe you’ll find out.

9. Get “stuck” somewhere

South America is full of sticky places AKA places where you get stuck for months on end. Florianópolis, La Paz, Medellín, Mancora… All of these locations start off as a simple stop on your South America backpacking route but turn into temporary homes.

Don’t fight it! Find your sticky place and stay awhile.

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

South America has a wide range of budget accommodation options for backpackers. Airbnbs are fantastic for private rooms if you’re travelling as a couple or as a group.

For solo travellers, when you are not passing the night from the comfort of your tent in the Andes or with a Couchsurfing host , you’ll likely be booking hostels.

Whether you just need a place to lay your head or a spot to meet fellow backpackers like yourself, hostel life is clearly where it’s at… In fact, I love South American hostels, even travelling with my partner, you get perks in a hostel that you don’t get in a hotel or Airbnb.

I’ve had some of the best nights of my life in them and met some of the best people in my life. The South American countries are home to some of the best hostels in the world .

• Best Hostels in Sao Paulo
• Best Hostels in Cusco
• Best Hostels in Cartagena
• Best Hostels in Mendoza
• Best Hostels in Lima
• Best Hostels in Medellin
• Best Hostels in Quito
• Best Hostels in Salvador de Bahia
• Best Hostels in Santiago
• Best Hostels in Valparaiso

Insider tip: If you want to see all your hostel options to visitbackp South America, Booking.com is the perfect one-stop-shop to book hostels. You can even filter your personal travel needs to find the perfect place for you.

It is the common belief that backpacking in South America is dirt cheap. In some places this is true, but it doesn’t go for the entire continent.

But fear not! Travelling South America on a budget can definitely be done.

Due to the nature of Patagonia being one of the most remote areas on earth, expect higher travel costs than the rest of South America. Peru also takes some navigating in order to travel on a tight budget.

Brazil is one of the most expensive countries in South America. The cost of living in Brazil is higher and it is notorious for jacking up accommodation prices during the high season.

With a few travel tips up your sleeve, you will save a ton of money and have the time of your life. Bring your  haggle game  whilst backpacking through Latin America to ensure you get the best possible price for things, including accommodation. South Americans love smooth talkers so keep it playful but don’t get too cheeky.

Taking long-distance buses, buying beer and drugs, paying entrance fees to national parks… these things add up fast. But sometimes you have to shell out the dough in order to do the things you want. Overnight buses are a good way to save some money.

Remember to always leave a little extra wiggle room in your budget so you can go scuba diving or go on a trek that you have been dreaming about!

Daily Budgets for South America

Here is a breakdown of what you can expect to pay on a daily basis on a backpacking South America trip…

Travel Tips for Broke Backpackers in South America

Hey, all those dollaridoodles add up to more fun times. So saving whatever you can on your journey means you can be on the journey… for longer. So here are a few budget travel tips for South America :

• Camp : With plenty of untouched beaches, forests, stunning countryside, and far-flung jungle, South America is a great place to carry a good backpacking tent . Camping saves you money and can help you get off of the beaten path.
• Cook your own food: Travel with a  portable backpacking stove  and cook your own food to save some serious cash whilst backpacking across South America. If you plan to do some overnight hiking trips or camping on the beach, having a backpacking stove will be a great asset.
• Haggle:  Haggle as much as you can. You can always get a better price for things, especially while in local markets. Learning Spanish will go a long way!
• Couchsurf:  South Americans are awesome. Get to know some! Check out Couchsurfing to make some real friendships and see the real continent. When using Couchsurfing, be sure to send personalized messages to your potential host. A generic copy-and-paste message is much more likely to get turned down. Make yourself stand out.
• Hitchhike:  Although some countries are friendlier than others, hitchhiking across South America is common practice, so you won’t struggle too much to find a ride. Speaking at least a little Spanish will go a long way though. You want to explain exactly what you’re doing and where you want to go.

Why Should You Travel to South America with a Water Bottle?

Plastic washes up on even the most pristine places… So do your part and keep the Big Blue beautiful!

You aren’t going to save the world overnight, but together we CAN make a difference. I hope you become more inspired to continue being a responsible traveller .

Plus, now you won’t be buying overpriced bottles of water either! Travel with a filtered water bottle instead and never waste a cent nor a turtle’s life again.

Drink water from ANYWHERE. The Grayl Geopress is the worlds leading filtered water bottle protecting you from all manner of waterborne nasties.

Single-use plastic bottles are a MASSIVE threat to marine life. Be a part of the solution and travel with a filter water bottle. Save money and the environment!

We’ve tested the Geopress  rigorously  from the icy heights of Pakistan to the tropical jungles of Bali, and can confirm: it’s the best water bottle you’ll ever buy!

You know by now that we are talking about an enormous amount of land with regards to the South American continent. Countries in South America near the Equator do not experience distinct seasons. As you start to head south you will find the seasons to be the opposite of what they are in the Northern Hemisphere i.e. winter in June.

Patagonia experiences bitterly cold and windy winters. I do not advise travelling there during the winter unless you are a serious mountaineer and have all the right gear.

Dry season depends on the country. Generally, the cooler months from June to September are the driest in the coastal areas. In the Amazon – given that it is the world’s biggest rainforest – is wet pretty much all year. The Andes are the driest from April – November.

High season for all countries is, without a doubt, from December – February. This is due to holidays occurring over that time and it is also the time when many gringos and locals alike take their holidays. Backpacking in the low or shoulder seasons will definitely make for a cheaper trip, especially with regards to accommodation.

Best Time to Visit – Country Breakdown

Here are the best times to visit South America broken down by country!

Best Months to Travel: September – April

What’s the climate in Brazil like? 

In the south, the hot, wet summer season runs from November – March. In the north, the rainy season is from April – August. In the Amazon, it rains pretty much all year.

If you want to visit during the festival season though, September-March is best.

Best Months to Travel: November – March

What’s the climate in Colombia like?

Generally speaking, travellers should visit Cartagena and the Caribbean coast between November and March when the weather is dry. The rest of the country is good year-round. Bogota, Cali, and Medellin are always pleasant weather-wise.

Best Months to Travel: March – May, September – November

What’s the climate in Ecuador and Peru like? 

Lots and lots of micro-climates in the Ecuador Peru region. But there are some general trends:

• The highlands/Andes are dry from May – September. These are the best months for hiking and visiting Machu Picchu.
• The coast is warm and dry from December – May. This is the best time for the Galápagos.
• The Amazon is always wet and humid as shit.
• The south of Peru is much drier than the north, and Ecuador for that matter.

You’ll need to plan your trip carefully around what you want to see and do.

Best Months to Travel: May – October

What’s the climate in Bolivia like?

The winter season (May – October) is also its dry season, and the best time to visit Bolivia. This means that nights can be very cold, especially when you’re at higher altitudes. Although Bolivia is generally drier than its neighbours, it stills gets dumped on in the wet, summer season.

Best Months to Travel: March – April, October – November

What’s the climate in Chile like? 

Summers in Chile are generally the high season. That being said, this may not be the best time to visit. Prices are at their highest, the Atacama Desert is a furnace, and the winds are VERY strong in Patagonia.

Like almost anywhere, the shoulder months (October – November & March – April) are better.

Best Months to Travel:  October – April.

What’s the climate in Argentina and Uruguay like?

Summer for most of the country is from December – February. In the north, the summers can see rain and temperatures that soar to almost unbearable. In the south and Patagonia, summers are dry(ish) and pleasant.

The winters, obviously, are extremely cold in the south. Whereas the north generally has pretty mild winters.

What to Pack for South America

Travelling through South America is a lot easier if you have the right gear. A thorough backpacking South America packing list goes a long way – literally.

On every adventure, there are 6 things I never go travelling without:

Snoring dorm-mates can ruin your nights rest and seriously damage the hostel experience. This is why I always travel with a pack of decent ear plugs.

Hanging Laundry Bag

Trust us, this is an absolute game changer. Super compact, a hanging mesh laundry bag stops your dirty clothes from stinking, you don’t know how much you need one of these… so just get it, thank us later.

Sea To Summit Micro Towel

Hostel towels are scummy and take forever to dry. Microfibre towels dry quickly, are compact, lightweight, and can be used as a blanket or yoga mat if need be.

Monopoly Deal

Forget about Poker! Monopoly Deal is the single best travel card game that we have ever played. Works with 2-5 players and guarantees happy days.

Grayl Geopress Water Bottle

Always travel with a water bottle! They save you money and reduce your plastic footprint on our planet. The Grayl Geopress acts as a purifier AND temperature regulator. Boom!

South America IS a safe place to go backpacking. Is backpacking in South America safe all the time? 

Hell no. But nowhere in the world is safe 100% of the time. Does that mean we let it stop us?

Hell no. 

In recent years, security in South America is increasing. Using the common sense safety rules of backpacking is usually enough here. 

The thing with South America is understanding your surroundings and self-awareness. Coordinating your safety in Rio de Janeiro is completely different than hiking the Inca Trail. 

Robberies are rare and could happen to anyone – in any country. Sometimes people in desperate circumstances are forced to do bad things. They see a foreigner and they see a chance to temporarily relieve the stress of their situation. 

Odds are, you should be just fine. If ever you run into a hold-up situation just give them what they want. 

Your iPhone and wallet aren’t worth dying over, ever! But it’s worth hiding your money well just in case .

Political wobbles are pretty common. Due to the political situation in Venezuela right now, this is probably the most dangerous country in Latin America. I hate to say it but the situation is what it is.

In general, being out late, drunk, and/or alone is a recipe for trouble. Always take a taxi home at night, even in a group.

Do know which neighbourhoods you should avoid too, especially in major cities – even during the daytime. Ask the locals which these are. There’s no real reason to head into these areas anyway, but it’s worth noting so you don’t stumble into the wrong places.

• Is Peru Safe?
• Is Argentina Safe?
• Is Chile Safe?
• Is Brazil Safe?

Sex, Drugs, and Rock n’ Roll in South America

South Americans love to party! They start the party late and they don’t stop until the sun is way up.

Of course, Brazil is very famous for Carnival AKA the biggest party on the planet . But it’s a big deal in most South American countries – so you’ll find great parties everywhere.

The backpacker circuit is notoriously rowdy. Traveller hubs like Cusco, Buenos Aires, Montañita, Mancora, La Paz, and Medellín are legendary for their nightlife.

It is very easy to meet people, stay up all night, and fall in love with a sexy South American. Much of the continent is LGBTQ+ traveller friendly too!

Alcohol is freely available, freely consumed, and good quality too. I’m telling you, I’ve had beer in South America which puts Germany to shame.

South America is stoner-friendly too! Weed is legal or decriminalized for recreational use in many places – some countries are more relaxed than others. It’s best to ask the locals how it’s currently being handled where you are.

Cocaine is just about everywhere; particularly in Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia. But be aware, this isn’t the stuff you find back home – it’s much purer. One line is enough to keep you up all night.

To find drugs on the road, just ask a local to help you. Don’t go out alone looking to score in strange places and don’t give cops a reason to shake you down.

Ayahuasca retreats are gaining popularity as well. But remember, it is a ceremonial spiritual medicine of indigenous people. If you do want to try it, make sure you’re doing it with a real shaman, for real reasons; it’s not like acid and not a drug just to get mindless with.

Staying Healthy in South America

Travellers should be properly vaccinated before backpacking in South America. Consult a medical professional before travelling about which shots you should get.

You should have all the usual travel vaccinations before heading out: hepatitis A & B, typhoid, tetanus, etc. Rabies is also recommended particularly if you’re going to the rural areas or parts of the jungle. You don’t want to mess around with that one because it can be really nasty.

It is worth checking if you need the Yellow fever vaccine before entering some countries. In some places, it is only recommended.

It’s also worth noting that in most places in South America, the water isn’t fit for consumption. The best travel water bottles have a filter.

Getting Insured BEFORE Visiting South America

Travelling without insurance in South America is risky. I broke my back in Brazil and will be happy to tell you why GOOD travel insurance is so important.

So consider getting travel insurance sorted before you head off on an adventure. You don’t want to be struck with a big, unexpected bill, or, worse, to put your health at risk.

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Where you will start your trip will be determined by what backpacking route you have chosen. Obviously, if you plan to tackle a specific country, the capital city of that country is a popular starting point and – usually – the logical option.

South America is not the cheapest country to fly to, but you can sometimes bag a cheap direct flight from another major airport. It’s pretty expensive to fly within it too. Unless you are coming by boat to Colombia via the San Blas Islands, you will certainly be arriving by plane.

São Paulo, Lima, Buenos Aires, Santiago, and Rio de Janeiro are all major hubs for South America. Compare the prices between these top destinations, and base your South America itinerary from there.

Entry Requirements for South America

Good news everyone! Most South American nations DO NOT require a visa to visit! This applies to those travelling from the USA, UK, EU, Australia, and most other Western nations.

This is a positive trend in the last few years. A few years ago, travellers sometimes had to apply for (expensive) visas to enter countries like Argentina and Brazil. Luckily, this is no longer the case .

Once you’ve entered the country, you can remain for a period of 90 days visa-free. Extensions are possible but these vary on a country-by-country basis. Most South American governments do not take kindly to people who overstay.

Of course, ALWAYS double-check visa policies before travelling .

City Bus. Local Bus. Long-distance bus. Overnight bus.

That’s right. Buses are the most economical way of getting around South America. Every major capital has buses going to the far reaches of the country.

Local buses are typically super cheap. You can book online but the bus stations are organised really well too.

Taxis are an option within cities and sometimes Uber too, depending on the city. If you opt for a taxi ride, make sure they are legit, set the price beforehand, and haggle the shit out of the driver without being rude.

Flights between countries in South America can be expensive. Internal flights within the country aren’t the cheapest either, though they are cheaper if you buy them while you’re inside the country (you’ll save money on taxes).

As a general rule when backpacking, cheap travel is slow travel . Buses can be slow but as you will be taking many if you are backpacking South America long term, you want to go for the cheapest option.

If you want to go full Che Guevara style you can travel by motorbike pretty easily (and cheaply) in most places in South America. I recommend that you have some experience riding motorbikes before you even think about sauntering into a capital city or down a winding road in the Andes. If you do go the motorcycle route you can be sure that it will be the ride of your life.

Hitchhiking in South America

Travelling by hitchhiking is always an option. Your success will greatly depend on the area and the country; I wouldn’t recommend hitchhiking in a major city or at night.

Hitchhikers aren’t that common in countries like Colombia, mainly due to paranoia about the security situation in the country. Not everyone here is a drug lord that wants to kidnap you for ransom money. You can hitchhike throughout Colombia AND it’s such an awesome experience!

Rural areas of South America are especially impacted by high rates of poverty. Expecting free rides from folks with limited means isn’t morally fantastic. That said, even if you offer the driver a few bucks, it could very well end up being cheaper (and more rewarding) than taking the bus.

I would never assume that the ride is free initially. Always ask to avoid having an awkward scenario in which the driver who picked you up is demanding an unexpected fee. This is when learning Spanish comes in very handy.

Onwards Travel From South America

Your only options for leaving the continent are by boat or by plane. Most likely you will fly out of the country where you are finishing your trip if it makes sense and is the cheapest option. Try to book your flights in advance in order to find the best flight deals .

It is technically possible to cross the Darien Gap to Panama overland. Rumour has it that you can hire a guide for quite a bit of money and cross the Darien on foot.

In the past, this was impossible though due to narco-terrorist/guerrilla activity. May the Gods of Backpacking be with you if you attempt the journey on your own without a guide.

South America is becoming a digital nomad hub. After the pandemic, the boom really: a generally low cost of living, relatively reliable internet, and tons of expat communities.

Medellín is the current front-runner. This city is growing at a RAPID pace and is becoming the apple in every backpacker’s eye.

Plus, Medellín is safer than ever. Lots of people want to stay here for an extended period of time, digital nomads included.

Close behind are larger South American cities like Buenos Aires, São Paulo, and Quito. Being big cities though, you’ll have to overcome higher prices and crime. Safety in Buenos Aires can be sketchy but so can every massive city, right?

Note that, at the moment, most South American countries do not offer a special digital nomad visa.

A new country, a new contract, a new piece of plastic – booooring. Instead, buy an eSIM!

An eSIM works just like an app: you buy it, you download it, and BOOM! You’re connected the minute you land. It’s that easy.

Is your phone eSIM ready? Read about how e-Sims work or click below to see one of the top eSIM providers on the market and  ditch the plastic .

Teaching English in South America

Most people who end up living or staying long-term in South America do one of two things: teach English or volunteer.

Teaching English in South America is very popular. Some people make a living out of just going from one city to the next city and hitting up all the English schools in between. Some are accredited though many find success using their own merits.

If you have a TEFL certificate it will be much easier to score teaching gigs in South America. I recommend getting yours with MyTEFL – Broke Backpacker readers get a 50% discount on TEFL courses when you enter the code PACK50  at the checkout.

Volunteering in South America

Volunteering abroad is a great way to experience a culture whilst doing some good. There are loads of volunteering gigs in South America ranging from protecting the Amazon to teaching in barrios of Buenos Aires.

Arguably, you may need a permit in order to volunteer. But in reality, the continent is pretty chill and this is unlikely to ever be enforced.

I spent a few weeks volunteering in the mountains in Northern Colombia and it was the best way to get to know the land, people, and lifestyle. Finding volunteering opportunities in South America is about learning, building community, and making an impact in a place you visit.

The best way to find volunteer jobs is word of a trustworthy mouth. But programs run through reputable work exchange programs like Worldpackers , Workaway , and WWOOF help you get your foot in the door of volunteer communities.

They’re a great opportunity for unique experiences and make amazing connections with people. But you do have to stay vigilant, especially when working with animals or children.

If you sign up for Worldpackers with a discount code, memberships are only $39 a year. For that price, it’s often worth giving it a try.

Summing up food in South America is like trying to explain what music is. It’s incredibly diverse and every country, every region, every household has a different definition.

First of all, meat is hard to avoid. They like it juicy, tender, slow-cooked, and accompanying pretty much everything. Especially in the southern part of the continent, Argentina, Uruguay, and South Brazil, the smell of cooking cow is heavy in the air.

The Argentinian way of grilling is Asado . And it’s not just a delicious barbecue – oh no – that’s just the centrepiece. The event is a huge part of the culture.

The vegetarian movement is gaining momentum, though it’s harder in some places than others. In more rural places, you may go hungry if you don’t want to eat meat now and again, but in general, it’s not impossible.

Andean countries like Peru and Bolivia have chronically underrated food scenes. In fact, Peruvian food is often regarded as some of the best in the world. You’ve never felt fresher than after chowing down that ceviche.

In the Amazon, they have a whole different gastronomic world; obviously, everything grows here. There are ingredients that come from the Amazon that just don’t exist anywhere else.

There are strange fruit and vegetables in abundance. Then, of course, the fresh fish comes leaping out of the river, almost directly to your plate. Catching your own fish is never a bad idea either.

The food in the north of South America, like Colombia and Venezuela, is the definition of comfort food. If you’re eating right, you’re going to be gaining a few kilos. Don’t pass on an opportunity to gorge yourself silly.

Street food usually involves lots of deep-fried goodness. But it’s the abuelas that make the best pastries, with oodles of love. And ooh, those arepas… they have a special place on my plate.

The Best Food in South America

Here are some of the best South American foods that you definitely shouldn’t miss out on.

• Feijão (Brazil) – Beany stew for everyday eating.
• Acai (Brazil) – Superfood berry.
• Empanadas – Your trusty stuffed pastry friend.
• Dulce de leche – Just try it… thank me later.
• Asado (Argentina) – Grilled meat with a side of meat.
• Antichucho (Bolivia) – Mmmm… cow’s heart.
• Ceviche (Peru/Chile) – raw but not raw fish, in lemon juice.
• Cuy (Peru) – A large cooked guinea pig.
• Encebollado (Ecuador) – Ecuadorian Grandma’s comfort stew.
• Arepas (Colombia) – Corn pockets to fill your hungry belly.

South America is a very complex continent. Colonization by Western Europeans technically makes it the youngest member of modern civilization. But saying this disregards all the history that came before the “ conquistadors” arrived.

South America has hosted many advanced civilizations like the Incan Empire, whose influence still lasts to this day. Though much of the native culture was lost with the mass killing by said conquistadors .

Long story short: South America is an enormously diverse region, maybe more so than anywhere else. Yes, European culture has largely shaped the entire continent. But indigenous and African cultures are just as important, if not more so.

Northern Brazil is very Afrocentric. This was the first charted part of the continent and ideal for rowing sugarcane. Consequently, it’s the place where all the slaves were brought.

Slavery is over. But it leaves behind a blend of African customs and cultures morphed into Latino culture.

The south, which constitutes Argentina, Chile, and Southern Brazil, is much more European. Aside from the big players – the Spanish and Portuguese – Italians, Germans, and French all settled here following a huge era of migration.

In the Andean countries of Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador you see a lot of indigenous cultures. Some people still live like their ancestors, living in the highlands and tending the land. Though Spanish is still the dominant language, several local languages, like Quecha and Aymara, are still commonly spoken.

Don’t make the mistake of thinking that all of South America is just an extension of Europe or North America. You’ll miss out on the beautiful subtleties of the region, which make backpacking in South America so wonderful.

A backpacking trip in South America is a unique experience in itself. And within that, there are instance amounts of opportunities to make your South America itinerary different to anyone else who’s travelled here before. Here are some of the best things to add to it:

Things go wrong on the road ALL THE TIME. Be prepared for what life throws at you.

Buy an AMK Travel Medical Kit before you head out on your next adventure – don’t be daft!

Hiking in South America

South America has some of the best hikes in the world . Here are a few iconic options to get your bucket list started:

• Lost City Hike, Colombia : This hike through the Colombian jungle will certainly be a highlight of your South America travel.
• Sierra Nevada de Cocuy, Colombia : Snow in Colombia? Here you can find peaks are as high as 5,330 meters above sea level. If you have your own gear and a good sleeping bag , you can probably do the hike without a guide.
•  Iliniza-Norte, Ecuador . This is a fantastic 2-day trek that does not require any special gear or equipment. If you are planning to tackle Cotopaxi this is a great warm-up. A solid challenge for the dedicated hiker!
• The Salkantay trek, Peru: Hike to Machu Picchu over 4 days and experience the true beauty of the Andes along the way. One of my favorite South American treks for sure.
• The Cordillera Huayhuash, Peru : Truly one of the most stunning areas in Peru. For serious hikers, planning a trek like this is one for the books!
• Hut-to-Hut in Bariloche, Argentina:  Spectacular hike for some of the best views of Nahuel Huapi National Park and its lakes. Tents are optional since you can stay exclusively in the refugios.
• Villa O’Higgins to El Chaltén, Chile/Argentina : One of the greatest ways to experience Patagonia. Walk from Villa O’Higgins in Chile to El Chaltén in Argentina. You’ll see some superlative mountain, forest, and lake scenery along the way.
• Torres Del Paine Circuit, Chile : The hike of all hikes in South America. This epic walk takes 9 – 11 days and passes through some of the most dramatic landscapes one can fathom. A must if you’ve got the time and hiking spirit!

Scuba Diving in South America

You have scuba diving options galore in South America! In general, scuba diving is pricier than it is in other parts of the world but that’s because it’s worth it. If it is something that you really want to do, I say go for it! 

Colombia is probably the cheapest and best place to dive AND get certified in South America. You have Providencia and Santa Catalina (a smaller island to the north) which is home to the third-largest coral reef barrier on Earth and includes over 40 dive sites.

Malpelo is the harder-to-reach version: a jagged rock in the Colombian Pacific, it can only be reached by boat, and divers can only visit here as part of an organized trip. It’s worth the time and money for sure; Malpelo is one of the best places in the world to dive with sharks, including hammerheads, whale, and the rare sun ray shark.

People have reported schools of up to 500 sharks around Malpelo. That’s right. 500!

Peru and Ecuador both have some decent diving right off their coasts. The diving around the Galápagos Islands is world-class, but it will cost you a fortune go diving there.

If you truly want to have the scuba diving adventure of a lifetime, I highly recommend joining a Liveaboard trip.

• Liveaboard the Galapagos
• Liveaboard Colombia

Surfing in South America

Surfing is the number one sport on South America’s coast. From Peru to Brazil, backpackers and locals are coming together and shredding!

Peru is home to the longest left-breaking wave in the world . You can literally ride a wave for five minutes!

The Pacific Coast is dotted with funky surf towns, where the main activities revolve around the waves and the nightlife. There are a plethora of surf schools in every country. Often these surf schools offer Spanish classes as well if you are wanting to double down (which I highly suggest!).

It is easy to fall in love with the surfing lifestyle. But be careful, you might just fall in love with the whole scene. I wouldn’t blame you for a second.

Our GREATEST Travel Secrets…

Pop your email here & get the original Broke Backpacker Bible for FREE.

Is backpacking South America safe?

Yes. Backpacking South America is safe. Just bear in mind that crime rates are higher than in some other areas of the world. But by following standard safety procedures, there’s no reason why that crime should affect you. Be sensible, show people plenty of respect, and look after your friends.

How are the bus journeys in South America?

The long-distance buses are generally top quality and comfortable. Just be aware that distances on the map can be deceiving and journeys can be long so bring plenty of water, food, something to keep you warm in the baltic aircon, and probably some toilet paper too.

Is travelling South America as a woman possible?

Absolutely! Not only is it possible, it’s awesome. Do remember that, unfortunately, women do have to consider safety as a factor more so than men, especially after dark. But with that in mind, prepare for the adventure of a lifetime.

How are South Americans so damn sexy?

There are too many reasons. Just go and spark up conversation with them and find out for yourself. Beware though, you’re likely to fall completely, madly, deeply in love.

Backpacking South America can be one hell of a party at times. Take it from me, it can be easy to get carried away.

You can make a positive impact on people when we travel and South America is the perfect place to do that. Try to spend your money in places where the experience is mutually rewarding.

When buying a local craft, be fair to the person who spent countless hours crafting it. Pay people their worth and contribute to the local economies as much as possible.

If you visit small or indigenous communities, be respectful: they are normal folks just living their lives.  Backpacking South America – or any region for that matter – often illuminates some of the great socio-economic inequalities of the world. Never take it for granted that you are healthy and financially able to go travelling.

Show the world around you some gratitude and help to make a positive impact on it. Most of all have the time of your life and spread the love!

Well, amigos, the time has come for me to send you on your travellin’ way. Armed with your budget travel knowledge, on you go!

Your South America backpacking trip awaits. Have a few cold ones for me, yeah?

And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!

Share or save this post

30 Comments

Great post, loved the detail and enthusiasm you have for South America. I am saving up to travel from northern Colombia all the way down the west to Patagonia and then back up the other side (yes I am aware it will take the best part of a year). I wondered if you had any tips on the best time of year to start this adventure?

Plan your time with the weather and seasons in mind! Have a great time.

Is traveling to brazil unwise right now because of the covid situation? Has it become more unsafe because of the covid situation? It’s been really difficult to find solid information, and making a decision wether to visit or not has been quite difficult. Thanks for the otherwise wonderful post! Super informative.

informative post . best of luck

Hi Kami, glad you liked the article!

Very nice blog, congratulations I found a cheaper way to flight some routes inside Latin America If someone have plans, after this health crisis is gone, just ask me, I will be glad to help

Interesting. However as a Guyanese, that us from Guyana, South America I always find it odd that many persons leave out the English Dutch and French speaking countries of South America. We too have things to offer.

Hello Malkia, We totally agree with you! As soon as we manage to visit Guyana, we will update this guide! I look forward to exploring your country. Cheers

Hey there!! So I am planning a trip to south America this summer. I have a couples questions. I’m flying into Bogota, Colombia. I plan on spending 2-3 months in SA. I’d like to travel from Bogota to Machu Picchu, then to Buenos Aires, and depending on time Brazil. I am trying to figure out the cheapest way to travel from country to country. I don’t care about long bus rides or any of that. I just don’t know where to purchase the cheapest bus tickets. Please help!!!

Simply the cheapest tickets are usually at the bus station, or wherever locals buy their tickets. Look out for agencies and the like that might add a fee for booking the very same thing you could yourself.

I have a good tip to move around if you need to do it by plane, just let me know if you plan (after the whole problem is gone) to fly some stretches.

Hey man great blog, been reading so many of your posts recently, can you email me I wanna chat to someone who knows there stuff… I’m going to South America for about 6 to 8 months on a budget and need help planning a route… hopefully you see this and we can chat thank you

Hey Jamie, What is your question specifcally regarding your route? Cheers!

Thank you so much for sharing these information – they are so useful!

I am planning a trip of a lifetime to South America. To keep cost down, I am likely to stay in hostels for the first time. I like to understand how travellers wash their clothes in hostels. Are there usually any washer or dryer machines in hostels? Do we usually have to pay to use them? What is the price like?

Look forward to hearing from you.

Hi Tina, Some hostels offer laundry services. Other times you can get your laundry done at local lavanderias . Depending on the country, prices are usually pretty reasonable. They usually charge by the weight. Getting a massive load of clothes washed should not cost you more than $10 (sometimes way less) washed, dried, and folded. Cheers!

Thanks Chris for this wonderful article. Bolivia and Brazil is a magical place! Anyone who went there said it was absolutely amazing! That nature is just wonderful here. keep sharing your travel ides about more places of South America.

Cheers, Mate!

I started my South American journey two months ago and this has been a big help. There’s literally so many options once you get down here. Overwhelming in all of the best ways.

Much love from Peru.

Wow! That’s a marvelous article! Unfortunately, not so long ago, I was in South America, and I really had a lot of predicaments while traveling. If only I had read this article before the traveling, most likely, my trip would have been better!

Great content, congratulations.

Really great and in depth guide, thank you! Planning my first trip to South America and really like the look of your 3 month route across Peru, Ecuador and Columbia, was thinking of taking another couple of weeks on top to see Bolivia as well. What month would you advise starting this travel? (would really like to be home for Christmas)

The autumn months would be a lovely time to visit South America 🙂

Awesome content! I took so much advice and suggestions. I feel like I can plan whatever kind of trip ranging in length of time spent there plus budgeting. Thanks!

It’s great that you’re such a strong advocate of reusable water bottles and avoiding one-use bottles and generally I totally agree. However, I normally refill my water bottle from the tap, which obviously isn’t safe everywhere. Geneally can you drink tap water in South America? Or if not how do you safely refill without buying bottled water?

We’ve used lots of things over the years to harvest clean water from taps and streams. The GRAYL filter bottle is one of our favorites. South America is something of a mixed bag when it comes to drinking water. It ranges from safe to unsafe with every shade of chloriney in between.

I am starting my South America trip new month and I found this website extremely useful. One question though – I am worried about the requirement to show proof of onward travel. Any idea if Argentina, Chile, Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia require this?

Hi Neringa,

I never had to show proof of onward travel during my 6 months in South America. There was never a time when a customs officer/border police questioned me about my onward travel plans. You should be just fine 🙂

Thanks, Chris. You have been right! But I was requested to provide proof of onward travel by Avianca when flying for Cusco to Quito. Maybe because my passport expires soon. My friend, however, did not have one and was still allowed to board the plane 🙂 There was a group of Israeli guys who I think had to show this info, too.

Thanks a lot man, I’m planning a 3 month trip to Colombia, Peru and Brazil next year and this really helped me get my head around how to do it and the kind of money I’m gonna need to save! Cheers dude

Thanks, this really helped me a lot for planning my trip next year!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

Destinations

South america travel itinerary: a comprehensive guide for 1-3 months.

This post may contain affiliate links. We receive a commission on purchases made through links on this page. This is at no additional cost to you & helps support our travels. Read more in our Disclaimer . Thank you!

South America has so much to offer, and even with this South America travel itinerary covering one to three months, you will still only be scratching the surface.

South America is a captivating continent with diverse landscapes, vibrant cultures, and breathtaking natural wonders. From the majestic Andes Mountains to the lush Amazon rainforest, there is no shortage of awe-inspiring destinations to explore. In this travel itinerary, we will guide you through the best places to visit during your one to three-month journey.

We spent nearly six months exploring South America and found more than one new favorite place. We are already planning a trip back to this incredible continent and hope these itineraries will help you plan your next trip, too!

We’ll cover the best South America travel itinerary for one to three months, tips for traveling South America as a couple, transportation in South America, cost of travel in South America, and more!

This post is all about the ideal South America travel itinerary for one, two, or three months of travel.

Planning Your Trip

Before embarking on your South American adventure, it’s essential to do some research and plan accordingly. Consider the best time to visit each country, as weather conditions can vary significantly across the continent. Remember, South America is in the southern hemisphere which means winter falls from June – September, and summer is from December – March, the opposite of the northern hemisphere. We would recommend the spring or fall seasons to avoid crowds and have the best opportunity for mild weather. 

Don’t forget to check major holidays that may impact your travel. The majority of South America is Catholic, so the largest celebrations of the year revolve around Carnival and Easter. Travel is often more expensive during these holidays and sells out far in advance. 

• Learn more about planning the perfect itinerary for any destination!

Better safe than sorry...

Are you covered for your next trip? Whether you’re planning a quick weekend getaway or a long-term adventure,  SafetyWing  has you covered. From medical emergencies to lost luggage, they’ll take care of it all. Plus, they even offer emergency response and natural disaster coverage – pretty cool, huh? 

South America Packing List

With an itinerary of one to three months, you’ll need to plan for various weather throughout your trip. You never know when a cold front or a massive rainstorm is going to blow through. Be sure to prepare the appropriate attire for each destination, from cities to deserts to beach towns and the jungle. 

If you are planning on spending one to three months in South America, check out our complete South America packing list to ensure you don’t forget a thing! 

• Shop our full South America Packing List!

South america transportation

When planning a one to three-month trip to South America, you’ll likely be traveling to more than just one destination. 

Flights are a convenient way to cover long distances between countries or major cities, allowing you to save time and reach your destinations quickly. Domestic flights within South American countries are often affordable, helping you hop between different regions efficiently. 

Although not as extensive as in other continents, trains can offer scenic journeys in certain countries like Peru and Ecuador. Buses are a popular choice for budget travelers (especially in Ecuador and Peru), offering an extensive network that connects cities and towns and is surprisingly comfortable. They are an excellent option for shorter distances, allowing you to immerse yourself in the local culture and enjoy the landscapes along the way. 

Additionally, boat trips and cruises can provide unique experiences, especially in the Amazon River or the Galapagos Islands. 

South America Trip Cost

Luckily, South America has a wide range of travel options from budget-conscious to mid-range (us!) to the ultimate luxury. Hostels are popular in South America and are a great option for budget travelers. They usually have private rooms (with private bathrooms) for a lower rate than some hotels – a good option for couples! And please, eat the street food! It’s amazingly good and cheap. 

Since we traveled to South America for nearly six months, we took the average of one month and broke it down for you below. We spent XX per month for two people, changing cities every 3-7 days. That averages XX per day or XX per day per person. South America is far more affordable than European travel, even during peak season, and more expensive than a similar trip to Southeast Asia. 

💰 Average cost per month in South America:

Avg per month:.

$XX for 2 people

Avg per day:

$XX per day for 2 people

Europe > South America > Southeast Asia

South America Travel Itinerary:

Now, let’s delve into the exciting part – the itineraries! We have prepared sample itineraries for different trip durations: one month, two months, and three months. These itineraries include a mix of popular tourist destinations and off-the-beaten-path gems, ensuring a well-rounded and unforgettable experience in South America.

1 Month Itinerary in South America

If you have one month to explore South America, here’s a suggested itinerary that will allow you to experience the highlights of Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia.  This one-month itinerary will give you a taste of the diverse landscapes, rich history, and vibrant cultures that South America has to offer.

• Peru – 2 weeks 
• Ecuador – 1 week
• Colombia – 1 week

Peru (2 weeks)

Start your journey in Peru, a country known for its rich history and breathtaking landscapes. There are often great deals for flights from the US to Lima . Check out Faredrop to find the best deals without all the work. 

Spend your first few days in Lima, the capital city, exploring its vibrant neighborhoods and sampling delicious Peruvian cuisine . From Lima, head south to Cusco, the gateway to Machu Picchu. Immerse yourself in the ancient Incan culture as you visit the Sacred Valley and hike the famous Inca Trail , or enjoy the scenic train ride to reach the awe-inspiring Machu Picchu . Be sure to spend some time acclimating to the altitude in Cusco before visiting Machu Picchu. 

After exploring Cusco and Machu Picchu, venture into the Amazon rainforest for a unique wildlife experience through the town of Iquitos. Take a boat ride along the Amazon River, hike through the dense jungle, and spot exotic wildlife such as monkeys, colorful birds, and elusive jaguars.

• Lima – 4 nights 
• Cusco – 5 nights 
• Machu Picchu – 2 nights 
• Iquitos – 3 nights 

Top Activities in Peru

Ecuador (1 week).

Next, fly to Ecuador, a country known for its incredible biodiversity and stunning landscapes. Start your Ecuadorian adventure in Quito , the capital city nestled high in the Andes Mountains. Explore the historic center a UNESCO World Heritage site, and take in panoramic views of the city from the TelefériQo cable car. Don’t forget to check off “straddle the equator” from your bucket list! 

From Quito, head to the iconic Galapagos Islands , where you can snorkel with sea turtles, spot unique wildlife like marine iguanas and blue-footed boobies and witness the ongoing process of evolution in action. 

• Quito – 2 nights
• Galapagos Islands – 5 nights

Top Activities in Ecuador

Colombia (1 week).

Finish your South American adventure in Colombia , a country known for its vibrant culture, stunning Caribbean beaches, and colorful cities. Start in Medellín and explore this town, once fraught with violence, now transformed into a vibrant, colorful neighborhood . 

End your journey in Cartagena, a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most beautiful colonial cities in the Americas. Explore its charming streets, visit the imposing Castillo San Felipe de Barajas, and relax on the white sandy beaches of the nearby Rosario Islands .

• Medellín – 3 nights 
• Cartagena – 4 nights 
• Dive into our full Colombia itinerary!

Top Activities in Colombia

2 month itinerary in south america.

If you have two months to explore South America , you can embark on an incredible journey through diverse and captivating destinations. We’ll be building off our first itinerary for one month in South America by adding a week to Colombia so you can dive even deeper into the local culture and we’ll add two weeks in a new country, Brazil! 

This two-month itinerary will allow you to experience the highlights of Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, and Brazil, offering a diverse range of landscapes, cultures, and experiences. 

• Colombia – 2 weeks
• Brazil – 2 weeks 

Colombia (1 more week - 2 weeks)

Since you’ll be traveling longer, I recommend slowing down your travel and adding a few more off-the-beaten-path stops to Colombia. From Medellín, you can rent a car (be sure to get an automatic, the hills are crazy!), and drive to both Guatapé and Jardín. In Guatapé, you can try street empanadas , see the most colorful homes, and climb an enormous rock . One of our favorite towns ever is Jardín. You can walk the whole town, enjoy the lively evening atmosphere in the square, and prop up your chair to sip on Colombian coffee or some magical chai tea. 

• Bogotá – 3 nights 
• Guatapé – 2 nights 
• Jardín – 2 nights 
• Cartagena – 5 nights 

want a free Notion itinerary template?

Plan the perfect trip all in one place with this free Notion Travel Itinerary Template. Just enter your info below to join our weekly newsletter and get it sent straight to your inbox!

+ Brazil (2 weeks)

Wrap up your two-month adventure in Brazil, a country of immense natural beauty and vibrant energy. Spend two weeks exploring the iconic city of Rio de Janeiro, relaxing on the stunning beaches of Florianópolis, and experiencing the power of Iguazu Falls. Rio is spectacular; be sure to enjoy the beach at Copacabana, see another World Wonder – Christ the Redeemer , and take the cable car to the top of Sugarloaf Mountain . 

• Rio de Janeiro – 5 nights 
• Florianópolis – 6 nights 
• Iguazu Falls – 3 nights 

Top Activities in Brazil

3 month itinerary in south america.

If you have three months to explore South America, there is a ton you can see. You’ll want to add a few weeks to countries you are already visiting on your one or two-month itineraries to dive into the culture. And we’ll add a few more countries with even more diverse foods, sights, and people. 

This three-month itinerary will allow you to experience the highlights of Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, Brazil, Argentina, and Chile, offering a diverse range of landscapes, cultures, and experiences. 

• Peru – 3 weeks 
• Argentina – 3 weeks 
• Chile – 1 week 

Peru (1 more week - 3 weeks)

Start your adventure in Peru, but this time we’ll add another week so you have time to explore Huacachina and Arequipa. Peru is such a diverse country and with this three-week itinerary, you’ll get the big city of Lima, the mountains in Cusco, the unforgettable Machu Picchu , a desert oasis in Huacachina , the colonial town of Arequipa, and the Amazon jungle from Iquitos. 

• Lima – 5 nights 
• Huacachina – 2 nights 
• Arequipa – 4 nights 

+ Argentina (3 weeks)

In Argentina, spend a week exploring the vibrant streets of Buenos Aires, known for its tango culture and historic architecture. You’ll also get to head out to the grasslands and enjoy a wellness retreat in cowboy country in San Antonio de Areco , just outside of Buenos Aires. Enjoy some southern hemisphere beach time in Cariló and then take a week to explore the magic of Patagonia . 

• Buenos Aires – 7 nights 
• San Antonio de Areco – 3 nights 
• Cariló – 4 nights
• Patagonia – 7 nights 

Top Activities in Argentina

+ chile (1 week).

Somehow, your three months in South America are almost up and last up we have one last country, Chile. This country has so much to offer but after three months of traveling around the continent, we recommend taking your last week to soak up all the magic of the vibrant city of Santiago .

• Santiago – 7 nights 

Top Activities in Chile

This post was all about our recommended itineraries for one to three months on a south america travel itinerary. remember, this is just an outline to give you a general structure for the blog post. feel free to add or modify sections as needed to create a comprehensive travel itinerary for south america., while you're here....

You can get great deals by booking through our links! We share our favorite ways to book our travels and we earn a small fee each time you make a purchase. This is at no extra cost to you and helps keep us on the road! 

Book your next hotel stay

Find great tours, car rentals for a road trip, don't forget travel insurance, protect yourself online, get visas for most countries, more posts to check out.

Protect Yourself: The Top 3 Long-Term Travel Insurance Options

25 Best Gifts for Someone Traveling Abroad

10 Best Things To Do In Antigua Guatemala

• Date: December 20, 2023

Related topics:

Want a free long term packing list.

Know exactly what to bring on your long term travel adventure with this FREE Long Term Travel Packing List . Just enter your info below to join our weekly newsletter and get it sent straight to your inbox!

We’re Alicia & Nate, a couple that traveled full-time for 3 years straight. We are now living in a cozy little apartment in Albania. We have a passion for exploring new places and trying new foods.

free travel templates

Shop More templates!

ADVERTISEMENT

sign up for

Our Newsletter

Don't go now..., get 33% off.

By signing up for our weekly newsletter, you’ll receive a 33% off coupon that you can use towards your next purchase + tons of tips on travel! 

Our site uses cookies. If you continue, you agree and accept the use of cookies. To find out more, read our Privacy Policy .

8 Epic South America Itineraries – How to Spend 1 Week to 3 Months in South America

South America is a diverse continent. You can walk on glaciers, climb mountains so high they literally take your breath away or cruise on a boat through the Amazon.

The biggest difficulty when planning a trip around South America is deciding where to go. We’ve already written about the best countries to visit on this beautiful continent , but today, we want to give you more specific advice and help you plan your trip.

No matter if you’re backpacking South America, are coming over for a short vacation or are looking for a South America honeymoon itinerary, you’ve come to the right place.

We have put together not just one but a total of eight epic South America itineraries! That way, we cover all possible lengths and show you the best the continent has to offer. Plus, we have lots of practical tips for you along the way.

Table of Contents

8 Epic South America Itineraries

1 Week South America Itinerary – Peru

Putting together a South America itinerary for 1 week is not easy. If you only have a short amount of time, we highly recommend focusing on one single country.

Peru is a great destination for a short trip to South America because you can see lots of cool things in a short amount of time. Here is our suggestion:

Start your trip in Lima. Peru is famous for its colonial architecture and its fantastic restaurants. Get an introduction to Peruvian cuisine by eating ceviche or getting some of Peru’s famous street food.

We recommend spending one day in Lima , so you have time to explore the historic centre and spend some time in Miraflores, a popular seaside neighbourhood. In the centre, don’t miss the Plaza de Armas, the central square, and the nearby Saint Francis Monastery.

If you like history, you should stop by Huaca Pucllana. These ruins were left behind by the Lima civilisation, one of the many pre-Incan cultures of South America.

From Lima, you can catch a flight to Cusco. The Spaniards built this city on top of the remains of an Inca settlement, so pay attention to the pre-Columbian foundations you see while walking around.

Start exploring at the central square, where you can see a statue of Pachacuti, a former Emperor of the Inca kingdom. The nearby Cathedral and Temple of the Sun are both worth a visit.

If you have enough time, head to the Cusco Planetarium in the evening to learn about stars in the Southern hemisphere and to also understand how the Incas saw the night sky.

#3 The Sacred Valley

From Cusco, head to the Sacred Valley. You can see multiple Inca fortresses and terraces here. The ruins of Pisac are amongst the most famous and a must-see on your trip. In Pisac town, you should head to the market, where you can buy souvenirs and local handicrafts.

Try coming on a Sunday, when locals from the surrounding villages head to Pisac to sell their produce and stock up on supplies.

The UNESCO-recognised Maras salt mines are also a great stop in the Sacred Valley. The 4,500 salt pans are still used for salt production today!

#4 Machu Picchu

After visiting the Sacred Valley, spend the night in Agua Calientes. This town sits underneath Machu Picchu, so from here, you can head to the famous Inca ruins.

After the fall of the Inca Empire, Machu Picchu remained hidden until 1911. When the Incas abandoned the city, they burned the surrounding forests and trails so nobody could find its location. It wasn’t until the early 1900s that an American archaeologist stumbled upon it by accident.

The best time to visit Machu Picchu is early in the morning before a flood of tourists arrives. Tickets are limited, so make sure to buy yours well in advance.

#5 Lake Titicaca

From Machu Picchu, head to the last stop of this South America trip itinerary – Lake Titicaca. Base yourself in Puno, from where you can head to the lake.

Lake Titicaca is famous for the Uros islands. The Uro people build those floating islands out of reeds and live on top of them in houses. After you’ve visited them, stop by Taquile Island for fantastic lake views and a chance to buy some hand-knitted Peruvian textiles.

Fly home from nearby Juliaca airport, which is only around one hour from Puno.

10-Day South America Itinerary – Argentina & Brazil

If you’re looking for an itinerary for South America and have a bit more than just one week, you have many great options.

You could take the above one-week South America itinerary and expand it by flying to the Amazon from Lake Titicaca.

Or you could choose a different country. We think that Argentina and Brazil make for the best 10-day trip in South America.

#1 Buenos Aires

There are lots of things to do in Buenos Aires , so we recommend spending at least one or two days here. This will give you enough time to explore the various neighbourhoods, like Recoleta, which is famous for its architecture and gave the city its nickname “Paris of the South”. While here, stop by the cemetery.

Or head to San Telmo, which has a much more lively and bohemian feel to it compared to the more polished Recoleta. La Boca is even more colourful and worth the trip to Southern Buenos Aires.

#2 Iguazu Falls

To reach the next stop on this South America 10-day itinerary, you need to catch a plane and fly to Iguazu. The area has two airports, and since you’re coming from Buenos Aires, you’ll land on the Argentinian side.

The Iguazu Falls are the largest waterfalls in the world, consisting of a chain of more than 250 falls. You can get very close to the falls on the Argentinian side, especially if you get into a boat.

The next day, head to Brazil to explore the other side. You can’t get as close from here, but you get a fantastic overview of the falls cascading down in the middle of the jungle.

#3 Rio de Janeiro

You could easily spend all 10 days of your South America trip in Rio de Janeiro without seeing everything. But since you’re limited on time, focus on the city’s most impressive sights.

Sugarloaf Mountain is a must-visit. From here, you have the most beautiful view in all of Rio de Janeiro. You could also head up to Christ the Redeemer if you’re looking for a different perspective and want to get close to the statue.

Another highlight of Rio is the beaches. Don’t spend too much time here, though, since you’re also going to head to fantastic beaches at the next two stops. Instead, explore the city centre or head to the botanical gardens, where you can see more than 8,000 different plants.

#4 Ilha Grande

From Rio, take a bus to and ferry to Ilha Grande. Ferries leave from three towns on the mainland, but the most popular option is going from Conceição de Jacareí, as it’s closest to the island.

Ilha Grande is a jungle-covered island with perfect beaches. Come here to relax, hike and soak up lots of sunshine. Praia Lopes Mendes is one of the most popular beaches on the island, as it’s long, white and just how you imagine the perfect tropical beach.

You can come here either by boat or hike across the island. Or you catch a water taxi to one of the many other white beaches.

From Ilha Grande, take the ferry to Angra dos Reis, the town closest to Paraty, and continue by bus. Your South America itinerary for 10 days is almost coming to an end, and this is your last stop.

Paraty is famous for its white-washed houses dating back to colonial times. Walk along the cobblestone streets and admire the colourful doors and windows, or sit down for a cup of coffee in one of the many cafes.

From Paraty, you can take a boat to explore the nearby beaches. Schooners leave from the pier in the morning, and the trips usually include four stops at two different beaches and two lagoons.

From Paraty, return to Rio or head to Sao Paulo to fly home.

2 weeks in South America – Option #1 – Patagonia

If you’re wondering what to do in South America for 2 weeks, you’re in luck. We have two options for you, so you can choose between places that couldn’t be more different.

We think that two weeks is the perfect amount of time to visit Patagonia . But we also know that this is the most expensive region on the continent, so if you spend 2 weeks backpacking South America and you’re on a budget, you might prefer going to a more affordable country.

If that’s you, then scroll down and take a look at our Colombia itinerary!

But for now, let’s look into Patagonia.

#1 El Chalten

Start your South America 2-weeks itinerary in El Chalten.

The closest airport is in El Calafate, so you will either have to rent a car or take a bus to get to El Chalten . The trip takes around three hours.

While a rental car gives you more freedom, you can also easily visit Patagonia by using public transport only. We did, and we had a fantastic time.

El Chalten is known as the hiking capital of Argentinian Patagonia. The best hikes take you to the Laguna Torres or the Laguna de Los Tres. They’re both challenging, so check in with the tourist information first for more details and make sure you start early so you have enough time to return to town.

If you prefer a shorter hike, you can find lots of great trails in the area with fantastic views of the Fitz Roy mountain range.

Or you can explore points of interest in the nearby area, like Casa Madsen, a traditional ranch, or Lago del Desierto, where you can go for a boat ride.

#2 El Calafate

El Calafate is a mandatory stop on every Patagonia itinerary, as you can take a day trip to the nearby Perito Moreno glacier from here.

This glacier is the longest in Argentina, and it’s one of the most popular to visit as you can easily get close to it. The end of the glacier reaches into a lake, and wooden walkways take you close to the ice. You can also ride a boat to enjoy a unique perspective.

#3 Torres del Paine

From El Calafate, take a bus (or drive) across the Chilean border to Puerto Natales. This town is the jumping-off point for a visit to Torres del Paine national park.

This South America itinerary for 2 weeks leaves you enough time to spend a few days inside the national park. The most popular option is to hike the W , a multi-day trek that takes you past stunningly blue lagoons and fantastic mountain views.

The hike takes around four days, and you need to plan it well in advance as accommodation tends to book out. If you’re interested, make sure to check out our guide .

Another option is to book accommodation in Torres del Paine and go on day hikes from there. You can also arrange horse riding activities or explore the national park on organised tours.

#4 Punta Arenas

Punta Arenas is a convenient stop on the way down to Tierra del Fuego. The city itself has only a few points of interest , but the real highlight is nearby Isla Magdalena.

This island is home to thousands of penguins who migrate here every year to nest. You can take a boat ride from Punta Arenas and then spend some time on the island watching the penguins taking care of their offspring, going for a swim or grooming each other.

Finish your trip in Ushuaia , the world’s southernmost city.

Everything here is about being at the end of the world, and you can visit the “Museo del Fin del Mundo” (End-of-the-World museum) or take the “Tren del Fin del Mundo” (End-of-the-World train).

The train takes you into the nearby Tierra del Fuego national park, where you can go for hikes or enjoy a short walk to explore the stunning scenery.

You can also go on many day trips from Ushuaia. Check with the tour operators in town or do some research online to get more information. We recommend a trip to the lakes east of town or a boat ride down the Beagle Canal, where you have the chance to see more penguins and sea lions.

2 weeks in South America – Option #2 – Colombia

If you’re on a budget or prefer a warmer option for your 2 weeks in South America itinerary, then you should head to Colombia.

Colombia is the perfect country if you want to see tropical landscapes, find out where coffee comes from, explore the Andes and see ancient ruins. It’s also popular with backpackers, so if you’re travelling solo, you’re bound to meet other travellers here.

Start your Colombia trip in Bogota, the country’s capital. This city has a few highlights you shouldn’t miss . Therefore we recommend spending at least one full day here.

A great way to see Bogota is by joining a graffiti tour. Those tours take you past the most famous tourist attractions, but you also learn about recent history and discover lots of street art.

La Candelaria, the city’s historic centre, is worth a stop by itself. Close by, you can find the Museo del Oro, one of the best gold museums we’ve ever visited anywhere in the world.

If you still have energy, head to Monserrate to see the city from above. And if you want to spend an additional day, we recommend a day tour to see the Salt Cathedral of Zipaquira.

To get from Bogota to Salento, you either need to spend a day on buses or take a flight from Bogota to Armenia and continue from there.

Colombia might look small on the map, but the country is huge, and the Andes make travelling slow. Nevertheless, spending the time it takes to get to Salento is well worth it.

Salento is a colourful village in the coffee zone, so you can visit the nearby coffee plantation and find out how the plant is grown. Another highlight is a day trip to the nearby Cocora Valley, where you can see the highest palm trees in the world. We’ve got a guide to the Cocora Valley hike , but you can also go on a shorter walk if you have less time.

#3 Medellin

Medellin is one of the most fascinating cities in Colombia. Pablo Escobar’s home changed massively over the past years and transformed from one of the country’s most dangerous cities to one filled with innovation and hope.

One of the best places where you can witness that change is in Comuna 13. This neighbourhood was once the most dangerous one in Medellin (and likely the whole world). These days, it’s famous for its street art and escalators, which connect the steep roads.

Come here to learn more about the violence that once ravaged Medellin and to support those locals who moved away from gangs and now live off tourism.

#4 Santa Marta

From Medellin, you either need to take a long bus (around 12-15 hours) or a short flight to get to Santa Marta. To make the most out of this two-weeks South America itinerary, where your time is limited, we suggest taking a plane.

Santa Marta by itself is not the most spectacular city in Colombia. However, it has lovely beaches, an interesting gold museum, and it is a great base for trips into the surrounding area.

While here, check out the Quinta San Pedro Alejandrino to learn more about Simon Bolivar, the man who helped Colombia gain independence from Spain.

The bus from Santa Marta to Minca takes less than an hour, so you could visit this village on a day trip. We recommend staying overnight, though, so you have enough time to enjoy the countryside.

Minca is famous for the nearby waterfalls, which you can discover on a jungle hike. Bring your swimsuit to take a dip in the refreshing pools. You’ll also come across cafes and restaurants with hammocks, where you can take a break and relax.

If you love coffee, you can also take a tour through a coffee plantation.

Whatever you do, remember you’re in the jungle and bring enough insect repellent. The sandflies that live here can be vicious, so take some DEET to keep them away.

#6 Cartagena

Cartagena is one of Colombia’s most beautiful colonial cities. Nearby San Basilio de Palenque was the first town of free slaves in the Americas, and the area is great for discovering Afro-Colombian culture.

Cartagena is also fantastic if you like street food . We highly recommend taking a street food tour, but you can also explore on your own and stop at one of the many carts to try the local treats.

If you want to relax at the end of this two-weeks South America itinerary, head to a beach. Most locals consider Playa Blanca the most beautiful beach in Cartagena, and you can easily spend one or two days there relaxing in the sun.

Optional: Tayrona National Park or Lost City Hike

We know that we’ve already packed a lot into this itinerary. If you have a few more days (or if you decide to skip some of the above destinations), you could add one or two more fascinating places.

Both of them are close to Santa Marta, so they’re easy to integrate into your Colombia tour.

The Tayrona National Park is famous for its beaches. You can stay overnight, which is a fantastic experience, but if you’re short on time, you can also head here on a day trip. The best activity in Tayrona National Park is to hike along the coast, from beach to beach, and go for a swim when you need a break.

Another excellent destination is the Lost City. These ruins hide in the jungle, and you can only reach them by hiking. Going there and back takes a minimum of four days and a lot of sweat. Don’t underestimate the humidity in the jungle, it’s not unusual to get so sticky that sweat drips from your nose while you walk!

Nevertheless, the hike is stunning and takes you past hidden villages, waterfalls and mountain views. Plus, you can explore ancient ruins from the Tayrona civilisation at the end of it. If you have the time, this one is definitely worth it.

3 weeks in South America itinerary – Chile, Bolivia & Peru

This 3-week itinerary for South America focuses on Bolivia but also covers parts of Chile and Peru. You’ll spend time in the Andes, see the famous Salar de Uyuni and get to know what was once the wealthiest city in the Americas.

Just like our suggestion for a Colombia trip above, this South America travel itinerary is perfect for backpackers but can also be enjoyed by anyone else. Bolivia is one of the most affordable countries in South America , and you can get great value for your money here.

#1 San Pedro de Atacama

Start your South America in 3 weeks itinerary in the Atacama Desert. San Pedro de Atacama  is the biggest town in the area, where you can base yourself to explore the desert on day trips.

The Atacama desert is famous for its unique landscapes, including high-altitude lagoons and the moon-like landscape of the Valle de la Luna. We also loved visiting the field of geysers. Trips here leave early in the morning because the geysers are only active when the outside temperatures are low. Just after sunrise is the best time to see them shoot water into the air.

Another highlight is a stargazing tour . The Atacama Desert barely has light pollution, so you can clearly see the Milky Way and learn more about our universe.

#2 Salar de Uyuni

From San Pedro de Atacama, you can take a multi-day tour to the Salar de Uyuni . Those tours cross the Bolivian Altiplano, one of the most spectacular landscapes on this planet. You can expect surreal rock formations, bright red lagoons and thousands of flamingos in a bare desert.

The trip takes you up to 4,800 metres, so make sure to spend a few days in San Pedro de Atacama to acclimatise to the altitude.

At the end of your journey, you finish in the salt flats of the Salar de Uyuni. The white landscape seems almost unreal, and it’s the perfect backdrop for taking pictures . Make sure to book a tour that takes you to Isla Incahuasi, a cactus island that rises out of the salt flats.

We deliberately included Potosi on this 3-week South America itinerary because it’s the best place to learn about colonial history.

Due to the nearby silver mines, Potosi was once the world’s most prosperous city. At the same time, that wealth came at a high price. Historians estimate that eight million indigenous and African slaves died in those mines.

And here’s the worst part – safety hasn’t improved that much since colonial times. Workers aren’t trapped underground anymore, but during the mine tour we did, the most stable shafts dated back to colonial times. Wooden beams to reinforce the tunnels are simply too expensive for most mine workers – same as masks.

Many miners die in their forties or fifties from cancer or other lung diseases or perish in terrible accidents.

Visiting Potosi is an eye-opening experience that you cannot miss.

Did you know that Sucre is the capital of Bolivia?

Everyone thinks it’s La Paz, but it’s actually Sucre, a city with white buildings and red roofs high up in the Andes. Sucre is a beautiful city , so you should spend some time wandering around its centre and enjoying the view from Mirador Recoleta.

It’s also home to many museums, so take some time to visit them.

One of the coolest attractions is on the outskirts of Sucre – the Parque Cretacico, where you can see real dinosaur footprints.

Getting from Sucre to La Paz isn’t the easiest trip. You need to either catch a plane or take an overnight bus. The bus is, of course, better for anyone who’s backpacking Bolivia on a budget, but it’s much slower and less comfortable than the flight.

If you do decide to go by bus, bring a warm blanket. Even if the bus has heating, there’s no guarantee the driver is going to turn it on and it gets below freezing in the Andes at night!

The bus ride is well worth it to get to La Paz, the largest city in Bolivia. We recommend joining a walking tour to discover the city centre and the markets of La Paz . Another alternative is to go on a food tour to get to know Bolivian food and try some dishes you haven’t had yet.

#6 Isla del Sol

Isla del Sol is the perfect location to dive closer into Bolivian culture. This island in Lake Titicaca is known for its villages and terraced hills. Spend your days relaxing in the sun, hiking or discovering some small pre-Columbian ruins.

It’s a good idea to stay overnight on the island to fully soak up the atmosphere and have as much time as possible to explore.

Your last stop on this South America 3-week itinerary takes you across the border into Peru.

Puno is a town on the shores of Lake Titicaca and an excellent base for visiting the Peruvian side of this lake. Even though you’ve already been to Isla del Sol, you’ll find Puno very different.

From here, you can visit the Floating Islands of the Uros. These reed islands are strong enough to carry houses, and the Uro people use the same reeds to make boats and houses. Around 1,300 people still live on these islands.

From Puno, you can fly home by going to Juliaca airport, which is only one hour away.

1-month itinerary for South America – Peru & Ecuador

Ecuador is an amazing destination on its own, but if you have a whole month, we recommend combining it with a trip to Peru.

This South America itinerary for 1 month will take you from Lima to Quito, passing through the Andes, spending time at the sea and discovering pre-Inca ruins. You can search for hummingbirds in the cloud forest, swim in waterfalls and explore colonial cities.

If you’re backpacking through South America, you’ll be pleased to know that you can easily do this trip on a budget. You can find inexpensive accommodation, food and activities in all of the places below.

At the same time, you can also transform this South America 1-month itinerary into a more comfortable journey by staying at better hotels and using private transport and shuttles.

Start your trip in Lima, the capital of Peru. The city is famous for its colonial centre, coastline and fantastic restaurants.

The must-try Peruvian dish is ceviche, which consists of raw fish cured in lime or lemon juice. The acids in the juice chemically cook the fish, turning it into a delicious delicacy you shouldn’t miss.

The neighbourhoods of Miraflores and Barranco are famous for their restaurants, but you also shouldn’t miss the city centre. Personally, I loved visiting the Monasterio de San Francisco, a monastery dating back to colonial times.

If you’re interested in history, visit the Huaca Pucllana to learn about the Lima civilisation. Or go on a day trip to Caral to see ruins as old as the Egyptian pyramids.

In the evening, head to the Parque de la Reserva in the evening to see the fountain show.

One day in Lima is great for seeing the highlights of the city, but if you have four weeks in South America, we recommend spending a bit more time. Plan for two or maybe even three days in Lima, so you have time to take it all in.

Huaraz is the base for a trip to the nearby Huascaran National Park. If you want to see snow-covered mountains and turquoise lagoons, you’ve come to the right place.

The most famous hike in the National Park takes you to Laguna 69, but you’ll need a few days of acclimatisation to get used to the altitude. While you’re here, we suggest going on different hikes or day trips to the mountains.

If you’re interested, make sure to visit the ruins of Chavin de Huantar. This civilisation might be 3,000 years old, but it was once so significant that it influenced all Andean cultures that came later.

#3 Trujillo

It’s time to leave the mountains and get back to the coast.

Trujillo is famous for its pre-Colombian ruins, and the highlights are visits to Chan Chan as well as the Huaca de la Luna y Huaca del Sol. The latter are particularly impressive for their colourful paintings, which have been preserved over the centuries.

Besides learning about the many civilisations that inhabited South America, Trujillo is also a great place to take it easy. Stroll around the central square, the Plaza de Armas, or head to Huanchaco to learn how to surf.

Some say that the reed boats made here on the beach inspired modern surfing, so try to get a ride on one of them if you can.

Mancora is a beach town that makes for a convenient stop on the way towards Ecuador. Come here to relax by the beach and enjoy ceviche in the evening.

If you’re getting tired of doing nothing, take a tour to see wildlife. From July to October, you can go whale watching, and all year long, you can go looking for green turtles.

#5 Guayaquil

Most travellers visit Guayaquil to then catch a plane to the Galapagos Islands , but there is a surprising amount of things to do in this coastal city.

Spend a full day here to climb to the top of Cerro Santa Ana, walk along the Malecon 2000 and explore the art galleries in Las Peñas.

If you still have energy, you should head to Santay Island, where you can stroll on boardwalks through a mangrove swamp and discover wildlife along the way.

Visiting Cuenca is one of the best things to do in Ecuador . The historic centre is a UNESCO world heritage site worth seeing for its colonial buildings.

Once you’ve explored the Old Town, book a trip to Las Cajas National Park. At lower altitudes, you’ll come across meadows filled with llamas and alpacas.

Once you go up higher into the Andes, you can then see high-altitude lakes, otherworldly forests and strange-looking landscapes. Even if you take it slow (you’ve just arrived from sea level, so it takes a while to get used to the altitude), you’ll be able to visit impressive viewpoints.

If you’ve ever seen a photo of someone sitting on a swing high above the jungle, you’ve probably seen a picture of Baños. This town is the next stop on our South America 4-week itinerary.

Besides taking cool pictures, you can hike or enjoy many other outdoor adventures in Baños. Rafting, canyoning, rock climbing, all those are options.

Once you’ve had enough of the outdoors, relax by soaking in one of the many hot springs.

Ecuador’s capital, Quito, is the highest capital city in the world. It’s also located next to the equator.

You can find lots of things to do in Quito , so you should plan to stay for a few days. Start by exploring the Old Town and visiting some of the churches. If you’re here on a Tuesday, check out the Changing of the Guard in front of the governmental palace.

Next, head to the equator in Mitad del Mundo. The exact location of the equator is a bit unclear. You can visit a monument at the spot where the first expedition marked the equator.

Close by, you can also visit the Museo Intiñan, which claims to be at the site of the “real” equator.

Whichever one is the actual one, both are cool to visit. Take pictures on both lines, and then you might have at least one that’s in the correct place.

Mindo is so close to Quito that you could visit on a day trip.

It’s much more fun to stay overnight, though, so if you have enough time left in this 1-month South America itinerary, base yourself in Mindo for a day or two.

Mindo is located in the Cloud Forest and is famous for its biodiversity. You can spot many butterflies and hummingbirds at the Butterfly Garden and learn about the cultivation of chocolate.

Mindo is also a perfect base for outdoor activities, like ziplining, hiking to waterfalls and tubing.

2 months in South America itinerary – Buenos Aires to Lima

If you’ve got two months in South America, you can see a decent portion of the continent. We’ve put together a sample itinerary for you, which we think covers some of the best places to visit, but don’t be afraid to mix it up.

You could cut the beginning short and head to Colombia instead. Or you could add in some time to visit the Amazon or Patagonia. It’s up to you to decide which areas of South America you like best.

Start your South America 2-month itinerary in Buenos Aires . The Argentinian capital carries the nickname “Paris of the South”, and while walking through Recoleta, you can certainly see a resemblance in the architecture and atmosphere.

The cemetery of La Recoleta, with its many mausoleums, is one of the most famous sights here. You should also head to La Boca and San Telmo, two of the most colourful and intriguing neighbourhoods.

In the evening, head to a steak house to try the famous Argentinian meat and watch a tango show afterwards.

From Buenos Aires, catch a plane to Iguazu Falls. Plan to spend at least two days here, so you can both see the Argentinian and Brazilian sides.

You can cross the border into Brazil on a day trip and get a different perspective on the other side. While you can get very close to the water in Argentina, you’ll have a nicer view of the falls in Brazil.

The easiest way to get to Salta is by taking another plane.

If you’re backpacking in South America and prefer to cross as much distance overland without flying, you could also head into Paraguay (we especially liked the Jesuit Missions near Encarnacion , a fantastic UNESCO world heritage site), cross the border back into Argentina and then take a bus.

The bus ride is long. It’ll likely be an overnight bus, so you won’t lose too much time, but you’ll arrive in Salta exhausted.

No matter how you get there, Salta is the perfect base for a trip into the Quebrada de Humahuaca . Expect charming villages, multi-coloured mountains and ruins of a pre-Incan civilisation.

#4 San Pedro de Atacama

You could easily spend a week in San Pedro de Atacama without getting bored. Whether you head to the high-altitude lagoons, watch the flamingos or see the sunset over the Vallee de la Luna, you’ll have plenty of things to do .

If you don’t mind getting up early, take a geyser tour. The natural wonder is only active in the first hours of the morning.

Another highlight is an astronomy tour. You’ll rarely get to a place as dark as the Atacama Desert, so you can easily see the milky way from here.

Your trip to Uyuni will be one of the highlights of your 2-month itinerary through South America. It’s a multi-day journey to get to the famous salt flats. You’ll come across brightly coloured lagoons and see many flamingos along the way.

With a bit of luck, you also get to sleep in a salt hotel before you finally reach the famous Salar de Uyuni . Spend time taking pictures, visit the mysterious cactus island and head to the train graveyard once you’ve arrived.

#6 Potosi & Sucre

In the South Bolivian Andes, you can find two towns worth visiting.

The first one is Potosi , where you should learn about South America’s history in the silver mines. The next one is Sucre , the white city which is actually the capital of Bolivia.

Both cities have stunning colonial architecture and fantastic churches you should see. In Potosi, make sure to head to the Casa de la Moneda, the former national mint of Bolivia.

In Sucre, make sure to visit the dinosaur footprints, which you can find just outside the city. Their sight is awe-inspiring, and how often can you say that you’ve seen footsteps that are more than 65 million years old?

To get to La Paz, you either need to fly or take an overnight bus from Sucre.

While La Paz isn’t the capital of Bolivia, it is the seat of its government and one of the biggest cities in the country. Join a walking tour to explore the city centre or go on a food tour to sample some dishes of Bolivian cuisine you’ve never heard of.

La Paz also features fantastic markets , which you should explore while you’re here. The most famous one is the Witches’ Market, but even the regular food markets offer great sights, like bags of dehydrated potatoes.

#8 Lake Titicaca

Your next stop should be Lake Titicaca. The highest navigable lake in the world has multiple points of interest worth stopping for.

The first one is Isla del Sol, on the Bolivian side. Stay overnight on this island, go for walks between agricultural terraces, explore some ancient ruins, and relax in the sun.

On the Peruvian side, you can base yourself in Puno, from where you can explore Taquile Island or visit the floating islands of the Uro people.

#9 Cusco & the Sacred Valley

From Lake Titicaca, cross the Peruvian Altiplano and head to Cusco. Cusco is an excellent stop for seeing the remains of the Inca cities merged with buildings from colonial times.

From here, head to the Sacred Valley to discover Inca fortresses and terraces, lively markets and the famous Maras salt mines.

#10 Machu Picchu

To get to Machu Picchu, you need to take the train to Aguas Calientes. Alternatively, you could also hike the Inca Trail, but make sure to book your trip well in advance as it books out very early!

Machu Picchu is the most famous Inca ruin. This settlement remained undiscovered for centuries, which is why it’s one of the best-preserved sites. Remember to book your ticket and train ride before your start this trip so you’re guaranteed your visit.

#11 Arequipa

Arequipa is a charming city halfway to the coast. Explore the historic centre, and make sure to stop by the Santa Catalina Monastery, a large complex with a fantastic cafe.

Depending on how much time you have left for this South America itinerary for 2 months, you can head to the Colca Canyon. The hike here takes two or three days, and you get fantastic views along the way with the chance to see a condor.

The Nazca lines are amongst the most famous sights in Peru .

Those lines, which are best observed from a plane , are around 2,000 years old and likely date back to the Nasca people. This civilisation lived around present-day Nazca, where you can also visit more of their ruins.

#13 Paracas

From Nazca, head along the coast to Paracas . The nearby Islas Ballestas are also called the “poor man’s Galapagos” because you can see sea lions, penguins and many birds here.

In fact, there are so many birds that countries once fought a war about the bird poo on those islands, which is a valuable fertiliser!

After you’ve seen the islands, head to the Paracas Peninsula and discover the national park here, with its brightly coloured beaches and remains of the Paracas civilisation.

This South America backpacking route for 2 months finishes in Lima. You’ll need at least one day in Lima to see the major sights, but it’s great if you have more time so you can properly explore the city .

Lima has a great colonial centre, and it’s also the perfect place to try Peruvian food . Head to Miraflores, a neighbourhood with great restaurants and a fantastic seaside walk, or explore colourful Barranco.

If you want to learn more about the history of South America, we suggest heading to Caral on a day trip , one of the oldest settlements on the continent. The ruins are as ancient as the oldest pyramids in Egypt!

3 months in South America itinerary – Rio de Janeiro to Bogota

Do you want to travel around South America for three months? Then we’ve got an itinerary for the ultimate backpacking trip through South America! You’ll start in Rio de Janeiro, cross the continent and then head up along the Pacific Coast from Lima to Bogota.

This 3-month South America itinerary includes three flights, but besides that, you’re mostly moving by bus (though there is the option of cutting it short in Colombia if you don’t want to spend too much time on buses).

#1 Rio de Janeiro to Sao Paulo

Start your trip in Rio de Janeiro , where you can visit Sugarloaf Mountain, relax on Copacabana Beach or hike through Tijuca National Park.

Then head westwards along the coast . The next stops are Ilha Grande, with its white beaches, and Paraty, a cute colonial town with cobblestone streets.

Finally, head to Sao Paulo. This city is more gritty than anything you’ve seen before, but there are still lots of things to do .

#2 Pantanal

From Sao Paulo, catch a plane to the Pantanal . You’ll need to fly either to Cuiaba or Campo Grande.

The Pantanal is the largest wetland in South America outside the Amazon, and it’s a great region to spot wildlife. We highly recommend taking a tour so you have the best chance of seeing animals.

If you’re in South America backpacking, you might be afraid of the cost, but we can assure you that it’s one of the activities most worth splurging on.

#3 Iguazu Falls

It’s time to catch another plane to get to Iguazu Falls. It’s cheapest to fly to the Brazilian side, but you should also do a day trip to Argentina.

In Brazil, you have a great view of the Iguazu Falls, but in Argentina, you can get much closer. If you don’t mind getting wet, take a boat tour and get sprayed in the mist.

Your next stop is Lima, which means taking another plane. Don’t worry. This is the last flight in a while, and from now on, you can continue overland.

Peru’s capital is worth staying in for at least one day , but if you have more time, there are plenty of things to discover .

#5 Northern Peru

From Lima, head towards Northern Peru.

Your first stop should be Huaraz, where you can take day trips into the nearby Huarascan National Park. You should also explore the ruins of Chavin de Huantar, which was built by a civilisation that existed around 3,000 years ago.

Next, head to Trujillo. Here, you’ll get further insights into pre-Incan civilisations. The nearby beach is fantastic if you want to learn how to surf.

Your last stop on the way to Ecuador is Mancora. Relax on white beaches or try to spot whales and turtles.

#6 Guayaquil

Your first stop across the border is Guayaquil. From here, you could catch a trip to Galapagos, but be mindful that this will add at least another one to two weeks to this South America itinerary for 3 months.

Besides that, it’s easy to spend a day exploring Guayaquil , visiting art galleries and walking through the mangroves on Santay Island.

#7 Cuenca to Quito

From Guayaquil, slowly make your way to Quito. Your first stop should be Cuenca, a charming colonial town which also serves as a base for visiting nearby Cajas National Park.

If you’re interested in high-altitude hiking, stop by the Chimborazo. Or head to Baños, where you can soak in hot springs and hike through the jungle.

Finally, you’ll arrive in Quito . Besides the historic centre, which was declared a UNESCO world heritage site, the city is also famous for its proximity to the equator.

Before crossing the border to Colombia, head to Mindo. You can visit this town in the cloud forest on a day trip from Quito, but we recommend staying overnight. That way, you’ll have the chance to see butterflies and hummingbirds (Mindo is known for its incredible biodiversity), and you can hike to waterfalls.

Mindo is also the perfect place to learn about the creation of chocolate, go ziplining and drift in a tube down a river.

Once you’ve explored Mindo, it’s time to cross into Colombia. Your first stop right after the border is Ipiales, famous for its cathedral, which stands on a huge bridge.

#9 Salento & the Cocora Valley

From Ipiales, it’s a long bus ride to Salento . If you prefer flying, skipping Ipiales and taking a plane from Quito is better.

The colourful town of Salento sits in the middle of the Coffee Region, so you should tour at least one coffee plantation while you’re here. Nearby, you’ll also find the Cocora Valley , famous for its wax palms, the world’s highest palm trees.

#10 Medellin

Medellin used to have a bad reputation, but these days, the city is worth visiting for so many reasons. Find out how one of the world’s most dangerous neighbourhoods transformed into a tourist hotspot, or head to nearby Guatape for a day out in the countryside.

#11 Colombia’s Caribbean Coast

Ah, the Caribbean coast. There are so many things to do up there that you could easily spend a week or two of this South America backpacking trip on the coast.

From Medellin, you can catch a bus or plane to Cartagena. This colourful Caribbean town with its colonial centre is also the perfect place to catch up on Colombian street food .

Next, head to Santa Marta . You’ll return to this city multiple times while you explore the surroundings. Swim in waterfalls in Minca , hike to the Lost City or relax on the beaches of Tayrona National Park.

#12 San Gil & Villa de Leyva

From Santa Marta, it’s time to head to Bogota – but not without a few stops along the way.

The great thing about backpacking in Latin America is that every area you come through is different. You’re now headed into a region of villages with white-washed houses and dark roofs, and you can also stop for a wine-tasting tour in Villa de Leyva.

San Gil is called the adrenaline capital of Colombia, so it’s a great region if you’re interested in rafting, mountain biking or paragliding. But there are also lots of other fantastic options that you can find here.

Your trip is coming to an end. After backpacking through South America for 3 months, Bogota is your last stop.

Colombia’s capital is famous for its street art, so make sure to see the best pieces of art on a guided tour. You should also explore the gold museum, and if you still have time, you can head to the salt cathedral in Zipaquira.

There are so many great things to do in South America that it’s hard to settle on an itinerary. That’s why we’ve tried to give you plenty of options, no matter how long your trip is.

Have you been to South America? Where did you go? Leave us a comment below to let us know what you explored!

Also, make sure to check out our posts about South America. After months of exploring this continent, we have an extensive collection of articles with everything you need to know:

• The best countries to visit in South America for the ultimate adventure
• Explore the coastline from Rio de Janeiro to Sao Paulo
• Take an epic trip from the Atacama Desert to the Salt Flats of Uyuni

Until your next adventure!

Like it? Pin it!

Ilona is a world traveller passionate about sharing her experiences and giving advice to fellow travellers. Having visited over 70 countries, she is always excited about her next trip.

Related Posts

How to get to gamcheon culture village & unmissable things to do there, zurich to liechtenstein day trip – your complete guide, is liechtenstein worth visiting, write a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

Cookie consent notice

Privacy overview.

Necessary cookies are absolutely essential for the website to function properly. This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. These cookies do not store any personal information.

Advertisement cookies help us provide our visitors with relevant ads and marketing campaigns.

Analytics cookies help us understand how our visitors interact with the website. It helps us understand the number of visitors, where the visitors are coming from, and the pages they navigate. The cookies collect this data and are reported anonymously.

Preference cookies are used to store user preferences to provide them with content that is customized accordingly. This includes the language of the website or the location of the visitor.

Ultimate SOUTH AMERICA Travel Guide

South America  is one of the most diverse places on the planet when it comes to landscapes and cultures. You can find ancient ruins, rich history, the largest rainforest on the planet and even glaciers. This South America guide is here to share our tips and advice for traveling across this continent.

Located south of  North America  and  Central America , South America stretches from  the Caribbean , across the equator and all the way south to the waters off  Antarctica . It is comprised of 12 countries and quite frankly, is massive.

These countries include Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uraguay and Venezuela. Also included are the two dependent territories of the Falkland Islands, along with South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands. French Guiana, while located physically in South America, is a territory of the French central state.

We’ve spent just over 2 months traveling to various countries and regions across South America in our travels. We haven’t been to every country, yet, but we will continue to update this guide as explore more of this fascinating continent.

Destinations

South america travel: quick tips, don’t visit south america without:.

UNIVERSAL TRAVEL ADAPTER

GET A GUIDEBOOK

REUSABLE WATER BOTTLE

SOUTH AMERICA BUCKET LIST

Visit the amazon rainforest.

Few things in life will be as stimulating as immersing yourself in the Amazon Rainforest. The  Peruvian Amazon  and  Ecuadorian Amazon  are easily accessible to most travelers. We’re enamored by it and have been five times!

EXPLORE PATAGONIA

Whether you find yourself in Torres del Paine or Los Glaciares National Park, Patagonia offers some incredible scenery and adventure opportunities. World-famous for hiking, you’ll want to consider the  Basecamps Trek  in Argentina or the W Trek in Chile.

SAIL THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Cruising the Galapagos Islands  is at the top of many people’s bucket lists and for good reason! Not only can you spend your days observing unique  Galapagos animals  but you can also enjoy the stunning natural scenery and white sand beaches. 

MORE THINGS TO TRY IN SOUTH AMERICA

There is no shortage of amazing things to do in South America during your visit and the biggest problem you’ll face is fitting them all into your itinerary. Trust us, we’ve been there!

Each country has its own offering and unique things to check out during a visit, so be sure to look at our country guides once you decide where you’re itinerary will take you.

FLY TO EASTER ISLAND:   While it’s not widely known,  Easter Island  is actually part of Chile. At least politically anyways. This means that the remote island is accessible from Santiago by air. Once you arrive, you’ll spend your days in the  Rapa Nui National Park  learning about the famous Moai statues and Rapa Nui culture of the island. It’s well worth the time and expense to add this to your South America travel itinerary. Hot tip, plan at least a week (we stayed for 9 days!) as the weather can be unpredictable.

EXPLORE THE ATACAMA DESERT:  One of the most famous places to visit in Chile is the Atacama Desert. Here you can discover towering volcanoes, desolate salt pans, active geysers, vast cactus fields, massive flocks of pink flamingos, to name a few. Not to mention that it’s one of the best places in the world to view the sky. You’ll want to base yourself in  San Pedro de Atacama , a cute tourist town that gives you comfortable access to the entire area.

VISIT THE END OF THE EARTH IN USHUAIA:  The official jumping-off point for trips to  Antarctica , Ushuaia is literally at the end of the world. The town technically sits in a part of Patagonia, but you have to travel north before you get into the mountains. The town is rich in explorer history and you also have direct access to the Tierra del Fuego National Park too.

SEE MACHU PICCHU:   Visiting Machu Picchu  is easily the most visited site in South America and with good reason. It’s not only set in a stunning natural setting but offers you an intimate look into the Inca life and architecture. As a bonus,  Cusco offers plenty of things to do  including the Sacred Valley. This site alone makes  Peru  one of the top destinations to visit on the continent.

DISCOVER BOGOTA:  Despite the bad rap that Colombia often gets in the media, it has some intriguing destinations to discover within its borders including the  capital city of Bogota . The first trip I ever took to South America was to Bogota (I know, that’s weird and unconventional) and I’ll admit I was shocked by the rich culture and beauty of the city and surrounding area.

UNVEIL THE WONDERS OF RIO DE JANEIRO:  The first day we spent in Rio de Janeiro solidified the city on our list of favorite places in the world. Rio is diverse, cultural, historical and naturally stunning. No other city combines these elements in perfect harmony like this one and there are loads of  things to do in Rio de Janeiro  to boot.

SEE IGUAZU FALLS:  The largest waterfall in the world,  Iguazu Falls , can be accessed from both  Brazil  and Argentina. Set within a lush rainforest setting, these falls are stunning to visit. Both sides offer infrastructure to explore and view the falls safely. You’ll need at least 2 days, one for each side, but could easily spend 3 if you wanted to do everything available in the area.

VISIT THE WORLDS LARGEST WETLANDS:  Boasting a land area the size of France, the  Pantanal in Brazil  is a sight to behold. It’s also the best place in the world to view jaguars and with it a whole host of tropical birds. This area is remote and it is best visited by booking an all-inclusive safari package with a lodge that will include all your meals, lodging and wildlife viewing.

STAND IN AWE AT THE PERITO MORENO GLACIER:  The  Perito Moreno Glacier , situated within the Los Glaciares National Park, is Patagonia’s most famous glacier and is regarded as one of the top tourist attractions in Argentina. You can base yourself in El Calafate and then take the bus to explore this massive natural wonder. Be sure to go early and stay all day. There are miles of hiking trails that give you varying vantage points of the glacier, as well as boat tours to get close too.

OVERLAND THE HIGH CHILEAN ALTIPLANO:  If you seek an off-the-beaten path adventure, then overlanding from  Salta to the Atacama Desert  will give you just that. Starting in Salta, Argentina, you’ll make your way west, spending hours each day hiking in the desert and uncovering the history of the area before making your way to luxury infused base camps. You’ll cross over the Andes Mountains, experiencing altitude that will shock you, before descending to San Pedro de Atacama for a luxurious stay at the Explora Atacama property.

FOODIE BUCKET LIST

Each country has its own unique culinary scene, which is one of the reasons that travel to South America is so exciting for foodies.

In Peru, you have to try  Ceviche , a raw seafood salad. In Argentina, it’s all about the enormous  cuts of steak , the  red wine , and the massive meat barbecues.  Feijoada , a hearty black bean stew, is a Brazilian favorite, while in Colombia, you can chow down on  Arepa , a sort of stuffed maize bread.

One staple you will find across the continent is  rice and beans , which makes an appearance in some form in every country in the region. If you’re ever in doubt, just order up a plate of rice and beans!

SOUTH AMERICA FESTIVALS

South America is a fantastic place to visit if you’re looking to enjoy local cultural events and plenty of lively carnivals. Every town and city has a carnival, but  Rio’s carnival  is the most famous in the world, attracting millions of visitors each year.

Semana Santa  – or Holy Week – is one of the most important cultural weeks of the year in South America. This takes place during the last week before Easter.

Countries will celebrate their  independence days ; cities will host food festivals, drink festivals, and many more cultural events throughout the year, making South America an exciting prospect whenever you arrive on the continent!

PLAN AN EPIC SOUTH AMERICA ITINERARY!

Popular regions in south america.

The West Coast – or Pacific Coast – of South America, includes Colombia in the north, Ecuador,  Peru , Chile, and, if you head inland, Bolivia.  It is off of this coastline that you can also find the  Galapagos Islands , a place of incredible diversity and wildlife.  Inland, you can climb high into the Andes Mountains to discover Incan history (this is where you’ll find  Machu Picchu ) and beautiful scenery before dropping into the Amazon’s dense forests.

The Amazon Rainforest is one of the world’s greatest natural wonders and is the world’s largest rainforest. It blankets around 40 percent of the landmass of the South American continent. It stretches into Brazil,  Ecuador , Peru, Colombia, Bolivia, Venezuela, Suriname, Guyana and can be explored from a number of locations. Multi-day expeditions that take you deep into the rainforest are among the best reasons to visit South America. Manaus in Brazil is the classic Amazon destination, a remote city from where you can venture deep into Amazonas. In  Peru , you can visit Iquitos or Puerto Maldanado. In Ecuador, pay a visit to the stunning  Yasuni National Park .

The eastern coastline of South America is long and incredibly diverse, covering  Brazil , Uruguay, and Argentina. You’ll also find hundreds of islands associated with these countries and at the very south of the continent, the Falkland Islands. The tropical rainforest turns into more temperate climes as you travel south. Explore Brazil’s famous coastal cities,  Rio de Janeiro  and São Paulo, and relax on Ilha Grande. Travel to Montevideo, the understated Uruguayan capital, before heading over to visit Buenos Aires, the Argentine capital.

NORTHEAST/CARIBBEAN

The Caribbean touching northeast is one of the most exciting places to visit when you travel to South America. Island hop through Colombia’s happening islands, where you’ll find snorkeling, parties, and laid-back beach vibes. Then head inland to explore  Bogota . Off the coast, you could explore the Caribbean islands of Aruba, Curacao, or Trinidad and Tobago. Tucking back inland, you can get way off the beaten path in exploring Guyana, Suriname, or French Guiana. The truly adventurous could even venture to Venezuela. You’ll find lush rainforest, towering waterfalls, and intriguing cultures throughout these countries. 

Remote  Patagonia  is one of the most isolated yet spectacular places you can explore in South America. Located at the southern tip of the continent, Patagonia spans the Pacific and Atlantic oceans and is divided between Chile and Argentina. El Calafate and El Chalten in Argentina and Torres del Paine in Chile are amazing hubs for hiking in Patagonia. You’ll find endless trails, high mountain peaks, spectacular glaciers, and a landscape and climate more suited to  Greenland  or Scandinavia than anything you might be expecting of South America.

SOUTH AMERICA TRAVEL BUDGET

Setting a budget for travel to South America is highly dependent on your travel style. It is possible to visit just about anywhere on any budget and still have a great trip. That said, you can make your trip as basic or as luxurious as you desire.

To help you set your budget, we’ve included some base range price estimations for travel within South America. Of course, keep in mind that prices can fluctuate based on seasons, availability and festivals.

ACCOMMODATION:  On the lower end of the spectrum, you can travel to South America and spend just USD 10 per day on  hostel  accommodation. You can raise this to between USD 30 and USD 50 if you are looking for  private rooms . Upwards of USD 100 per night will give you a nice  luxury hotel .

FOOD:  Food is very inexpensive. To keep costs low during your South America travel trip, you can  eat locally  – brush up on your Spanish or Portuguese so you can order! You can eat out in most countries for no more than USD 5, but expect basic set meals. For between USD 10 and USD 20, you can enjoy  finer dining  experiences.

TRANSPORT:  Long-distance buses are the cheapest way to get around when you travel to South America.  Overnight buses  will cost around USD 50 per person, while local buses and transport are much cheaper for shorter journeys.  Flight  costs vary, but flying internationally can be expensive. A two-hour flight could easily cost hundreds of dollars (as opposed to Europe, where a two-hour flight could cost just USD 20 if booked in advance!).

ACTIVITIES:  There’s so much to plan with your South America travel itinerary, but it’s good to know that activities are very cost-effective. A  multi-day trek to Machu Picchu  will cost around USD 500, and this is the higher-end version.  Day tours  are around USD 30 per person, while a  multi-day Amazon expedition  will be around USD 100 per day.

30-50 USD PER DAY

Will include dorm beds, as well as street food, grocery shopping, overnight buses & plenty of budget day tours. Bring more cash if you want to join multi-day trips, such as Machu Picchu treks.

50-100 USD PER DAY

You will stay in private rooms and guesthouses and enjoy plenty of meals out. You’ll have lots of leftover cash for day trips, expeditions, and tourist buses between cities.

200 USD + PER DAY

Luxury travelers spending more than USD 200 per day will be able to employ private drivers, fly from one city to the next & book fancy hotels in stunning locations. 

WHERE TO STAY IN SOUTH AMERICA

Below you will find some of the places we have stayed during our travels in South America. These are individual properties that we enjoyed and would recommend to other travelers.

HOW TO GET AROUND IN SOUTH AMERICA

When you travel to South America, don’t underestimate how far apart destinations, cities, and countries are. This is a vast continent; it would take weeks to travel overland from Colombia all the way south to Argentina.

There are a few ways to get around South America during a visit, including cruises, ferries and flights. Plan ahead and be flexible to avoid frustration.

CRUISES:  All manner of cruises ply the waters off both coasts of South America and run the length of the continent. This also means you can find a wide range of time lengths and ship sizes. It is also possible to depart on small-ship expeditions to  Antarctica  from Ushuaia, Argentina.

BUS:  Long-distance buses are comfortable and safe, but they take a long time to get from one place to the next. South America has an extensive bus network that connects most of the countries, so bus travel can be a good way to go if you have time and a limited budget or perhaps just want a grand adventure.

FLIGHTS: Flights are the quickest way to get around; however, international routes and airlines aren’t cost-effective, and they certainly aren’t good value.

FERRIES:  Boat trips in some locations are a slow but scenic option (especially in the Amazon, where they are the only option).

CAR RENTAL:  It is possible to rent a car in plenty of cities around South America but is most popular in Argentina and Chile. Check out  Discover Rental Cars  for great deals.

TOP SOUTH AMERICA TOURS

End of the earth.

14 Days from Buenos Aires Visits: Patagonia, El Chalten, El Calafate, Torres del Paine, Puerto Natales & Ushuaia

ECUADOR MAINLAND & GALAPAGOS

14 Days from Quito, Ecuador Visits: Quito, Banos, Amazon Rainforest, Papallacta & the central Galapagos Islands

PERU & BOLIVIA – NAT GEO

16 Days Lima to La Paz Visits: Machu Picchu, Sacred Valley, Cusco, Amazon Rainforest, Uyuni, Potosi & Sucre

WHEN TO VISIT SOUTH AMERICA

When you’re planning your South America travel itinerary, don’t forget how vast this continent is. Each region has its own climate; when it’s cold in southern Argentina, it’s going to be hot and humid in Colombia!

The further north you travel , the more tropical the climate is. Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Brazil all have  wet and dry seasons . The best time to plan your South America travel itinerary in the north is during the dry season, which runs from May to October.

This is the best time for hiking to Machu Picchu or experiencing the salt flats of Bolivia. It’s not too hot, and there’s almost no rain.

In the south , things are a lot more  temperate . If you’re looking to travel to South America to explore Uruguay, Chile, or Argentina, you’ll want to head here outside of winter.

Summer  is hot and busy (between November and February), while  spring and fall  can be more pleasant and less crowded. If you’re heading  far south  to Patagonia, you’ll want to visit in  summer  when all the hiking trails are definitely going to be open.

HIKE YOUR WAY AROUND SOUTH AMERICA LIKE A PRO!

Safety in south america.

If you’re planning to travel to South America, you’re probably already aware that the continent doesn’t have the best reputation when it comes to crime. Most travelers will have a trouble-free trip, but you do need to be aware of a few things.

Petty theft, muggings, and even express kidnappings can be a problem for tourists. If you’re caught up in something like this, don’t put up a fight. Try not to flaunt cash or valuables when in public, to avoid attention.

When traveling by bus, book tickets on reputable, first-class buses that don’t stop outside designated bus stations. They are safer and much less likely to be held up.

Certain countries do have no-go zones for tourists – parts of Colombia and some areas of Brazilian cities, for instance. Try to keep abreast of political events while you’re in a country, as things can deteriorate without much warning, and governments often crack down hard on protestors.

If you know Spanish, or can learn the basics, you’ll have a much safer and easier time when you travel to South America (in Brazil, the same goes for learning Portuguese).

As with any destination, we recommend learning and adhering to certain safety practices when you travel. Be sure to read our personal  travel safety tips , compiled from our travels across 7 continents.

SOUTH AMERICA TRAVEL: BOOKING RESOURCES

South america travel guide: related articles.

Looking for more info? Check out all the articles we’ve written on travel to South America and start planning your dream trip.

The Best Way to Visit Iguazu Falls: Argentina or Brazil?

Pantanal in brazil: ultimate guide to the world’s largest wetlands, bonito, brazil: ultimate planning guide + why you should go, how to plan a galapagos cruise like a pro, paraty, brazil: ultimate planning guide, 10 essential things to do in lima, peru, 11 awesome things to do in cusco, peru (besides the inca trail), best time to visit peru: a month by month breakdown, from cusco to machu picchu: everything you need to know, 8 cool things to do in peru + planning tips, the best favela tour in rio: defeating the stigma, 40 bucketlist things to do in rio de janeiro, two week trip to brazil itinerary for any traveler, ilha grande, brazil: ultimate planning guide to a paradise found, how to visit the amazon in ecuador, how to visit the amazon in peru, 16 epic things to do in bogota, 9 things to do & places to visit in san pedro de atacama, culture meets the rainforest at the posada amazonas lodge in the peruvian amazon (complete review), an unforgettable amazon adventure at the tambopata research center in peru (our exclusive review), perito moreno glacier tours: top 8 things to do & travel guide.

Backpacking in South America [2024] – A Beginner’s Guide

Covid-Related Travel Update 2024: Though every country would have its own requirements and rules, most South-American countries are now open to travel. Please check the individual country’s official government or tourism website to know the specific rules.

What does this guide to traveling in South America contain?

Is south america latin america, what are the countries in south america.

• Is it safe to travel in South America?

What about the natural calamities and political situations of South America?

What is the best time to visit south america.

• What is the cost of backpacking South America? How can you do South America on a budget?
• Do you need a visa to travel South America?
• Do we need travel insurance for backpacking in South America?
• What are the best South American countries to visit?
• What are the best things to do in South America?
• What are the possible South American itineraries?

What are the best places to travel in South America as per each country?

• Do we visit the Amazon rainforest in South America?
• Which are the best cities in South America for digital nomads?
• Do we need to know Spanish for traveling in South America?
• What are the best places to learn Spanish in South America?
• What should be an ideal backpacking South America packing list?
• What is the currency of South America? How do we carry money to South America?
• Can we get vegetarian food in South America?
• Do we need any vaccinations for backpacking South America?
• Can we work in South America?
• Can we volunteer in South America?
• Can we teach English in South America?
• Are the people of South America friendly?

What is the drinking culture in South America?

• What are the kinds of hotels in South America?

Does Airbnb work in South America?

• Can we couch surf in South America?
• Can we cross land borders in South America?
• Is it safe to hitchhike in South America?
• Do we need to pre-book everything in South America?
• How do we plan a trip to South America?
• What are some of the best South America travel books?
• Are there any South American traveler forums we can join?
• All articles on traveling to South America

South America is a continent like none other. I was backpacking in South America for nine months, and it was nothing like I had imagined.

Generally I keep going on and on that one should travel to South America. But, in this guide, I will mostly help you plan your South America trip. But if you are looking to get inspired, I have written down some of my best experiences in South America (one of them is learning Spanish in Chile ). Give the linked travelogues a read to inspire yourself to plan your trip quickly.

As this South America travel guide progresses, you would know why I give so much credit to this continent.

Now let us begin.

To date, I had been making the mistake of calling South America Latin America. Now, when I have finally read about the difference between Latin America and South America, I would like to clarify the difference here.

South America refers to the part of the American continent that lies south of Central America. South America constitutes the countries including and below Venezuela-Colombia.

Latin America is used to refer to all American countries that speak a language derived from Latin. Countries speaking Spanish, French, and Portuguese — So Mexico, Cuba, and Colombia all lie within Latin America.

While Latin America is a cultural term, South America is a geographical term.

To answer the question – South America is NOT Latin America.

[ back to TOC ]

The 14 countries and foreign-held islands of Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, the Falkland Islands (United Kingdom), French Guinea (France), Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, and Venezuela together constitute South America.

Is Backpacking in South America Safe?

South America is notorious for crime, and the situation can be mostly attributed to the poor financial and political conditions in some parts of the continent. The entire continent is not unsafe and need not be avoided. Not anymore than any other place in the world.

I visited Bolivia, Chile, and Peru during my nine-month solo travel in South America. And the afternoon when two teenage boys snatched my mobile on a running bus in Santiago is the only bad incident I have to recall.

Avoid roaming around Santiago alone in dark or even during the day in empty streets. If you are taking the Santiago metro, hold onto your purse.

Except for Santiago, a city full of robbers and petty thieves, and Valparaiso, I felt safe in all the destinations in all three countries. No one ever harassed me or tried to loot me. (Do consider  this taxi pickup at the Santiago airport if you are traveling to the city for the first time.)

Now amongst the rest of the South American travel destinations, Brazil and Venezuela are unstable and unsafe because these two have been in political turmoil.

Fellow travelers who had been to Brazil mentioned scary incidents such as getting robbed at gunpoint on a beach. Even people who traveled recently don’t vouch for Brazil. Venezuela is in a political crisis and unsafe to travel to.

Some of the safest countries in South America are Chile, Ecuador, Uruguay, and Argentina.

I was told Chile is the safest country in South America, and I felt so, too. Safety is coupled with financial security, and Chile is economically stronger than a lot of its neighbors. The south of Chile was so safe we never had to think before getting out for a walk (mostly on the Chiloé island ), alone, at night.

Except for the recent protests in Chile , the country is mostly peaceful. My Chilean friends told me they want a peaceful protest but a lot of rowdies disrupt the rallies and create chaos. Some blog readers traveling in Chile recently said they were safe and faced no issues during the protest.

If you plan a Chile trip, use my extensive Chile Travel Guide and travel tips for Chile . Though there was a political uproar in the country and Chileans were out on the streets protesting, peace was restored after the 2021 elections in which a left-wing candidate was sworn in as president. My Chilean friends do tell me though that Chile has changed forever. I would have to visit again to understand what those changes mean for travellers.

Many forums also talk about the dangers of backpacking Peru and traveling in Bolivia , but when I was there, I didn’t see or hear about any major crimes against travelers. My friend’s camera was stolen from her in Lima on New Year’s eve. But, well, anything can happen in the crowd of New Year’s eve. Be careful in the big cities of South America as petty crimes and mugging are generally most common in the large cities.

Colombia is also notorious for kidnappings and other crimes but these incidents are not scattered throughout the country. Avoid the destinations where such crimes have been reported in the past.

Quito, the capital of Ecuador, also has some history of mugging. There are registered cases of thieves trying to steal from passengers on buses in Ecuador. Keep your belongings with you and not on the shelves above the seat – in all of South America.

If you backpack in South America, be aware of these scams,

Taxis and ATM Scams — Bolivian cities are known to be prone to ATM threats. It means your taxi driver will drive you to an ATM and threaten you to withdraw cash and hand it over. I took taxis in La Paz, Santa Cruz , and other cities, but I met only the nicest taxi drivers. They took the extra step to drop me at the right place. But be careful.

How to avoid it? Walk to withdraw cash from the closest ATM. Once you have taken out the money, go back to your hotel and keep the card and extra cash. Only carry enough for a day. Never bring your debit or credit card with you except when you want to withdraw cash. Try to take Uber in big cities or ask your hotel to call you a cab.

Dirty Clothes Scam — Another scam prevalent in almost all of South America is that someone would come over and say your clothes are dirty or have paint over them. While you look, your bags would be gone.

How to avoid it?  Keep your belongings on you all the time. Don’t pay attention to strangers.

Luggage Robbery on Buses — A common occurrence in South America when travelers aren’t careful.

How to avoid getting robbed?  Keep your important items on you. While sleeping keep them under your head or close to you rather than putting them on shelves above the seat. Your bigger bag can go in the luggage compartment.

In big cities like Quito, Medellin, Santiago, and Lima, pickpockets do try to take advantage of travelers, and you should keep an eye on your surroundings.

South America isn’t much different from many other countries and continents in terms of safety. Please don’t let anyone tell you South America is a bad place and it’s entirely unsafe.

Use your judgment, ask your hotel for their safety advice, read about the local scams, and follow the common safety norms to be followed in any new country while traveling to South America, too.

Travel Essentials : Consider this safety whistle and a fanny pack to carry money and other important items.

Natural calamities of South America include volcano eruptions (I even did the active volcano Villarrica hike in Chile), earthquakes, and tsunamis, amongst many others. Chile is in a high-earthquake zone, and due to the earthquakes, the country is also prone to tsunamis and volcano eruptions. Many other South-American countries suffer from similar natural tragedies.

While I was traveling in South America, Chile was hit by a strong earthquake among many other little ones. The ocean routes were blocked, the transport stopped where it was, and tsunami alerts were issued. If it wasn’t for the earthquake, I would have been on a boat in the ocean watching penguins hopping around (only one of the many best things to do in Chile ).

South America has many emergency-evacuation processes, and roadsigns in the continent confirm that.

While I cannot confirm nothing will happen while you are in South America, my advice would be to stay alert, travel with insurance, follow the local advice, and you should be fine.

Political calamities of South America, however, are much more serious. They sometimes involve a presidential candidate jumping over the fence to participate in an election to people marching out on the streets protesting the government-levied charges, or you might even hear of a president changing the constitution to be able to contest in an election.

I can go on and on about Morales and Maduro but let us say protests are common in South America. People protest about salaries, human rights, a long-forgotten war with a neighboring country, presidential rule, corruption, et cetera.

While I am not asking you to ignore the political situations of South-American countries, I can assure you the processions mind their own business mostly. The few marches I saw were peaceful. But it doesn’t take much time for things to get complicated, and when they do, leave.

Before planning a trip to South America, or any country, check the news and ask your embassy about the safety of your travel destination.

South America is in the Southern hemisphere, unlike the US, Europe, and India. This implies the climatic conditions of South America are the opposite of these countries.

South America enjoys all four seasons. Here are the timings of the typical seasons of South America,

Summer — October, November, December, January

Autumn — February, March, April

Winter — May, June, July, August

Spring — September, October

The countries receive heavy rainfall from January to March. The south of Chile receives rainfall throughout the year, but especially heavy downpours in August, September, and October.

As South America is a giant continent and has varied geographical conditions, the best time to travel to South America isn’t the same throughout the continent. While San Pedro de Atacama and the Atacama desert might be scorching, Patagonia would be having its high season, and the high Andes wouldn’t warm up for anyone — that is the story of South America.

If you start at the end of summer, plan your travel route from the colder parts of the continent to the warmer areas. But if you arrive in South America in peak winter, first visit the hotter areas before you think about heading down South.

Here are some of the appropriate travel times for the best destinations in South America:

Atacama desert — I explored the gorgeous Atacama desert in February beginning. The day was scorching, and the nights were cold. A better time to visit the desert would be either March and April or October and November.

Patagonia — Summers are the best time to visit this nomadic land.

Bolivian and Peruvian Mountains and high-altitude places — The high-altitude places of Bolivia, Ecuador, Peru, and other countries are never hot. When I was backpacking Bolivia and Peru in March and April, even on sunny days the weather could get rainy anytime. A strong wind made the day colder than expected. Not to mention the altitude of the place that never let the mountains warm up. But the weather was still nice at that time, and I wouldn’t have wanted to be there in winter.

Spending the summer in the mountains would be ideal.

Overall, the months of October to March/April are the best to visit South America.

Read Next: If you are in Chile in September, don’t miss the week-long, crazy celebrations of the Fiestas Patrias or the Chilean Independence Day .

What should be your South America travel budget?

South America isn’t as expensive as it might look.

The cost of traveling South America would depend on your travel style. But estimate your monthly travel budget to be 1000 USD, almost 30 dollars a day.

Chile, Brazil, and Argentina are the most expensive countries in South America. I don’t have the expenditure of my South America trip written down, but here are the breakdowns of some major costs.

Bed: 10,000 to 20,000 Chilean Pesos – $10-20 (I took a mix of private rooms and dorms.)

Food (3 meals): 10,000 Chilean pesos – $10 (Eating at local stalls, small food joints)

Total: $20-30 for food and accommodation. Plus add for activities such as the tours in the Atacama, hiking volcanoes, traveling by bus or flights, et cetera.

Total backpacking budget per day: $40-60 [Destinations such as Pucon, San Pedro, Easter Island, and Patagonia would be costlier than the rest.]

Bed: 30 to 80 Bolivianos – $5-15 (for a treehouse or an average bed in a dorm)

Food (3 meals): $3 and above (the regular Bolivian meals start from 4-5 Bolivianos  or <1 USD)

Total: $10 for decent food and bed.

Total backpacking budget per day: $20-40 [Adding up for activities such as the Uyuni Salt Flats tour , the Amazon, or biking the death road and traveling by buses or flights.]

Bed: 35 Peruvian soles – $10 (You can even get a good private room at this price.)

Food (3 meals): $2 and above (You can get a set menu — a fixed course and a soup for $1-2. Those meals are delicious, and I was never dissatisfied. A regular meal in a restaurant will cost a little higher but should be under USD 10.)

Total: $15 for bed and food.

Total backpacking budget: $30-50 [Including the long bus journeys and guided activities such as visiting the Manu National Park in the Amazon rainforest or going on the Colca Canyon trek .]

Brazil: $50 per day – The travel friends I asked and the forums I read, all say $50 is a good budget for a day. You can’t go lower but can easily go higher so watch out for what you spend.

Argentina: $30-50 per day. The food and accommodation are affordable in Argentina but the tours and transport are comparatively more expensive.

Colombia: $25-40 per day. Colombia isn’t that expensive and you can easily stick to a budget here.

Ecuador: $20-40 per day. Not counting the Galapagos island.

Overall, a daily budget of $30-40 can be estimated for South America after averaging out the daily budgets of all its countries. This cost will increase if you visit more expensive countries or stay in them longer (such as Brazil and Argentina). Private rooms (as compared to dorms), eating out at restaurants (instead of the daily meals), and expensive hiking tours (over the budgeted ones) increase the travel cost, too.

Do you need a visa to travel in South America?

South America doesn’t have one visa. Every South-American country has its entry-exit requirements.

Indians need visas to some countries while for the rest they can get a visa on arrival or free entry if they have a valid US, UK, Australian, or Schengen visa. My visa guide for Indians lists all the South American visa requirements country-wise.

Canadian, British, US, or Australian passport holders have free access to most South American countries. Check the individual country’s page or your embassy’s website.

You can also get visas while backpacking in South America as I did. While I was in Chile, I got the visa for Peru for Indians . When I was in Peru, I got a  visa for Bolivia , and in Bolivia, I got a Chile visa .

I get a lot of emails and questions regarding South-American visas. Read those discussions on my individual visa pages (linked above).

Do we need travel insurance for South America?

Yes. Of course.

The best travel insurance for South America for Western travelers is World Nomads . All my travel friends from around the world can’t speak enough about it.

For Indians, I find the prices of WorldNomads a bit high (currency conversion). You can get travel insurance to South America on InsurancePundit. Compare the various insurances before purchasing. I have used Insurance Pundit a few times now, and I am happy with the experience.

(The InsurancePundit hasn’t paid me to leave the review.)

What are the best countries to visit in South America?

I was in Chile, Peru, and Bolivia and loved the three countries. I also wanted to go to Colombia but couldn’t visit due to visa issues.

As I said above, Venezuela is under a political crisis. So excluding that, all the countries in South America are great to visit.

Argentina is known for its cool culture, cosmopolitan towns, delicious wine, adventure travel (such as hiking in Patagonia), and joy de vivre. Buenos Aires is considered to be one of the most popular cities in South America due to its fun culture and open-minded Argentinian people.

Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Suriname are great places to visit. Many of my travel friends were there and they loved these countries for each of their own reasons.

I haven’t heard much about the Falkland Islands (United Kingdom), French Guinea (France), and Guyana because not many people go there. If you go, would you please come back and tell me how you liked them?

What are the top things to do in South America?

I have written about my  best moments in South America  in detail in the linked travelogue. Let me give you another glimpse of what to expect on your South America backpacking trip.

You can hike glaciers, icy volcanoes, deep canyons, high Andes, and national parks.

Go for safaris and boat rides in the Amazon, the oldest tropical rainforest in the world.

Explore centuries-old ruins of the Incas, one of the most advance ancient empires.

Live with indigenous families on remote islands in the world’s highest navigable lake Lago Titicaca .

Dance like crazy in carnivals that liven up the streets of many South-American countries throughout the year.

Visit penguin colonies and see them play around in the Pacific on a regular ferry or from a remote island.

Go to Galapagos island to explore some of the unique animal life that stands testament to Darwin’s Evolution Theory.

Write poetry about Peru .

Indulge in delicious and unique food. Think cheese-stuffed empanadas and juicy ceviches .

Wander in vast deserts searching for salt flats and dense starry nights.

Shower under some of the highest waterfalls in the world.

Accompany the NatGeo and Discovery teams on river safaris in one of the most panther-dense zones of the world alongside

Photograph red lakes home to thousands of pink flamingoes.

Ride bikes on some of the most deadly roads.

Watch football with the locals.

Enjoy vibrant city life that promotes an open culture and welcomes all.

Oh, let us not forget Chile and Argentina are one of the best wine producers.

And, the people of South America are the most fun people I have ever met. They eat and drink and dance and merry like old times.

So while planning your perfect South America traveling route, keep an open mind for even I cannot list all the experiences to have there.

In the next sections, I talk about the possible South America itineraries in detail.

What are the best South America backpacking routes?

To understand the possible South America travel routes, let us look at the connected countries of South America:

(Starting from the top) Venezuela — Colombia — Ecuador — Peru — Bolivia — Chile — Argentina — Uruguay — Paraguay — Brazil — French Guinea — Suriname — Guyana (going Anti-clockwise)

The best backpacking routes in South America would be the ones on which you travel from one country to another while never having to jump countries for that is how you save the most time and money. If you love overlanding, as I do, you would also want to travel from one country to its bordering nation by land. But if you don’t want to cross land borders, take a flight out.

For this South America itinerary, let us assume you are traveling to bordering countries.

Here’s my South America travel route.

Chile – Santiago >> Castro, Chiloé ( taught English in Chile as a volunteer) >> In between traveled to many parts of Chile such as Puerto Varas, Puerto Montt, Valdivia, Osorno, Valparaíso, Viña del Mar, Cauquenes, Hornophiren, Santiago, many other islands near Chiloé >> Pucon >> Atacama >> Arica >> (Crossed the border into Peru) >>

Peru – Arequipa >> Colca Canyon >> Arequipa >> Puno >> Lake Titicaca and its islands >> Cusco >> Manu National Park, Amazon, Peru >> Cuzco >> Machu Picchu ruins >> Cusco >> Ruins around Cusco >> (Crossed the border into Bolivia)

Bolivia – Copacabana >> Isla Del Sol >> Copacabana >> Lago Titicaca and Isla del Sol >> La Paz >> Santa Cruz >> Samaipata >> Santa Cruz city >> Sucre >> Uyuni >> Salar de Uyuni Tour >> (Tried crossing the border from Bolivia into Chile but couldn’t as my visa had expired so went back to Bolivia to get Chilean visa ) Uyuni >> La Paz >> Uyuni >> Arica >> Santiago >> Castro >> Santiago (Flight out to India).

I did this above itinerary in about nine months; I was slow as for the first four months I was in Chile on the island of Chiloé teaching English. I spent about 6-7 months in Chile and divided the rest of the months in Bolivia and Peru equally, so about a month and a half in each country. That time was enough to travel at a slow pace in both Peru and Bolivia, and I still saw a lot.

Feel free to pick my above itinerary as these three are some of the best South American countries to visit.

Or take any route through the connected circuits from this bigger loop:

(Starting from the top) Colombia — Ecuador — Peru — Bolivia — Chile — Argentina — Uruguay — Paraguay — Brazil — French Guinea — Suriname — Guyana (going Anti-clockwise)

Let us look at some possible travel routes.

2 weeks in South America — In two weeks in South America, travel to one country. Pick up any of the above-mentioned countries.

3 weeks in South America — For 3 weeks, visit a   maximum of two countries. So either a combination of Colombia and Ecuador or Peru and Bolivia or Bolivia and Chile and so on.

Four weeks in South America — You can visit two to three border countries but I still recommend just one or two.

Remember that distances between two destinations in South America are large.

A possible and comfortable South America itinerary 1 month —  Three countries such as Argentina, Uruguay, and Paraguay are doable because the last two countries are small.

If you want to spend 2 months in South America — You can travel to three to four countries. Let us say you visit Ecuador — Peru — Bolivia — Chile in the two months. Spend ten days in Ecuador, twenty days in Peru, ten days in Bolivia, and the rest in Chile.

But even after spending about three weeks each in Peru and Chile, you won’t be able to see all the best places there. So another option for your 2 months South America itinerary could be to visit only Peru and Chile for a month each. In a month in each of these fantastic countries, you can see a lot at a not-so-fast pace.

Seeing one place properly is better than flipping through multiple places.

3 months in South America — You get the idea.

The ideal duration to explore each of the above countries :

Venezuela — A no-go right now.

Colombia — A month would be ideal. People who go to Colombia never want to leave but a month is a good time to see the major places at a medium pace.

Ecuador — Twenty days would be a good amount of time to see Ecuador.

Peru — A month seems ideal in Peru. There are many things to do in Peru . Again, if you want to skip everything to wander in the Andes, then an infinite amount of time won’t be enough. But even ten days would do.

Bolivia — The ideal time to understand Bolivia and see some of its most amazing places would be about 20 days. Some people only visit the Uyuni Salt flats and get out. I loved Bolivia and spent about a month there. For the salt flats, a few days are enough.

Chile — A month is ideal for Chile. Chile is a long country with a  lot of places to see and amazing things to do . But if you are short of time, start with two weeks.

Argentina — Twenty days would be ideal for this big country. You can easily spend a month or two there.

Uruguay and Paraguay — Ten days would be an ideal time to spend in each of these countries. Few travelers go to these two but that doesn’t mean Uruguay and Paraguay don’t have good places.

Brazil — Twenty days would be a good time to start with Brazil. Brazil is a huge country and also not all of it is safe to visit.

French Guinea/Suriname/Guyana/Falkland Islands — Though I can’t tell you the exact time, I think 1-2 weeks would be ideal, to begin with.

Having said all of the above, starting from 14 days to spending anything up to a year or longer is a good time for South America.

What about the working people who do not have more than two weeks to spend at a stretch in South America? Please don’t lose hope after reading my extremely self-centered South America travel itinerary.

Go for two weeks. But don’t plan to hop to more than one country then. Visit a new country on your next South America vacation. And so on.

I would let you in on my favorite places in Peru, Bolivia, and Chile.

Chile — the Atacama desert , Patagonia, Vina del Mar, Valparaiso, Chiloé island , Hornophiren, Chaiten, Pucon.I also had a great time  spending Diwali with a Chilean family in Cauquenes.

Bolivia — Uyuni Salt fields , The Amazon, Samaipata, Torotoro National Park, Copacabana town, Lake Titicaca, and its islands . Here’s an all-inclusive 3-day Uyuni Salt Flats tour that will take care of all the arrangements.

Peru — Puno and Lake Titicaca , Colca Canyon , Cusco city , the Inca citadel Machu Picchu , Andes mountains around Cusco, and the Manu Park in the Amazon .

I will add more to this list when I visit the other countries later.

Follow Up Reads Best Things to do in Peru Fun Things to do in Chile Bolivia Travel Guide

Do we visit the Amazon rainforest on our South America trip?

Of course. You can read about my visit to the Amazon rainforest in Peru to see how exploring the Amazon is like a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for anyone.

I went to the Manu National Park from Cusco, but you can also visit the forest from Iquitos. It is further inside and takes longer to reach. Of course, the longer the journey is the bigger is the adventure.

The Amazonas can also be visited from Brazil, Bolivia, or Colombia. Guyana, Suriname, French Guyana, and Ecuador also have the Amazon jungle, but the area under the forest is pretty small there.

Tours to the Amazon range from four-day to even month-long adventures. Choose one that suits your budget and preferences. Here is a popular tour of 2-3-4 days in the Anaconda lodge of Brazil that I have on my mind for the next time.

Which are the best places in South America for digital nomads?

Lima, Cusco, Arequipa, Puno, Santiago, Castro (Chile), Medellin, and Buenos Aires are some of the best cities for digital nomads. Internet, housing, culture, food, activities to do, and a thriving digital nomad community make these cities more special than the rest.

Amongst all the big cities, I have listed Castro, the little town on the island of Chiloé, as a great option for a digital nomad. It is a gorgeous place with a strong sense of community. If you have been wanting to get away from big city life, slow down in Castro and rent a stilt house. It will have a sprawling view of an azure ocean and sheep grazing on the neon grassland nearby. Castro is quite affordable, too.

Arequipa and Puno are tier-two cities with a lot of nature, a strong cultural background, and many things to do.

All the other cities I have mentioned are popular amongst digital nomads and for all good reasons.

Do we need to know Spanish for traveling South America?

Even though a lot of travelers plan to learn Spanish in South America, they never say more than a hola and they still manage. I  learned Spanish while living and teaching in Chile  and further polished my Spanish skills while travelling in South America.

Spanish is handy almost everywhere in South America. Most people do not speak English there (not even tourist guides and hotel managers). And speaking a few words of Spanish would make you a local’s favorite in no time. Even a broken phrase of Spanish would go a long way when it comes to hitchhiking, boarding a bus, or ordering a cerveza.

This is probably one of my best South America travel tips— take the effort to learn Spanish in South America. Even though you can manage without it, your travel experience would change entirely even if you speak a little bit of Spanish.

Spanish is a fun language and has many words similar to English. So if you put in some time daily to learn Spanish and try speaking it with the locals, you would manage your way pretty soon.

But remember all the countries speak a little differently. If you learn Spanish in Argentina, you will be surprised by the accent of Chileans or Colombians. But the locals will understand. Chile is one of the worst countries to learn Spanish because of the strange slang and the accent of Chileans. But I could understand any Spanish after that.

Follow Up Read: Apart from my Spanish learning experience I linked above, I have written two more language guides. Learn a Language on Your Own — the tested tips that helped me master Spanish in a few weeks and a list of Common Spanish Phrases that will help you travel in South America. The phrases come with their phonetics in both Hindi and English.

What are the best places to learn Spanish while traveling through South America?

The best way to learn Spanish is while traveling and speaking to the locals. You can also stay in one place and learn from native Spanish teachers. Sucre has many Spanish schools and individual tutors who teach foreigners in private or group classes.

Cities like Cusco and Buenos Aires are perfect for learning Spanish as you can easily spend a lot of time exploring these cities while getting a grasp on the language.

What should be an ideal South America packing list?

Your ideal packing list for South America should have these below items. I have taken the recommendations for men from my friends and my partner.

• A couple of dresses and skirts for women – Long and short dresses can be worn anywhere in Bolivia.
• Short for women and shorts for men – For everyday travel in South America.
• A good pair of jeans – Even though I am not a big fan of wearing jeans and love many other more comfortable bottoms, sturdy jeans can keep you pretty warm in the high mountains and the surrounding countries. I wore mine frequently.
• Swimwear for women and swimwear for men – Most of the beaches would be too cold to get in, even in the summers, but you can definitely jump in some warm beaches.
• Yoga pants for women and for men – suitable for long buses, which you will take many in South America, and flight travel, too.
• The above-mentioned clothes are some of the most essential clothing items that helped me feel comfortable in South America. This is not an exhaustive list. Some other clothes would include undergarments, t-shirts and shirts, trousers or any other kind of bottoms, and anything else that you feel comfortable in.

Sturdy items to beat the cold and icy winds of some parts of South America

• Good hiking shoes for women and good hiking shoes for men – A must-have in South America.
• A rain jacket – Always carry one in the South-American countries for you never know when it might rain.
• Warm jackets for men and for women – You might even need these on a rainy day in the summer.
• Warm and waterproof gloves – essential for hiking and the outdoors.
• Woolen socks for women and for men – For hiking and to survive the chilly winds.
• A woolen sweater – You can also buy gorgeous and warm woolen jumpers in South America. I bought two in Peru and those warm snuggly sweaters are going to last my entire life.
• A scarf for women and for men .
• A pair of warm leggings or thermals for women and for men – I wore them under my dresses to stay warm. And I know that my male friends wore theirs under their jeans, too.

Travel Essentials

• A fanny pack to carry your passports and money. (I bought one from the San Pedro de Atacama market and loved its local feel. But until you find a locally made one, you should carry one fanny pack especially when you are in Santiago. Read my story about getting mugged in Santiago to know why)
• Also, bring a strong backpack as you would travel in weird weather and on rough routes – I have been using a North Face backpack for about four years now and have no complaints.
• A travel towel – Carry a light travel towel like this one for it will save you a lot of space.
• A first-aid kit – Always carry one while traveling. Carry essential medicines as in most of South America you only buy medication with a doctor’s prescription.
• Strong sunscreen – Andean mountains can be pretty sunny, and you would burn in a minute.
• Mosquito repellant – Much needed for the Amazon and other national parks.
• Lifestraw water bottle – Comes with an inbuilt filter, and you can fill it anywhere. A filter water bottle is essential because you cannot drink tap water everywhere in South America.
• Memory foam travel pillow for sleeping well while traveling.
• A good camera – Nikon D3400 is a very good choice for the price. I use Nikon for all my photography now (the pictures in the article though have been clicked with my phone for I have been using Nikon only for the past nine months). This camera comes with two lenses, and the one with the higher resolution if perfect for bird photography if you are interested.
• Altitude sickness pills – remember a lot of Andean places are above sea level and sometimes as high as 4000 to 5000 meters.

Follow-Up Activity: Carry a printout of my list of important Spanish travel phrases that will save you in South America (printable link in the guide).

What is the currency of South America? How to carry money while traveling in South America?

The currency of South America is different in each country.

You should carry your credit and debit cards, and some cash (USD or Euros or other strong Western currency). Though all ATMs in airports dispense cash in the local currency, sometimes having a bit of money on you is helpful.

The best place to exchange money would be the local exchange shops in any (big) city center and not the banks (banks’ exchange rate is the worst). I carried a travel card with a $1000 balance and another $5oo in cash. This money ran me quite some time. Bringing cash is a good idea for all the ATM withdrawals incur transaction (and in some cases currency conversion) charges. Ask your bank if they can reduce your international transaction charges.

In Chile, Banco Estado had the least international card withdrawal fee. Do try government banks in all South American countries for they would be the cheapest for international withdrawal.

As I mentioned in my travel planning guide , inform your banks about your international travel. My bank blocked my debit card when it detected a transaction in Chile. I had to make an international call to inform them I was the one trying to use the card.

I don’t know even one bank in India that gives leverage to a frequent traveler. If you do, please let me know. I would appreciate that.

Also never carry your entire cash and card with you while moving around cities. Keep them back in the hostel to save yourself from ATM scams (more about them in the travel safety section).

Or hide everything away in a  slim fanny pack .

Can we travel South America as a vegetarian or a vegan?

South American food is mostly non-vegetarian.

Traditional food in South America is barbecues (asados), grilled meat and steaks (beef, pork, chicken), fried fish, rice, bread, cheese, seafood, fried empanadas (stuffed pastries) of various types, et cetera.

Meals are made up of two-three courses and start with a serving of soup. Vegetarians and vegans would have a hard time finding a course that is entirely vegetarian. When I was traveling South America alone, I didn’t eat beef. Even if I asked the server for a no-beef meal, they would serve me the soup which was mostly made with ground beef. I had to be careful and ask multiple times.

Argentina, Chile, Bolivia, and Colombia eat a lot of steak and meat, mostly beef. Peru had a lot of vegetarian options but had the same soup problem. Big cities have more vegetarian and vegan cafes. But on small towns, villages, or on islands, you might have a hard time finding vegetarian food.

You can always order vegetarian fried rice and that is what a lot of tourists did. Or buy groceries and cook in the guesthouse’s kitchen.

My best food in South America was Casuellas (Chilean soup), sea algae cooked in various styles on Chilean islands, Peruvian preparations, empanadas, and fried trucha (trout) fish. Oh, after a while I also started loving the Chilean bread when grilled with cheese and tomatoes and other things.

Do try the traditional South American food. My Spanish travel phrases guide has many phrases that will help you understand the ingredients and order as a vegetarian.

What are the recommended vaccinations for traveling to South America?

I would suggest you talk to a doctor or look at your embassy’s website for recommended vaccinations for South America.

Medical advice is always best taken from medical experts.  

Can we work on our South America backpacking trip?

Tourist visa doesn’t allow you to work. But many travelers sell their art, beads, jewelry, et cetera unofficially.

Can we volunteer in South America for free?

You can volunteer in South America. Though not always, some volunteer programs, such as the English Open Doors program in Chile, are free, offer stipend, and even provide boarding and lodging.

I have written about the English Open Doors program in detail in my  teaching English in Chile  guide. The program is four-months-long, and you have to pay nothing. Your visa fee is waived, you get food and free accommodation with a Chilean family, and some allowance. But But you do have to get the flight tickets.

Can we teach English while backpacking through South America?

Apart from the English Open Doors program, you can also teach online and offline in Santiago, Cusco, Lima, and other big cities. But you would have to compromise on the salary. I put in a lot of time trying to find an online or offline English teaching job in Chile (mostly in Chiloe and Santiago). And I concurred the jobs there don’t pay so well. Also, most jobs entailed traveling to different parts of Santiago to teach the students in their own homes. In other cities, the traveling might have worked, but I didn’t find Santiago safe and didn’t want to commute daily to its unknown and obscure parts.

What would be the best way to find such jobs? Print out a list of the English teaching centers and visit them. Bring your resume and leave it with the receptionist or the staff. Most centers call. If not, you might have to remind them again.

I also tried looking for teaching work in schools but I couldn’t teach in schools without a teacher’s degree. Fair enough. You can work as a contractor or freelancer and conduct workshops in schools. But as we are talking about South America, do not expect a fast response.

Are the locals friendly to South America backpackers?

I have written a lot about South Americans being the nicest people in all my Chile, Bolivia, and Peru country guides. I have even written poems on some kind souls I met in South America . And here’s an ode to a kind Peruvian grandmother I met in Cusco.

South American people love to help others. They smile and laugh often and don’t make a fuss about most things. They are particular about what they like though. Also, they notice how you act and the things you care about and would be quick to tease you on your traits.

I met both kinds of people in South America: friendly and helpful and those who were jealous of me or detested me (mostly because of the attention I got). If there were people who translated every Spanish word for me, a few people never cared if I understood a word of what they said.

Others made fun of Indian things they had seen on television — the dowry system in India, caste system, Indian population, rat temples et cetera.

The understanding of India is skewed outside as most people only know India as per what has been shown to them in the news. Even a lot of travelers who come to India, visit popular places and never get an idea of how India truly is.

I met a lot of such people who behaved as if India was all about filth and child labor, and I had caused all the problems. Consciously or unconsciously, they said hurtful things. Even one or two of my friends didn’t know how to strike a conversation with me on these matters and instead made condescending and judgmental statements.

All I could do in such situations was put across the right information and tell them how India has evolved. After a while, I stopped explaining and let people believe what they wanted to believe or told them off when I was hurt.

If you are from Europe, the US, or Australia, you would be called  Gringo . A term that originated long ago and has many theories behind it (some of which can be associated with locals shouting out to the foreign police or army as “Green Go.”) But apart from the occasional, good-hearted reference as a Gringo, you wouldn’t find any racial discrimination.

You would meet all kinds of people in South America, as you do everywhere, but remember that the majority of South Americans are nice. They are open-minded and believe in having fun in life irrespective of what situations fall upon them. Read the story of my Chilean host mother to see how South Americans can brave their problems.

I suggest you discover more about the people with your experiences rather than a third-person’s opinion (like mine).

Follow Up Read: My article on Chilean culture is a good starting point to understand the culture of Chile in more detail. Other countries in South America don’t have the same culture but you would be able to find some similarities.

South America is fun and inclusive. Small countryside pubs, large bars in metropolitans, and overloaded cellars in homes, you can find them all.

South Americans love to drink and party. Their families get together and celebrate even the slightest occasion with a drink. And they love to invite travelers for they believe in more the merrier.

The people of South America aren’t big fans of hard liquor and love their beer and wine. Or if I may say, cerveza y vino tinto o blanco. You can have a beer in most parts of South America. Wine is preferable in Chile and Argentina, two of the best wine producers in the world.

Pisco Sour is another must-try drink over which Peru and Chile both have an ongoing copyright fight. If you want to start a debate with a Chilean or a Peruvian just tell them how they got the Pisco sour from their neighbor, and I am sure you would see some firecrackers exploding into the sky.

Have fun there. But do remember there are a lot of drunkards and alcoholics, too, so stay safe. If you are on a South America solo travel trip, make sure you watch your drink when you are drinking amongst strangers. Mixing up the drinks of travelers to render them unconscious is an old trick you don’t want to fall for.

What are the kinds of accommodations in South America?

You can stay in hostels, hotels, guesthouses , villas , cottages, tents, camper vans, apartments , resorts , tree houses, and there are still other options that I can’t recall. I mostly use Booking to book all my accommodations. Give it a try here .

I used Airbnb once in Santiago but Airbnb works even in small cities in South America (popular ones).

But due to the multiple scams that run on Airbnb , I prefer Booking.com over Airbnb.

Can we couch surf while travelling in South America?

Yes. I didn’t couch surf in South America but I did stay with a lot of friends who offered me their place when I visited their city.

Couch surfing is becoming common in South America, and it could be a good way to get to know locals and reduce travel costs.

How to backpack South America? Can we do overlanding (cross land borders) in South America?

I crossed the land borders in South America three times.

From Chile to Peru — You make your way to Arica and from there to Tacna in Peru. You can get shared taxis from Tacna that will take you to Arequipa, the closest tourist-favorite town from Tacna.

From Peru to Bolivia — I crossed the border into Bolivia via the Puno — Copacabana route. Make sure the driver doesn’t leave you at the border and takes you to the town of Copacabana.

From Bolivia to Chile — After a few failed attempts, I crossed the border from Uyuni into Arica.

I have heard sad but hilarious stories of travelers being befooled by the bus companies who promised them a ticket to the destination but instead left them at the border. Then the travelers had to trudge their way to civilization without the local money, water, or food.

The trick to a comfortable (let’s not get crazy here) safe journey is to find a bus company that is reliable. Online reviews and travel forums discussing the best travel buses across borders might help.

Apart from a random drop in the middle of nowhere, crossing borders in South America is not much different from anywhere else. Also, make sure to get to the border in time so you can cross it even if there are lunch breaks or the queues get too long.

 Essential visa guides, only for Indians

• Chile visa guide for Indians
• Bolivia visa guide for Indians
• Peru visa for Indians

Is it safe to do hitchhiking while backpacking South America alone or if we are two people?

I didn’t hitchhike for the first few months as my Spanish was limited. Later I hitchhiked in Chile in a truck once but I was with a Chilean friend.

Hitchhiking is known amongst South Americans, and you can try getting a ride in safe parts of the continent.

I would suggest you wait for a couple of weeks to hitchhike. After a few weeks you would understand and communicate at least basic Spanish. And if you have landed in an unsafe part of South America, don’t try to hitchhike.

Do we need to book all the hotels and tours before backpacking to South America?

You do not need to pre-book anything in spite of what a lot of travel websites or South America backpackers suggest. Even in the prime travel season of February, March, and April, I could get rooms in the hostels and hotels at the last minute, except in Cusco. In a big city or extremely popular travel destination, book a few days in advance.

I got the tickets to Machu Picchu and to a one-way train to Machu Picchu just a few days before I wanted to visit. Atacama tours, Colca Canyon hike, Uyuni tours, et cetera were also available until the last minute.

But the Inca and Salkantay hike to Machu Picchu would be better booked at least a couple of weeks in advance. You should also check the status of these hikes as they get closed down pretty frequently due to landslides and other natural causes.

Pre-book hikes and tours that allow a limited number of people every day. In a new place, pre-book an accommodation for a day. Then either extend it or find another one by visiting physically. Everything else is available until the last minute. And by booking the activity in person at the office or over the phone, you can also negotiate.

What should we do for planning a trip to South America?

This travel guide to South America must have answered your many questions . 

Apart from setting your finances right, packing the important bank cards and other things you would need in the continent, making an itinerary or winging it, getting your tickets and visas right, planning your accommodation, and getting your vaccinations, you should also check for the current situation of the country you plan to land in.

If you want to participate in a volunteer program or want to do a Workaway, plan it ahead.

Do look for the prevalent scams in an area or a city but don’t get overwhelmed. A lot of information on the internet about South America seems to have been written at gunpoint.

Must-Read: Recommended Travel Resources and Planning Guide

What books can we read to prepare ourselves to travel South America?

I have not read all these below books but I am going to.

The House of the Spirits a Novel  — A unique perspective on 20th-century Chilean culture and politics, by Isabell Allende. (Read)

Wild Coast: Travels on South America’s Untamed Edge  — An account of an expedition into Guyana, Suriname, and French Guiana by John Gimlette.

The Motorcycle Diaries: Notes on a Latin American Journey  by Che Guevara — This book is the travel notes of Che Guevara when he went on a life-changing motorbike journey from Argentina across the continent. It is a good book to understand the pre-revolution South American culture and politics. (Read)

Marching Powder: A True Story of Friendship, Cocaine, and South America’s Strangest Jail  by Thomas McFadden and Rusty Young — Set in the San Pedro jail of Bolivia, Rusty Young, a backpacker, and Thomas McFadden, a drug lord, weave the story of South America’s drug culture together.

Turn Right at Machu Picchu: Rediscovering the Lost City One Step at a Time by Mark Adams  — For travelers who want to go a bit deeper into the history of the Incas and their fort, Machu Picchu.

At the Tomb of the Inflatable Pig: Travels Through Paraguay by John Gimlette  — For travel tales of Paraguay.

The Essential Neruda: Selected Poems by Pablo Neruda, Mark Eisner (Editor), John Felstiner (Translator) — And this might be my favorite book out of these all. Pablo Neruda is the most acclaimed poet from Chile, and if you read his few lines, you would know why. This is a collection of his poems in Spanish that are well translated into English by the credited translator. (Reading)

Pablo Escobar, El Patrón del Mal (Something to see and not read) — Though people suggest Narcos as the best show ever made on Pablo Escobar, I loved Pablo Escobar, El Patrón del Mal show on Netflix and watched it in Spanish. It’s a good show to understand Colombian history and also to learn and practice Spanish. Here is a recent article about Pablo Escobar  that shows how he is remembered now.

Must I say you have to keep reading my South America travel blogs and tell me what would you like to read more?

Are there any South America Travelling forums we can join?

I am preparing a South America FAQ page: a collection of queries I have received on South America travel in the past few years. I would soon publish the FAQ hoping for it to serve as an online forum for all kinds of South America travel questions. Coming soon.

Meanwhile, you can drop your questions on the existing South America articles.

Would you go back to South America?

I am planning to visit South America, again, for a long time period. I would start with Colombia and then make my way to other parts of the continent.

I am not sure when, but that is a small logistics to figure out.

Follow Up Essential Reads

• My Super-detailed Travel Guide to Chile
• My comprehensive travel guide to Bolivia
• My essential guide to backpacking Peru

Find All South America Articles Below.

                                                         south america travel stories and travel tips.

Most Common Spanish Phrases For Travelers [Survive South America]

Learning Spanish in Chile–A Mind-Numbing Experience

9 Months and 3 Countries – Epic Experiences in South America

How to Learn a Language By Yourself – 24 Foolproof Tips

My Poem Was Published in Alone Together—Tales of Sisterhood and Solitude in Latin America

                                                                              chile travel guides.

Cultural Differences, a Friend For Life, and Diwali in Chile

Chile Visa Fiasco–When I Was Stranded at the Bolivia-Chile Border

Quick Chile Travel Tips [10-Minute Read From a Chile Expert]

Things To Do in Chile: 50 Incredible Experiences [2024]

Te Quiero, Chiloé

How I Survived the Villarrica Volcano Hike

How My Chilean Host Mother Reciprocated to Cruelty With Kindness

Teach English in Chile–All About English Open Doors Volunteer Program

                                                                       Peru Travel Tales and Guides

A Peruvian Grandmother’s Act of Kindness

11 Top Things To Do in Peru in 2024 [And My Bonus Secret List]

Manu National Park, Peru [2024] – Daring the Amazon Rainforest

How to Visit Machu Picchu on Your Own

15 Fun Things To Do in Cusco, Peru [For 2024]

Puno and Lago Titicaca: Peru’s Most Magical Places [2024]

Backpacking Peru [2024]: One Guide to Rule Them All

Colca Canyon Trek, Peru – A Complete Guide [2024]

Peru – In Poetry and Pictures

                                                                                bolivia travel guides.

Bolivian Salt Flats Tour – Exploring South America’s Weirdest Landscape

Copacabana, Bolivia – A Cute Town on the Shores of Lake Titicaca

Samaipata – A Bolivian Village You Must Experience

Why You Must Visit Santa Cruz – City of Bolivian Riches

Bolivia Visa for Indians (From India & SA) + Extension Process

Bolivia Travel Guide [2024] – Everything to Know

Would you love to go after reading my detailed south america travel guide tell me in the comments..

Liked my guide? Please pin it and share it with your friends!

Want similar inspiration and ideas in your inbox? Subscribe to my free weekly newsletter "Looking Inwards"!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Beginner's guide to South America

Apr 6, 2012 • 3 min read

South America has long captivated travellers with its plethora of natural and cultural wonders. Take a quick inventory of continental highlights, and it's easy to see why - idyllic beaches, snow-covered mountains and tropical rainforests, all of which make a fine backdrop for a memorable holiday.

There's just one catch: this continent is massive. There's simply no way to see it all (unless you've got a couple of spare years up your sleeve). So if you've been thinking of going but don't quite know where to begin, here's a quick primer on top destinations:

Peru and Bolivia

One of the classic South American journeys is bumping around the Andes, visiting indigenous villages, colonial towns and ancient ruins amid those staggering mountain peaks. Peru is a great place to start. High in the Andes, you'll find enchanting Cuzco , the oldest continuously inhabited city on the continent and a fine base for exploring archaeological treasures like nearby Machu Picchu . Other Peruvian highlights: trekking in the Cordillera Blanca, walking the cobblestone streets of Arequipa , flying over the mystical Nazca Lines and visiting the floating islands in Lake Titicaca .

At Titicaca, you can continue by boat across to Bolivia , home to enthralling indigenous villages, biologically rich forests, soaring mountains and the bizarre and beautiful salt flats of Salar de Uyuni .

If time is limited and you hope to pack a lot into your itinerary, smallish Ecuador is a good bet. It has beautiful colonial towns like Quito and Cuenca that are among the best places to study Spanish in South America (notable for inexpensive one-on-one language schools and homestays with local families). The famed Andean mountains are never far, and you can trek through alpine scenery (the four-day Quilotoa loop is popular and you can generally do it on your own), mountain bike along rugged mountain roads, go bird-watching in cloud forests or arrange horseback rides on the flanks of snow-covered volcanoes (like Cotopaxi ). You can also spend a few days in a rainforest lodge in the Amazon. If time and budget allow, tack on a 5-day tour island-hopping in the Galapagos at the journey's end.

Image by Digo_Souza

Larger than the continental US, Brazil is the geographic (and economic) giant of South America. It's also Latin America's priciest country, so plan accordingly. Planted among forest-covered mountains, Rio de Janeiro is a magnificent introduction to Brazil, with a great music scene, alluring beaches and heady festivals. A few hours away, you can explore remote coastline, rainforest-covered islands (like Ilha Grande ) and colonial towns (jewel-box Paraty ). With more time, you can add a few flights and visit other regions, starting in the Northeast in Salvador , a colourful colonial city that's the drumming heart of Afro-Brazilian culture. Other options: thundering Iguazu Falls on the Argentine border; Belem or Manaus , gateways to the Amazon; and architecturally intriguing Brasilia .

If you haven't heard by now, Colombia is open for travel and safer than it's been in decades. Bogota , the high mountain capital, is a cultural behemoth with salsa-filled nightclubs, charming cafes and intriguing nearby sights - including the surreal underground salt cathedral, 50km north. Other Colombian hits: sunning on the Caribbean Coast at Taganga and the pristine beaches of nearby Parque Nacional Tayrona ; trekking to the Ciudad Perdida ('Lost City'), the largest pre-Colombian town in the Americas; and exploring the photogenic streets of colonial Cartagena and its neighbouring coral-fringed islands.

Argentina and Chile

Anchoring Latin America's southern extremes, these two countries have vineyards, lively capitals and share the laid-back Lakes District, home to hot springs, picturesque villages and loads of outdoor activities (hiking, rafting, climbing, skiing). There's unrivalled adventure in Patagonia : trekking and horse riding against a backdrop of glaciers, petrified forests, snow-covered peaks and other stunning scenery.

Hit the road - and stretch your budget - with the latest guide to South America on a Shoestring

Explore related stories

National Parks

Mar 25, 2024 • 2 min read

To combat overtourism and promote sustainability, authorities on the Galápagos Islands are raising fees this summer for most visitors from US$100 to $200.

Mar 23, 2024 • 2 min read

Mar 13, 2024 • 6 min read

Mar 9, 2024 • 11 min read

Mar 7, 2024 • 10 min read

Mar 4, 2024 • 8 min read

Mar 2, 2024 • 8 min read

Mar 1, 2024 • 9 min read

Feb 29, 2024 • 9 min read

Feb 12, 2024 • 10 min read

Subscribe & get your free guide to going abroad!!

9 Epic South America Backpacking Routes: The Best Itineraries and Ultimate Travel Guide

Backpacking South America is an incredible experience that will leave you with lasting memories and a yearning for more. Planning the adventure of wandering such a vast continent can seem intimidating, but this article will demystify how the adventure can be simple yet more fulfilling than any travel experience you’ve ever had. In this guide to backpacking South America you’ll discover the best options for exploring my favorite continent, tips for getting off the beaten track, and everything you need to make your trip as smooth, amazing, and memorable as possible.

• Why You Should Go Backpacking in South America
• 2 Week Itineraries
• 1 Month Itineraries
• 3 To 6 Month South America Itinerary
• Essential Info for Your South America Itinerary
• South America Travel Budget
• Where To Start Your South America Backpacking Trip Buenos Aires Santiago Or Medellin
• How To Get Between Countries in South America
• The Galapagos Islands
• Where To Next Central America and Beyond
• What About Brazil and Venezuela
• Now That You Understand the Highlights Of Your Destination
• More Essential South America Info

WHY YOU SHOULD GO BACKPACKING IN SOUTH AMERICA

Backpacking South America is an amazing experience! You’ll experience unique cultures, hike up active volcanoes, hike through lush Amazon rainforests, raft down giant waterfalls, and explore some of the most beautiful beaches you’ve ever seen. There will be challenges, but the rewards will be well worth all of the hard work.

TOP 10 HIGHLIGHTS OF SOUTH AMERICA

• Patagonia and Torres del Paine National Park and El Chalten (Los Glaciares National Park)
• The Galapagos Islands: Living among wild animals on land and sea
• Buenos Aires : The gritty Paris of South America
• Machu Picchu: Ruins of an ancient empire
• The Lost City: An often missed highlight just as remarkable as Macchu Picchu
• Food: Lima and Buenos Aires
• Alien Landscapes: The high desert of San Pedro de Atacama and the salt flats of Uyuni
• Wine: Mendoza wine country of Argentina and the equally remarkable Chilean wine country
• Tayrona National Park with a campground nestled against the ocean and Minca highland coffee country, meer minutes away
• Hiking up snow covered volcanoes and sliding back down
• San Carlos de Bariloche and the Lake Districts and trekking through some of the most beautiful nature in the world
• The Perito Moreno Glacier, this vast icefield is the third largest reserve of fresh water in the world

Still planning your trip? Be sure to read our article on the best times to visit South America and wehere to go if you’ve already booked.

THE BEST SOUTH AMERICA BACKPACKING ROUTES AND ITINERARIES

In this article, we’ll share the highlights you need to know about all the best routes for backpacking South America and countries you need to visit on your South America trip to help you figure out the perfect backpacking route for you. However, feel free to click the links below for the perfect itinerary for 2 weeks by region, 1 month by region, and 3 to 6 months in South America.

2 WEEK ITINERARIES

2 Weeks in Patagonia

• San Carlos de Bariloche (2-3 days) and the lake district
• El Chalten (2-5 days) and trekking Parque Nacional Los Glaciares
• El Calafate and Perito Moreno Glacier (1 day)
• Puerto Natales (1+1 day) in prep for the Torres del Paine trek
• Torres Del Paine National Park (4 days for W trek, 7 days for circuit trek)
• Ushuaia (2 days) to expererience the end of the world and fly home

2 Weeks of Argentina, Chile, and Uruguay

• Optional: Montevideo and Colonia in Uruguay (2 days ) Experiencing a smaller more polite Buenos Aires
• Iguazu Falls (1 day) UNESCO heritage site that dwarfs Niagara Falls
• Mendoza (2 days) Argentine wine country experienced by biking between vineyards and wine tastings
• Santiago (2-3 days) Absorbing Chile’s capital through, art, history museums, restaurants, and nightlife
• Chilean Wine Country (1 day) Just as charming and intoxicating as Mendoza
• Pucon (2-3 days) Hike up a volcano and go where Chileans vacation
• San Carlos de Bariloche (2-4days) A trekking mecca (day hike or multi-day) that only a handful of places in the world compare to
• San Pedro de Atacama (2-3 days) : The clearest skies in the world allow you to see more stars than you’ll ever see anywhere else

2 Weeks of the Incan Experience – Peru and Bolivia

• Lima (2-4 days) : The best culinary scene in all of South America
• Cusco (2-3 days) : The gateway to Macchu Pichu against a backdrop of hipster polished Peruvian food and drink
• Sacred Valley (1 day) : A calmer, emptier way to discover the Incas
• Macchu Pichu and Aguas Calientes (1 day) : The highlight of Peru and (for some) South America
• Colca Canyon (2 days)
• Lake Titicaca (1-2 days) : The “highest navigable lake in the world”
• La Paz (1-3 days) : The highest de facto capital in the world, with a “frontier feel”
• Salar de Uyuni (Salt Flats of Uyuni)(2 days – ~3 to 5 days for SUV tour)
• La Paz (1 day) : Returning home

2 Weeks of Alien Landscape – High Altitude Deserts, the Bolivian Altiplano, and Salt Flats

• Santiago (2 days)
• Valparaiso (1 day)
• Atacama Desert + San Pedro de Atacama (2 days)
• Uyuni + Salar de Uyuni (2 days)
• La Paz, Bolivia (1 day)
• Lake Titicaca + Puno , Peru or Copacabana , Bolivia (1 day)
• Cusco (2 days)
• Macchi Picchu (1 day)
• Lima (2 days)

2 Weeks of Animals and Biodiversity – Galapagos, Volcanoes, and the Amazon

• Quito (2 days) : Acclimate to South America in this relaxed and conservative capital
• Otavolo and Otavolo Market (1 day) : Soak up local culture and shop for souvenirs at this uniquely Andean market
• Mindo Cloud Forests (1 day) : An extremely boidiverse subtropical forest that is like few other places in the world
• Galapagos – Isla Isabela (2-3 days)
• Galapagos – Isla San Cristobal (2-3 days)
• Galapagos – Isla Santa Cruz (2-3 days)
• Other options: Avenue of the Volcanoes, Antitana ecological reserve

1 MONTH ITINERARIES

1 month in southern south america.

• Buenos Aires (3-5 days)
• Montevideo and Colonia Del Sacramento (2 days)
• Iguazu (1 day)
• Cordoba (1-2 days)
• Mendoza (2 days
• Santiago (2-4 days)
• Valparaiso (2 days)
• Pucon (2-3 days)
• San Carlos de Bariloche (2-5 days)
• Puerto Natales (1 day – in prep for Torres Del Paines National Park
• Torres Del Paine National Park (4-8 days)
• Ushuaia (2 days)

1 Month in Northern South America

• Bogota (2 days)
• Medellin (2 days)
• Guatape (1 day)
• Cartagena (2 days)
• Zona Cafatera and Cali (2 days)
• Quito (2 days)
• Otavolo Market (1 day)
• Mindo Cloud Forests (1 day)
• Galapagos – Isla Isabela (2 days)
• Galapagos – Isla San Cristobal (2 days)
• Galapagos – Isla Santa Cruz (2 days)
• Sacred Valley (1 day)
• Macchu Pichu (1 day)
• Optional: Colca Canyon (2 days)
• Lake Titicaca (2 days)
• La Paz ( 1 day)
• Salar de Uyuni (Salt Flats of Uyuni (2 days)
• La Paz (1 day)

1 Month of South America Highlights

About the optimal time backpacking South America: The truth: one month aiming to experience all of South America is pushing it as that timeframe is much better suited for a single large country or a couple of small ones than experiencing a whole continent.  Argentina, Chile, and Colombia can each easily take a month each when traveling at a comfortable, cost-efficient pace and absorbing the culture.  Ecuador, Bolivia, or Peru could be paired as couplets for a good month of travel as well.

But for those with limited time and lots of ambition, we’ll share an itinerary, or more so a list of destinations and minimum timeframes, for blazing through the best of South America in one month.

The balance: Try to absorb the best of nightlife, food, wine, nature, history, and ruins without burning yourself out by being discriminating about your destinations.

How to use this itinerary: Highlight half of the locations that are absolute essentials for you based on your interests and bucketlist, and the 3 places/sites that are your top priority as you’ll want to spend extra time in them.  For the remaining half, get comfortable with either breezing through them – to save time – or skipping them altogether – to save money and energy. As such we’ve listed recommended minimum days for each experience so you can patch together the itinerary that suits you based on the best South America Highlights for a month-long trip without burning out or wasting time.

• Buenos Aires (2 days)
• Mendoza (1 day)
• Santiago (1 day)
• Valparaiso (1 day
• San Pedro de Atacama (from Arequipa) (1 day)
• Puerto Natales in prep for Torres Del Paine National Park (1 day)
• Torres del Paine National Park (4 days) – only covers the W Trek
• Ushaia (1 day)
• Salar de Uyuni (2 days – accounting for bumpy transit time)
• Cusco (1 day)
• Maccu Picchu and Aguas Calientes (1 day)
• Arequipa (1 day)
• Lima (1-2 days)
• Guayaquil –> Galapagos Islands (5 days)
• Quito (1 day)
• Cartagena (1 day)

3 to 6 Month South America Itinerary

3 to 6 months is the perfect period of time for backpacking all of South America, with 4 months being the minimum sweet spot. The only difference between a 3 month South America itinerary and a 6 months is that we move at a slower pace and take more rest days.

6 months on the road is exhilarating, exciting, and a wonderful opportunity if you’re spending it all in South America. By being able to slow down, and spend a week in Buenos Aires , Medellin, and Galapagos, instead of mere days you’ll fall deeper into the experience and more in love with the continent. You’ll notice smaller details and absorb more as you will be in a less rushed mindset. Additionally, scheduling 1 to 2 days per week of no travel or sightseeing will leave you rejuvenated, refreshed, and a more hungry and interested traveler.

For this itinerary, we will list all of the recommended highlights of South America with the recommended timeframes for slower travelers. Be sure to take that recommended 1 to 2 days “off” per week, and don’t be afraid of getting stuck in a destination that captures your heart for a little longer than planned – just go with it.

• Buenos Aires (7 days): A perfect introduction to South America with plenty to do and great food. Consider taking Spanish lessons here
• Iguazu (1 day): Account for the extremely long bus ride in from Buenos Aires and know this waterfall will be worth the trip
• Cordoba (2 days) : Practice your Spanish in this university town surrounded by outdoorsy experiences
• Mendoza (2 days): Set aside one day for “bike and wine” tour wine tasting between vineyards of nearby Maipu, and relaxing in Mendoza proper
• Santiago (2 to 3 days): Explore Chile’s capital with heavy focus on history and art museums, nightlife, and just wandering
• Valparaiso (2 days): Explore the hills, graffiti, and nightlife one day, and soak up the towns vibe the next lounging and dropping in on beaches the next
• Pucon (2 days) : Climb Villarica volcano and slide down one day, spend the next sipping coffee and enjoying a popular Chilean vacation spot as locals do
• Puerto Natales and Torres Del Paine (11 days): Give yourself 1 day to prep, 7 to 9 days to do the “Circuit Trek” through Torres del Paine, and 1 day to recover back in Puerto Natales with a warm house and hot meal
• Ushaiia (2 days): Get the post office stamp in your passport denoting “the end of the world,” take a day trip to see penguins, and wander the city to catch “end of the world vibes.
• San Pedro de Atacama and the Atacama desert (2 days) : Give yourself time to explore by night and account for potenital hiccups on the travel to and from Atacama
• La Paz (2 days) : Explore the town, markets, and street food, then day trip to ride the “world’s most dangerous road”
• Salar de Uyuni (2 days): Experience the salt flats on a day tour fromUyuni and allow time for mishaps when arriving/departing
• Cusco (3 days): Visit the museums, do a free walking tour (or 2), and walk within and outside the city to discover ruins everywhere. Additionally, explore the nightlife and food scene thoroughly as it is just as strong as in Lima but with a Peruvian hipster vibe
• Sacred Valley (1 day) : Soak up Incan ruins without the crowds and chaos of Macchu Pichu
• Macchu Pichu (1 day) : Visit the highlight of Peru and inspiration for the character Indiana Jones
• Lake Titicaca + Copacabana/Puno (2 days) : Expereince the highest navigable lake in the world, and the culture that lives by its existence
• Lima (4 days) : Explore art, gourmet food & drink, and nightlife in this metropolis
• Guayaquil –> Galapagos Islands (7 to 10 days) : Slow travel through the Galapagos archipelago choosing as many independent and self guided experiences as possible for a richer, more pleasant experience
• Quito (2 days): Relax and wander, visit the equator, and just decompress in this relaxed and mellow stop
• Bogota (2 days) : Explore the museums (such as Museo del Oro), walking tours that cover the complex history, and nightlife including arguably the best nightclubs in South America in Colombia (and Latin America’s) financial center
• Medellin (4 days): Soak up the good life in a uniquely Colombian, vibrant, and complex place, starting with free walking tours, then visiting museums and eco-parks, following on with nightlife and (ideally) learning to salsa dance)
• Guatape (1 day): Visit a beautiful site in the mountains that looks like thousands of forested islands grew out of a lake
• Cartagena (2 days): Experience the Caribbean at its most “Caribbean” you’ll find in South America – outside of Baranquilla Carnival
• Santa Marta (1 day)
• Minca (1 day): Visit an organic and hydroelectrically powered coffee processing station and plantation
• Tayrona National Park (2 days): Hike in and camp by the ocean for at least a couple of nights
• Cali, Salento, and Zona Cafatera (2-4 days): Discover more than you ever wanted to know about coffee while basking in the home of salsa dancing, and perhaps taking some lessons

ESSENTIAL INFO FOR YOUR SOUTH AMERICA ITINERARY

Travel through South America is uniquely suited for backpacking or any long term travel experience that aims to embrace experiencing local culture, food, language, and nature in a less structured way than package tours, all on a rather small budget. Compared to that required to travel North America, Western Europe, the Middle East, and many parts of Africa, the $40 to $60 per day budget of South American countries (varying by country) is one of the main reasons I recommend South America, as well as Southeast Asia as the perfect first time backpacking destinations.

In return for flexibility of timeline and compromising on 4 star accommodation in favor of hostels, guest houses, and refugios, you’ll receive a one of a kind travel experience in return – a more contiguous expereince than Southeast Asia in culture and language, a more outdoorsy experience that revolves less around beaches and more around mountains, and lastly urban experiences that somewhat echo a gritty yet more vibrant version of traveling Europe. Architecture, food, and travel infrastructure abound but are still uniquely “Latin American” with a different indigenous touch and richness in every country and region.

Here, we’ll review some of the general and basic essentials that you should keep in mind while planning for your itinerary overall as well as each country and segment of your itinerary.

SOUTH AMERICA TRAVEL BUDGET

Travel in South America is in a very reasonable price range – between $40 and $60 a day for a backpacker style budget, averaged across all countries, assuming shared hostels, eating out once per day, and DIY traveling as much as possible.

Compared to other regions of the world, South America travel tends to be more expensive than Southeast Asia travel, which averages ~$35 per day, but slightly cheaper than traveling the Balkans, and much cheaper than traveling the USA, Western Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. In recent years, the price to travel South America has become even cheaper, relative to Europe, the Balkans and Southeast Asia as the cost of living in some of the best cities for digital nomads and backpackers in South America has dropped.

Keep in mind that Argentina, Chile, and Brazil will be the most expensive countries to visit in South America, and Buenos Aires, Santiago, and much of Brazil can become very costly if you get too caught up in the luxury lifestyle. Because of this, when planning your budget for South America plan your budget based on the amount of time you plan to spend in each country and budget much more than the $40 per day for Buenos Aires, Santiago, and Brazil in general. This way, you’ll have enough time and money for an enjoyable experience.

Tips for Saving Money in South America

• Travel by public transport between cities, specifically by bus, as much as possible, as air travel is very expensive
• Travel slower, because the longer you spend in a city, the cheaper the average cost per day becomes
• Cook at home, or at your hostel (this is common) and shop at grocery stores to “brown bag lunch” during the day to save money or order the “menu del dia” at restaurants for a cheaper option
• Quickly check the currency situation of the country you are entering next as bringing in cash dollars or Euros may garner a better exchange rate

WHERE TO START YOUR SOUTH AMERICA BACKPACKING TRIP: BUENOS AIRES, SANTIAGO, OR MEDELLIN

The best places to start your South America backpacking route are Buenos Aires, Santiago, or Medellin, due to location on the “Gringo Trail” and flight access.

Starting in Buenos Aires

Starting in Buenos Aires is the optimal introduction to South America as there are plenty of international flights arriving, the city is easily navigable and welcoming, and, with the exception of Brazil, most everything you will want to see in South America is located west and south or north making it possible to efficiently travel a loop through South America.

Within Buenos Aires, the vibe is welcoming and very European. You will be able to navigate easily in only English while you figure out the ins, outs, and idiosyncrasies of traveling in South America. Additionally, you’ll be able to take some quick and cheap Spanish lessons for a week while exploring the nightlife, robust Argentine BBQ scene, and complex history of a city that is interestingly Italian, Spanish, German, and Argentine at once.

From Buenos Aires you will be able to travel west through national parks, waterfalls, and wine country before traveling south from Santiago, Chile by bus, to hop between Chile and Argentina repeatedly and explore, trek, and camp through Patagonia until reaching the end of the world in Ushuaia.

At this point you can fly back to Santiago and proceed north, exploring Andean South America. On this leg you’ll experience the mountainous and otherworldly Bolivian altiplano, ancient Peru and the remnants of the Incan empire, the biodiverse and animal rich territory of Ecuador and the Galapagos archipelago, and the complex and vibrantly charming gem of Colombia.

From here, if you still have time on your agenda, sneak past Venezuela and explore the vast, complex, and beautiful Brazil wrapping around and ending in Sao Paulo.

Starting in Medellin

For a more direct path, start in Colombia, specifically in Medellin, to enjoy the good life, get acquainted with the vibe and way of South America, and take some Spanish lessons. Medellin is another city that is very accessible, with very cheap flights from almost anywhere in the world, easy to navigate with limited Spanish, and enjoyable while you settle in.

From Medellin, explore northern Colombia and the Caribbean as well as the Atlantic coast – extra points for timing the trip with Carnival as Barranquilla has the biggest and best Carnival outside of Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo – not skipping the Lost City of Colombia along the way. Then, continue falling south through Colombia, exploring coffee country and the heartland of salsa.

At the border, continue into Ecuador exploring its diversity and rerouting to Galapagos for a once in a lifetime experience.

After returning to the mainland, follow the backpacking trail south through Peru, exploring the best food scene in South America, remnants of the Incan empires, and some of the best surfing in South America.

Then, explore the rougher side of travel in Bolivia, passing through the extremely mountainous Altiplano and the salt flats.

Proceed into northern Chile and Argentina, switching from an Andean experience to a more heavily European influence, more wine, and more opportunities to camp and hike in the forested, mountainous backcountry of Patagonia instead of the rain forests of northern South America.

Continue the fall south to Ushuaia at the end of the world, potentially hopping a two-week trip by boat to Antarctica before flying up to Buenos Aires.

Spend the remainder of your trip exploring Argentina, traveling from Buenos Aires to the UNESCO site of Iguazu falls, to the university town and outdoorsy Cordoba, and the wine country of Mendoza at the base of Aconcagua, the tallest mountain in South America. Finally, hop a bus across the border to Santiago, Chile to end your South America tour.

Starting in Santiago

From the Santiago start, proceed on much the same path as starting in Buenos Aires, except travel south, Santiago to Ushuaia, then fly from Ushuaia to Buenos Aires followed by traveling west by bus, city-hopping your way to Santiago. End the South America tour traveling by bus north from Santiago to Medellin and Caribbean Colombia.

HOW TO GET BETWEEN SOUTH AMERICAN COUNTRIES

A defining characteristic of traveling South America is that it is best traveled by bus, with the flight from Ushuaia to either Santiago or Buenos Aires being the only logically necessary flight. This is partly why South America is a destination best suited for months of travel if traveling multiple countries or for a single country if traveling for less than a month, to offer sufficient time travel by bus without losing your sanity. Along the way, the slow travel of busses will allow you to soak up smaller destinations that are on the beaten path but simply less traversed.

As off-putting as longhaul bus travel sounds, the “cama,” which translates to “bed,” class of buses in South America, more common in Argentina and Chile than other places, is prevalent and consists of a large comfy seat that seems more like living room furniture and reclines completely into a bed, making overnight trips bearable and interesting but still comfy.

However, if you do decide to fly, note that domestic flights are far cheaper than flights across borders, usually by a few hundred dollars at least, even if the comparable domestic and international flights are the same length, on the same airline. Plan accordingly.

Tips for getting around South America:

• Plan on traveling by bus if possible
• Attempt to keep flights domestic to save money
• Colombia is the exception – with domestic flights being cheap and much more convenient than bus travel
• When flying to Galapagos, fly out of Guayaquil instead of Quito for cheaper prices and less headache
• Check out this article for more information on getting around South America: https://abrotherabroad.com/how-do-you-get-around-when-traveling-the-world/

COUNTRY BY COUNTRY OVERVIEW FOR BACKPACKING SOUTH AMERICA

The”Gringo Trail” through South America is one of the most scintillating and adventurous travel experiences on the planet combining urban experiences, towering mountains and ancient ruins, with friendly, vibrant culture in a way that few other destinations do. All possible on a rather small budget. As much as each country in South America embodies these traits, each country still truly has its own personality.

Argentina is uniquely European in the north, permeated with Italian culture, wine, and European architecture while having a Swiss Alpine feel in its southern experience.

Bolivia is a charmingly “rough” travel experience, taking you through high desert landscapes you might only see elsewhere in the Himilayas, and tying with Peru for its preservation of indigenous culture.

Ecuador is THE most unique place in the world to experience wild animals humanely, in a way that benefits them more than us, along with the most biodiverse landscape on the planet.

And every other country and region in South America carries its own personality and quintessential experiences.

With that said, no single itinerary or South America backpacking route is good for every traveler.

Because of this I highly recommend “getting the vibe” of each country in South America by reading our descriptions below, understanding the most easily traveled and economical route through them (the Gringo Trail) for you, starting in one of the three starting cities that interests you the most (Buenos Aires, Medellin, or Santiago) and just going.

From there, based on your passions and interests – food, wine, outdoors, architecture, nightlife, etc. – plan the travel allowing more days for the destinations and experiences you expect to love, and breezing past the destinations and experiences that just don’t get your heart racing.

In your itinerary, alot one day per activity (maximum two activities per day) and add an extra day or two of empty time in destinations you REALLY expect to love or that appear to have a lot that interests you on paper.

In the following sections, we’ll share the overview and highlights for the countries in South America you need to visit.

Click on any of the following countries to jump to our Country Quick Guides, or simply keep reading to soak it all in.

Argentina is an adventure-filled country with some of the world’s most beautiful landscapes and a great place to experience a mesh of European and Latin American culture. Backpackers should take a road trip between Buenos Aires and the Chilean border stopping at highlight cities along the way, then down South into the lake district and the Patagonian backcountry. On this simple L-shaped path you’ll enjoy the expansive, gorgeous scenery as well as its picturesque cities and easy access to the amazing food that Argentina has to offer – beef in the north and Patagonia lamd in the south.

In Argentina, real travel means experiencing one of the most poetic regions in South America: Patagonia. Throughout Argentine Patagonia, you’ll be able to hike for hours upon hours in federally protected national parks or go rafting down waterfalls through the mountain range. Backpacking Argentinian Patagonia also introduces travelers to food and cultures they likely won’t experience anywhere else in South America. The tradition of Argentine “asado” shifts from beef in the north to wild raised goat and lamb in the south. Additionally, the heritage of beer, brought by the Germans, and the establishment of mountain towns that seems remarkably Swiss and specialize in chocolate (like San Carlos de Bariloche) make for a unique experience on the Gringo trail. Be sure to try the beers by Cervezeria Austral, especially the Calafate berry ale.

Wanderers that do make it south will find endless opportunities for outdoor adventures– anywhere they go, there are infinite landscapes waiting to be discovered – from the frontier mountain of El Chalten, to just across the border in Torres del Paine National Park. while sights like El Calafate (near Perito Moreno Glacier), a quaint little fishing town that is the gateway to Antarctica due to its location near Ushuaia. Travelers in the area can rent boats for day trips onto the frozen glacier or take guided hikes with local tour operators.

There’s no shortage of activities: from trekking alongside llamas in Mendoza wine country, climbing Mount Fitz Roy (arguably one of the most

There is plenty of historic scenery and cultural heritage to explore in the north too. Buenos Aires was one of the earliest colonial settlements in South America for example. Further north “Salta La Linda” maintains an almost indigenous charm, justifying her name.

MY FAVORITES IN ARGENTINA

Buenos Aires is the capital and largest city of Argentina, as well as the third-largest metropolitan area in South America. Backpackers can take a walking tour around Buenos Aires, visiting historic districts such as San Telmo and La Boca that have preserved various architectural styles from different periods. Backpackers may also want to visit the Teatro Colon, an internationally acclaimed opera house that is home to performances from local artists and groups touring inter-America.Sa

When in Buenos Aires, Backpackers should take a walking tour around the city, visiting historic districts such as San Telmo and La Boca that have preserved various architectural styles from different periods. Backpackers may also want to visit the Teatro Colon, an internationally acclaimed opera house that is home to performances from local artists and groups touring inter-America.

Mendoza wine country offers backpackers a unique opportunity. Backpackers will find themselves surrounded by some of the most beautiful vineyards in all of South America with views of snow-covered Andes mountains in every direction. Backpackers can partake in classes about wine

Backpackers will find themselves surrounded by some of the most beautiful vineyards in all of South America with views of snow-covered Andes mountains in every direction. Backpackers can partake in classes about winemaking and tasting in Mendoza wine country. Backpackers will enjoy the expansive, gorgeous scenery as well as its picturesque cities and easy access to amazing food.

San Carlos de Bariloche and National Park Nahuel Huapi: The most beautiful and accessible hiking country I’ve seen in the world. Countless trails through forests, pasts lakes, and up mountains, with more than you could possibly do falling into the half-day category all of the way to the multi-day category making National Park Nahuel Huapi one of my favorite places in the world

El Chalten and Parque Nacional Los Glaciares: A frontier mountain town, simple and adventurous, adjacent to Parque Nacional Los Glaciares delivers a hiking and trekking experience through front country and backcountry that is somewhat of a “Torres del Paine light” experience and free – you just have to buy and pack in your food. each time I’ve visited, this has been of the most peaceful and enjoyable experiences hiking through Patagonia.

HIGHLIGHTS OF ARGENTINA

• Buenos Aires: The Paris of South America, gritty and filled with Argentine BBQ (asado)
• Mendoza and Argentine wine country: Bike tour vineyards tasting world class wines
• San Carlos de Bariloche and the Lake District: A German influenced mountain, surrounded by hiking and trekking opportunities, and the gateway to Argentine Patagonia
• Iguazu Falls, Argentina/Brazil Border: A UNESCO world heritage site, this combined waterfall has the largest flow of any in the world, taller than and twice as wide as Niagara Falls
• Patagonian Backcountry in El Chalten: A small, frontier town that sits on the edge of the Patagonia Glaciares National Park, with great free, rustic camping and trekking with a more adventurous, less refined feel
• El Calafate and the Perito Moreno Glacier: Witness the vast and impressive glacier Perito Moreno while exploring it via a series of walkways for a half day experience
• Puerto Natales, Chilean Patagonia, and Torres del Paine National Park: Hike the “W Trek” over 5 days or the “Circuit Trek” over 7 days in arguably the most impressive park in Patagonia
• Ushuaia: Experience the end of the world and the southernmost civilized city, potentially visit Antarctica
• More of Patagonia and the Wilds
• Argentine Asado (BBQ)
• Latin America meets Europe
• Best wine in Latin America
• Also Consider: El Bolson

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING ARGENTINA

Bring us dollars to get a better exchange rate and make your money go further thanks to the “dolar blue.”.

Due to recent history, Argentina is undergoing somewhat of an economic crisis. Though this event is terrible for locals, it doesn’t diminish the travel experience much and actually works in the traveler’s favor. The “Dolar Blue” is a “blue for an exchange rate much more favorable to you than the official rate. For example, at the time of writing this, the official exchange rate is 1 USD to to ~100 Argentine Pesos while by contrast the “Blue rate” is 1 USD to ~200 Argentine Pesos. The Dolar Blue rate alone makes traveling Argentine a great financial decision.

Comparatively, when I first traveled to Argentina in 2010, the currency exchange rate was 1 USD to 3.82 Argentine Pesos. At the current exchange rates, $1 will by you a Latte at an upscale coffee shop and $17 will buy you a ribeye steak at the best restaurant in Argentina (Don Julio’s).

To get the dolar blue, first educate yourself on the daily rate to go in informed. I’ve found https://bluedollar.net/ to be an accurate source. Next, bring your dollars.

If you don’t have any, going to Uruguay to withdraw from an ATM is a solid option, as there are many USD dispensing ATMs in Montevideo and Colonia.

Last, visit an “Arbolito” or unofficial exchange house kiosk. There are many located on the pedestrian street of Calle Florida.

Plan for long haul bus rides between cities

The distance between cities in Argentina are vast, so 12 to 20 hour bus rides aren’t uncommon. Do yourself a favor and only book “full cama” (full bed) bus rides over semi-cama and below

WHAT TO EAT AND DRINK IN ARGENTINA

• Mendoza Region Wine: Aim for Cabernets or Cabernet Sauvignon as these are their strengths
• Argentinian Steaks
• Chimichurri sauce
• Pizza, typical of Buenos Aires in an Argentine style
• Argentinean asados
• Argentine desserts Dulce de Leche and alfajores

DAILY BUDGET FOR ARGENTINA

Backpackers can expect to spend about 40 USD per day if they are traveling solo and making their own accommodation arrangements. Backpackers traveling with one other person can expect to spend about 50 USD per day on accommodations and food; those who travel with two people should

BUDGET FOR EATING AND DRINKING

Backpackers can budget about 40 USD per day if they are traveling solo and making their own accommodations arrangements. Backpackers traveling with one other person can expect to spend about 50 USD per day on accommodations and food; those who travel with two people should budget about 60 USD per

A budget for Backpacking Argentina will depend on a few factors. One factor is the time of year you go. Backpackers will have to take into account the high prices during the winter and shoulder seasons. Backpackers should also remember that accommodations are often much more expensive in the peak season (normally November to March). Other important factors in determining your budget are the length of your trip, how many people you are traveling with, and what type of accommodations you choose.

WHEN TO VISIT ARGENTINA

One of the best times to visit Argentina is during the shoulder seasons of September to November and March to May. Backpackers can explore at their own pace without feeling rushed and should be able to get a good price for accommodations. Those who want to avoid crowds may want to avoid the summer (in Patagonia) and winter months (in Buenos Aires and the North) as these are the peak travel seasons. Also consider visiting Patagonia for fall color in addition to the lighter crowds just before winter.

ARGENTINA VISA INFORMATION

Travelers can stay up to 90 days without being granted any type of permission from immigration authorities and without any fees.

GETTING TO ARGENTINA AND MOVING ON

Traveling into Buenos Aires to start any Argentina backpacking trip is the best option . A perfect Argentina itinerary and path would begin in Buenos Aires traveling the loop west then south through Patagonia and Chile by bus, and then flying from Ushuaia back to Buenos Aires to depart, or to Santiago to travel north and explore more Andean South America.

Keep in mind that as you travel south through Argentina you will (or at least should) bounce across the border into Chile to explore cities such as Santiago, Valparaiso, Pucon, Valdivia, Puerto Montt, Tierra del Fuego, and of course Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine National Park

THE ARGENTINA ITINERARY (**CITY ITINERARIES COMING SOON**)

• Buenos Aires
• Iguazu and Iguazu Falls
• Mendoza and Mendoza Wine Country
• San Carlos de Bariloche and the Lake Districts
• El Chalten (Patagonia)
• El Calafate and Perito Moreno Glacier

We’ve already mentioned that backpacking Argentina is a fantastic adventure, so it’s worth saying that Chile has just as many places and experiences worth exploring too. Backpackers who make the trip from Buenos Aires to Santiago will see the urban, cultured, and heavy European influence in Latin America, in the form of food, wine, university cities, and urban pockets, before following a more beautiful yet equally interesting path into Patagonia. The one up that Chile has is being arguably more outdoorsy and friendlier to the beach loving crowd.

Chileans, compared to Argentines and their neighbors, are remarkably more conservative, so you’re less likely to find them out at 3am on a Wednesday night going hard with work the next morning. On the other hand, thanks to the 4,000 mile coastline and landscape dominated by mountainous Patagoniw, Chileans outside of the bigger cities are know to be more outdoorsy and Salt of the earth. Take that to say Chile is the place you’re most likely to run into a local that’s a surfer, rock climber/mountaineer, and cowboy as well. And if the locals love these activities that means more opportunity for you to join in, safely ,and cheaply. If you prefer the outdoors, big night skies, and rugged landscapes to Italian influenced architecture, Chile is a place you could enjoyable fall through for months ending in legendary Torres Del Paine and Tierra Del Fuego.

By following the path south through Chile, from Santiago, “Valpo”, and Atacama, and bouncing back and forth between Argentina and Chile while falling south, backpackers can explore Torres del Paine National Park, take part in challenging climbing or make their way to Puerto Natales for an enchanting gateway town, climb a volcano (Pucon), explore the lake district on both sides of the Chilean and Argentinean border, pass through hippie towns, and more. Backcountry lovers seek out the many other less popular but equally beautiful national parks in Chilean Patagonia which tend to be more well maintained and improved than their Argentine national park counterparts.

On your way through Chile and Patagonia you’ll stumble past guanacos, pumas, and plenty of other backpackers enjoying life against a backdrop of incredible mountain landscapes while they traverse closer towards the highlight of the region – Torres del Paine National Park.

The further south you travel, the greener the landscape gets, until you’ve reached frost-covered volcanoes and the end of the world in Tierra del Fuego

Once you’ve fallen as far south as you care to, proceed north to experience the Atacama desert and some of the clearest skies in the world, perfect for stargazing in a way you will never experience anywhere else.

Chile’s long strip of land, dominated by coastline and mountain ranges, is an outdoor paradise speckled with fantastic wine. The conservative population, recently complex history (with the military junta), and lack of nightlife – compared to Argentina, Colombia, and Peru – make Chile perfect outdoors and nature lovers. EVERYONE should pass through, but plan how much extra time you spend in Chile according to your love of being outside.

CHILE HIGHLIGHTS

• Santiago: Chile’s capital, largest city, and start point for exploring Chile
• Chilean Wine Country: The Casablanca Valley is Chile’s premier wine region for crisp white wines (Sauvignon Blanc and Chardonnay) as well as Pinot Noir, located halfway between Santiago and Valparaiso. Essentially the Napa Valley to Valparaiso’s “San Francisco of South America” reputation
• Valparaiso : One of the best cities in South America according to lonely planet, Valparaiso is “Little San Francisco” with a South America twist. Hilly, artistic, and charming with its own version of “Napa Valley” (the Casablanca Valley) nearby
• Pucon: An outdoorsy lake town at the base of the permanently snow covered volcano VIllarica which is the trip highlight to trek and literally slide down after. In between you can enjoy the trendy cafes and socializing with international vacationers
• Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine National Park: The town and adventure base for arguably the best National Park in Patagonia and South America hosting a 5 day “W Trek” and a 7 day “Circuit Trek”
• San Pedro de Atacama: A high altitude desert city that boasts the clearest night skies in the hemisphere and unreal views of the stars amid a now trendy and hipster oasis
• Iquiqe: A resort town on Chiles north coast that gives the chance to sandboard HUGE sand dunes enroute to San Pedro de Atacama
• Valdivia: A past hub for German immigrants, as well as chocolate and beer, and now a lively university town with a solid nightlife and social scene

Also Consider:

• Colchagua valley for wineries – south of Santiago
• Chiloe (Region): An archipelago of 40 islands steeped in superstition and locals that are in touch with their heritage and roots of surviving in an adventurously unhospitable locale
• Puerto Varas: A quaint lakeside town that is Chiles conservative, quieter answer to Bariloche
• Central Chile: Great surf breaks, wineries, and Chilean cowboy culture
• Epic Surf Spots: Arica, Pichilemu
• Puerto Montt: The jump off point for travelers in Chile launching into Patagonia – big and busy
• Concepcion: A busy, urban port city and the second largest in Chile

WHAT TO EAT AND DRINK IN CHILE

• Chorillana: A mass of fries, cheese, hot dogs, and guilt that’s perfect drunk food.
• Teremoto: A drink legendary among college students. One drink will shake your world up

DAILY BUDGET FOR CHILE

The estimated daily budget for traveling in Chile depends on the type of traveler and the country they are visiting. Backpackers and modest tourists should expect to spend around $40 to $50 per day (shared hostel, one meal eat at a restaurant daily, self guided tours), but those who enjoy luxury can spend as much as $100 (private hotel room, eat out 3 times daily, several guided tours).

WHEN TO VISIT CHILE

Chile’s extreme climate in the south means that it has a smaller window of time each year in which it is appropriate to visit expecting sunny skies – in Patagonia. However the shoulder seasons are still great to travel Patagonia if you don’t mind surprise rain and weather shifts. Backpackers looking to experience the Patagonian summer months might try visiting from October through February for sunny weather, but expect the most tourists in December and January.

Those who want to see the snow-capped mountains of Chile should plan on visiting during its winter months which typically fall between April and September – and plan on being able to squeeze in some snowboarding and skiing. Backpackers looking to visit Chile during its spring, summer and autumn seasons (October through March) might be interested in exploring San Pedro de Atacama or Patagonia for outdoor-oriented activities.

VISA INFORMATION FOR CHILE

Travelers staying in Chile for less than 90 days will need to pay a $5 USD fee at the port of entry. Make sure your passport is valid for at least 6 months beyond the end-date of their Chilean visa Backpackers.

GETTING TO CHILE AND MOVING ON

As flights throughout South America are pricey, plan on bus travel when moving on to Argentina, Bolivia, or Peru from Chile. The land border crossing will be “interesting,” as Chile is very strict about the foods (mainly fruits and veggies) that cross the border into Chile, so ditch any fruits and vegetables before passing through customs.

ABOUT BUS TRAVEL IN CHILE

For long haul travel within Chile, for most Chileans, flights are out of the question, as they instead of for coach style “Pullman” buses, but likely not the kind you’re used to if coming from the US, Canada, or Europe.

These buses are honestly more comfortable than most plane rides – if you pick the right one. In Chile the longhaul bus classes are “cama” (meaning “bed”) and semi-cama (meaning “semi-bed”). The “Cama” seats fold down completely horizontal to create a bed comfortable enough for a 20 hour trip. I honestly love these buses for road trips as you get a seat more comfortable than any airplane I’ve been on, with the exception of a few first class rides, and a beautiful view out of the window, especially the further you travel south into Patagonia.

The bottom line: Wherever you’re traveling in Chile, go by bus and choose “full cama” for an even more enjoyable travel experience.

BOOKS TO READ ABOUT CHILE

• The House of the Spirits – Isabel Allende
• The Statues That Walked: Unravelling the Mystery of Easter Island – Terry Hunt and Carl Lipo (Rapanui)

South America itineraries commonly focus on countries, but adventures generally don’t stop at borders and Patagonia is a perfect example of that. Patagonia is a vast, wild, and a beautiful region. Located at the southern end of South America, stretching across Chile and Argentina, this legendary rugged landscape is well worth a visit.

For lovers of the outdoors that are pressed for time and craving a trip to South America, I highly recommend skipping the city life, flying directly into Ushuaia, and venturing solely through the region of Patagonia. That experience alone would be rich and satisfying enough to make Patagonia the only part of your itinerary.

HIGHLIGHTS OF PATAGONIA

• San Carlos de Bariloche + the Argentine Lake District: This Alpine style mountain filled with chocolate shops feels like and is the beginning Patagonia filled with deep blue lakes, towering green hills, and days of trekking in the epic Parque Nacional Nahuel Huapi
• Punta Arenas: The gateway to the Antarctic and a Patagonia jump off point that, thanks to its history, is worth a few days to explore its food, festivals (if time right), and character
• Pumalin Douglas Tomkins National Park: A 700,000 acre park gifted back to the Chilean people
• El Calafate: The largest city near the Perito Moreno Glacier. Though El Calafate doesn’t offer much, besides a fantastic all you can eat Patagonian BBQ joint, the city is the perfect place to base for your trip to the Perito Moreno Glacier
• El Chalten + Cerro Fitz Roy : A Patagonian frontier town in Argentina that is one of the quintessentially charming yet relaxing trekking experiences in the region as it is adjacent to the free to use Glacier National park, filled with free campsites, with the Cerro Fitz Roy mountain, the star of the Patagonia brand logo
• Puerto Natales town as a base for the Torres del Paine W and ) Circuit Treks
• Torres del Paine Torres del Paine National Park W or O Trek + Grey Glacier + Peho as the highlight multi-day treks in Patagonia
• Ushuaia: The southernmost civilized city in the world and the main “jumpoff point” for hopping a cruise to Antarctica

WHAT TO EAT AND DRINK IN PATAGONIA

• Austral Brewery Calafate Berry Ale
• Patagonian cordero (lamb) cooked Argentine asado style
• Chocolate (from San Carlos de Bariloche)
• Empanadas with a Patagonian twist
• Octopus and squid grilled on the beach
• Comparsa (deep fried corn pancakes with cheese)

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING PATAGONIA

• Distances are far between cities, so plan accordingly with snacks, bathroom breaks, and the potential for a bus to break down
• The weather can be unpredictable don’t think you’ll be able to travel Patagonia in the winter, and plan for sun, rain, and snow (potentially) year round
• Carry cash ATMs are fewer than in other cities in south America. Some cities only have one ATM and they’re commonly broken too

DAILY BUDGET FOR PATAGONIA

Plan on spending ~$50 per day minimum in cities throughout Patagonia not including drinks and entertainment, and significantly less when camping in places, outside of Torres del Paine Park.

Hostel Accommodation: ~$20 per night

Budget Hotel Accommodation: ~$50 per night

Transportation between cities: $20 per movement

Campsites: Free to ~$10

Food costs per day: $20

Budget for Torres del Paine National Park W Trek: ~$150 if you bring in your own food

Budget for Torres del Paine National Park Circuit Trek: ~$100 if you bring your own food

WHEN TO VISIT PATAGONIA

Patagonia is a unique place where you’ll want to go during the summer for the best weather and experience. Summertime, between December and February, the weather is pleasant and dry, but plan for Patagonia to be filled with tourists.

The shoulder season of springtime, during October and November, amd autumn,, during February and March, give other great options wherein the weather is cooler, crowds are lighter, and prices are less expensive.

GETTING TO PATAGONIA AND MOVING ON

By plane, plan to fly into Ushuaia, which has the nearest airport, and plan to bus into your preferred city, region, or destination in Patagonia from there.

For budget travelers and those already in the region, plan to take a bus, and plan your itinerary at least a week out if possible. Buses between locations and on specific routes in Southern, more remote South America only run 2 to 4 times per week, and full cama buses run even fewer days per week. To ensure you don’t spend too much more time in a destination than planned (getting stranded), check bus schedules at the town’s central bus station when you arrive, and don’t rely 100% on online bus schedules.

BEST BOOKS AND MOVIES ABOUT PATAGONIA

• Whispering Land
• 180 South (movie)
• In Patagonia – Bruce Chatwin
• The Old Patagonian Express – Paul Theroux
• Patagonia: A Cultural History – Chris Moss

PATAGONIA ITINERARY

• San Carlos de Bariloche
• Punta Arenas
• The new Patagonia National Park
• El Calafate Perito Moreno Glacier, Lago Argentino, and Los Glaciares National Park
• El Chalten + Cerro Fitz Roy for the trek past Lago de Los Torres or the 4 Day Huemul Circuit
• Puerto Montt
• Parque Nacional Pumalin (largest national park in South America)
• Futaleufú
• Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo
• Puerto Natales (fit and equip for Torres del Paine)
• What: Daily Torres del Paine W trek talk and Q&A at 3pm at Erratic Rock
• Torres del Paine Torres del Paine National Park W or O Trek + Grey Glacier + Peho

Bolivia is a country that anyone seeking to explore the natural wonders of South America should visit. Hike through incredible mountain ranges, take part in challenging climbing in the Bolivian Altiplano -(the Himalayas of South America), and visit the country’s highlands, and more to experience an extremely unique landscape and country. All with a backdrop of complex history and visibly preserved indigenous culture.

The Bolivian Altiplano carries a special beauty that is unlike anything else on earth travelers will have seen in their travels. Visitors will also experience a multitude of indigenous cultures, charming with op hats,, pet alpacas, and brightly colored traditional dress, and incredible attractions with “adventurous” transport en route.

Go by offroad ready chicken bus or SUV tour to the Salar de Uyuni, one of the world’s largest salt flats with mesmerizing optical illusions worthy of hours long amateur photo shoots.

End the trip in Bolivia, before crossing into Peru, at Lake Titicaca, which is home to a number of indigenous ethnicities and the “highest navigable lake in the world,” with man made islands made of reeds.

HIGHLIGHTS OF BACKPACKING BOLIVIA

• La Paz: The highest de facto capital in the world with the “Bolivian Himalayas” as a backdrop
• The towering Andes, the Himilayas of South America running across and towering above the vast and flat Bolivian altiplano
• Lake Titica: The “highest navigable lake” in the world, shared with Peru, with man-made floating islands constructed of Totora root.
• Salar de Uyuni (The Bolivian Salt Flats): Vast, impressive, and one of a kind experience – by day tour or multi-day SUV adventure
• Mountain Biking the most dangerous road in the world

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING BOLIVIA

• Keep your valuables hidden, especially passports as petty theft isn’t uncommon
• Travel as a group or in pairs to avoid being targeted
• Backpackers should invest in a reliable travel insurance plan for their trip (e.g., World Nomad)

BEST FOODS IN BOLIVIA

• Noodle chili
• Chola sandwich
• Cuñapé
• Jak’s Iawa
• Pique Macho

DAILY BUDGET FOR BOLIVIA

Bolivia is one of the cheapest countries in South America to travel costing roughly $25 to $35 per day (sometimes cheaper) for budget travelers and backpackers that don’t mind shared accommodation and avoid eating out too much. For less frugal travelers,, a budget of $50 to $65 a day for the basics, plus excursions will suffice.

Accommodation: ~$7-10 for a hostel, ~$25 for a budget hotel

Food: $10 for budget travelers, ~$15 for splurging

Transport: Averaged ~$5 per day if changing cities every 2 to 3 days

Activities: ~$10 to $30 self-guided and budget, $50 to $100+ for luxury

WHEN TO VISIT BOLIVIA

The best time to visit Bolivia is during the summer months between May and October when the dry season brings clear skies and the nights aren’t as cold. Outside of these summer months, temperatures in the highlands of the altiplano are much colder and may make hiking and camping less enticing.

VISA INFORMATION FOR BOLIVIA

Backpackers visiting Bolivia require a tourist visa, which can be obtained at any land border or airport, on arrival. The visa is valid for 30 days and costs $160. You will need 6 months validity on your passport, have proof of a flight leaving Bolivia before the expiration of your visa, and have the address for your accommodation in Bolivia.

You can find more information at the State Department website here

BEST BOOKS ABOUT BOLIVIA

• Bolivar: American Liberator
• The Lost City of Z
• Marching Powder – Thomas McFadden and Rusty Young

Peru is great for any backpacker looking to dabble into not just a rich present day culture, but deep into the past as well. The country has so much diversity in geography, culture, history, ruins, and gastronomy that it could very well be satisfying as your only destination for a 2 to 4 week adventure.

Peru is one of the cheapest places in South America to travel, slightly more expensive than Bolivia but delivering a far better living and travel standard. The Capital of Lima has a variety of restaurants, museums, and nightclubs that are not as pricey as they would be in other major cities like Rio, but just as lively, gourmet, and satisfying. Visitors can also visit Cusco for its famous Inca ruins or hike the Huayhuash circuit on one of Peru’s famous day hikes while diving into Peru’s hipster food, drink, and art scene.

HIGHLIGHTS OF BACKPACKING PERU

• Lima: Home to the best food in South America, Peruvian, fusion, and otherwise, and some of the best restaurants in the world
• Cusco: A city littered with Incan ruins, charming pockets of neighborhoods and great archeological museums, and the jumpoff point to legendary Macchu Picchu
• The Inca Trail trek or the Salkantay Trail trek: Adventurous, multi-day hikes through jungle and idigenous villages leading to the iconic, legendary highlight of Peru – macchu Pichu. Inca Trail – 4 days over 25 miles, Salkantay Trail- 6 days over 37 miles
• Macchu Picchu: The ancient and once lost city of the Incas, towering thousands of feet above sea level and the surrounding landscapes and inspired the story of Indiana Jones
• Huayhuash Circuit Trek (8 to 12 days): An often overlooked, adventurous, and enjoyable trek in Peru for outdoorsy travelers
• Colca Canyon: Another great and often overlooked trek in Peru
• Countless Archeological Sites hidden within the city of Cusco and around

BEST FOODS IN PERU

• Ceviche: Citrus “cooked” fish dish that Peru is legendary for.. Every region has a variation, so try some everywhere you go
• Lomo Saltado (Stir Fried Beef)
• Aji de Gallina (Creamy Chicken)
• Papas a la Huancaina (Potatoes in Spicy Cheese Sauce)
• Cuy (Guinea Pig)
• Causa (Potato Casserole)
• Rocoto Relleno (Stuffed Spicy Peppers)
• Anticuchos de Corazon (Grilled beef hearts)
• Arroz con Pato (Duck with Rice)
• Pollo a la Braza (Simply amazing roasted chicken)

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT TRAVELING IN PERU

Bring lots of water and a sense of adventure whenever you hike, trek, or adventure in Peru. The altitude and heat will dehydrate you faster than you think.

Pack cash in order to buy food or drinks during their journey. ATMs will be rare at roadside cafes and on hiking trails.

DAILY BUDGET FOR PERU

Backpacking Peru will cost roughly $30 to $40 a day, if managing how much you eat out, and staying in hostels.

An average meal will be about $5 ( adding up to $15 to $25 per day), hostels will run $10 a night, and imported beer will run $3.

WHEN TO VISIT PERU

May to September is high season for tourism and the best time to visit Peru. Though the costs will be higher and the attractions will be crowded, this is the season to visit.

The low tourist season of January to April may offer cheaper prices and thinner crowds, but the high altitude jungles of Peru will be in the middle of rainy season and extremely rainy. Macchu Picchu and the Inca trail regularly shut down in February due to excessive rain.

VISA INFORMATION FOR PERU

For most nationalities, no visa is necessary to enter Peru, just 6 months validity on their passport. The visa is valid for up to 183 days, at the discretion of the issuing immigration officer.

BEST BOOKS ABOUT PERU

• Inca Empire: A History from Beginning to End
• Turn Right at Machu Picchu – Mark Adams
• The White Rock: An Exploration of the Inca Heartland – Hugh Thomson
• Eight Feet in the Andes – Dervla Murphy
• Last Days of the Incas – Kim MacQuarrie

Ecuador is the premier country in South America to soak in the experience of wildlife and nature. As the world’s most biodiverse country and home to the Amazon and the Galapagos Islands, few other places in the world will fill your thirst for David Attenborough styled Planet Earth adventures.

Backpacking Ecuador offers opportunities for hiking through cloud forests and active volcanoes, swimming with pink dolphins on the coastlines, taking in an aerial view of colourful villages from high vantage points and shopping from local indigenous markets. After the traditional sites, the Galapgaos archipelago offers interaction with wildlife – sea lions, sharks, iguanas, sea turtles, penguins, and seabirds – that you will unable to match anywhere else in the world.

Those who are up for a real adventure should hike one of Ecuador’s seven amazing wildlife reserves – like Mindo-Nambillo Cloud Forest Reserve – to see howler monkeys swinging on branches or quetzals (South America’s national bird) flying overhead.

Aside from Sri Lanka and Namibia and a handful of countries in Africa, nowhere else will you bring you as close to animals. And aside from Indonesia, no country will immerse you in adventures with aquatic animals like the Galapagos Islands and Ecuador as a whole.

For outdoorsy travelers, Ecuador and the Galapagos archipelago are perfect complements to Patagonia and not to be missed.

HIGHLIGHTS OF BACKPACKING ECUADOR

• Cotopaxi National Park
• Mindo-Nambillo Cloud Forest Reserve
• The Galapagos Islands (Isabella Island, Santa Cruz Island, and San Cristobal Island)
• Quilota Loop
• Other: Guayaquil
• Wildlife: In the Galapagos Islands and rainforests within the Amazon
• Rainforests
• Biodiversity
• Walking across the equator

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING ECUADOR

1. Get used to the altitude: The altitude in Ecuador is significantly higher than most places in North America, expect Peru. Unless you just came from Peru, plan to slowly adjust to the altitude at a low elevation while on your way to Ecuador or spend a few days in your first city (like Quito at 2,850 meters/9,350 feet) getting acclimatized. Hiking and trekking will be unnecessarily more difficult when you’re not acclimated, so take it easy and start out slow.

2. Be prepared for rain: Expect rain every day. It can come down in buckets or just sprinkle little drops, so pack optimism and a rain jacket whenever you venture out.

3. Wear sturdy shoes: Backpacking Ecuador requires a lot of walking which can add up quickly, on uneven, sometimes rocky, and sometimes muddy terrain. As such, you’ll need comfortable shoes with good ankle support. Backpacking shoes with good grip are recommended. Either some lightweight and packable hiking boots, or water friendly hiking saddles like Chacos or Tevas.

4. Fly from Guayaquil to the Galapagos Islands to save money : If you decide to go to the Galapagos Islands (which you should) then fly out of Guayaquil, instead of Quito, to save $150 on your flight and actually arrive via direct flight as most flights to Galapagos connect through Guayaquil

BEST FOODS IN ECUADOR

• Empanadas de Leche
• Guaytacos Ecuadorian dish with a variety of herbs and an avocado dressing
• Albóndigas soup
• Locro: Potato, corn, avocado, and cheese soup
• Chicha: Fermented corn drink
• Empanadas: A corn based pastry stuffed with meat, potatoes, and various vegetables
• Pisco: The local alcohol brewed from grapes and distilled for kick
• Llapingachos: Potato cakes
• Encocados: Fish served with a coconut sauce
• Seafood: A raw seafood cocktail prepared with lime and seasoned with spices and chili
• Seco de Chivo: Goat stew

DAILY BUDGET FOR ECUADOR

If staying in hostels instead of hotels, traveling Ecuador should be $30 to $40 a day. That is assuming you are traveling as a backpacker, staying in a hostel and managing how often you splurge and eat out.

Travelers who are not staying in hostels will spend about twice as much at around $60 to $80 a day, including long trips and excursions into the Amazon.

• Average meal: $5, Daily $20 to $30 (food, drinks, and snacks)
• Hostel cost: $8 for a shared room, ~$12 for a private room
• Imported Beer: $3.50

WHEN TO VISIT ECUADOR

High season for tourism is between May and September, when the weather is relatively cool and overcast with much less chance of rainfall, however, expect higher prices and more tourists. Backpackers visiting in October and November, in the shoulder season, will experience the best balance of weather and low prices.

Backpackers who want to find cheaper prices may opt to visit Ecuador in its low season of January to April – though it’s important to note that this is also when the jungle’s highland regions are experiencing monsoon season which may result in some parts of the country being flooded. Backpacking at this time is still a great call if you’re interested in seeing an active volcano and can brave the rain, or are up for some serious waterfalls hikes as the rains will “fuel up” the rivers and waterfalls making for great rafting opportunities.

VISA INFORMATION FOR ECUADOR

For most nationalities, no tourist visa is needed on arrival and a stay of up to 90 days is allowed. You simply need a passport with a minimum of 6 months of validity and your flight out of the country within 90 days.

BEST BOOKS ABOUT ECAUDOR

• The Voyage of the Beagle – Charles Darwin

THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

The Galapagos Islands are often thought of as one of the most impressive places in South America; and for good reason! These islands boast a natural habitat so diverse that scientists have found over a thousand unique species living with the borders of the archipelago.

You’ll find marine iguanas, land iguanas, giant tortoises, elfin forest dragons, penguins and sea lions to name just some of the bizarre animals inhabiting these islands. Backpacking to these enchanting islands is an absolutely unforgettable adventure that you won’t want to miss out on! The best part about visiting this remarkable place? Backpackers can enjoy amazing views no matter what budget they’re on making this the perfect opportunity for everyone.

WHY SHOULD YOU BACKPACK THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS? FOR ANIMALS, ADVENTURE, AND BEAUTIFUL SCENERY

Highlights of backpacking the galapagos islands.

San Cristobal Island: The lux island, with the best accommodation, fanciest restaurants, and swankiest bars, but still with plenty of excursions you can do on your own. From snorkeling in a bay with sea lions, to hiking through nests of sea birds in an eco-friendly way. Between those experiences, swim with turtles and hammerhead sharks, and get chased in the water by sea lions pups.

Santa Cruz Island: The “backpacker island,” cheaper, packed with more nearby excursions, on island and on the ocean, and home to an amazing nightly market where you can have a lobster and seafood dinner grilled in front of you with $25 buying a lobster and the rest of a meal for 2 people.

Isabela Island: The “adventurous island” as it is the largest of the three and mostly uninhabited as it is the youngest island, and filled with lava fields on the far end. If you want a truly adventurous experience, visit, and aim for the dry season.

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

• You don’t need a live aboard cruise. Hopping islands and taking day trips snorkeling is a much cheaper and more enjoyable way to experience
• For most sites, you’ll see more animals snorkeling than you will diving
• Each island has a distinct personality – one is luxury, one is normal, one is adventurous, roughing it ready, and backpacker-ish.
• There is a private flight from the remote island of Isla Isabella, that is worth it if you’re pressed for time. The price is ~$100
• Alternate between self guided day trips and paid snorkeling trips to make the most of your trip and get the most bang for your buck

BUDGET FOR THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

• A modest meal (lunch or dinner): $10
• Accommodation: ~$20 for a shared dorm, ~$35 for a private double room
• Snorkel tour: ~$50 to $100

WHEN TO VISIT THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Though December to May are the best times to visit for pleasant temperatures and dry days, savvy travelers will want to time their experience around the movement of their favorite animals. Turtles, penguins, seals, various sharks, and various fishes all change where they live and nest throughout the year – sometimes closer to accessible areas and sometimes far away – based on breeding habits and food patterns that involve following their food supply.

To find the best time for you to visit Galapagos, decide the animals you would love to experience and research the migration patterns (closer to or further from Galapagos) and time your visit accordingly.

VISA INFORMATION FOR THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Though no visa is required to entire the Galapagos Islands, because they are part of Ecuador, there is a $100 fee upon landing at the airport in order to support the maintenance of Galapagos National Park.

BEST BOOKS ABOUT THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Vibrant culture, mecca of salsa dancing, the financial and tech hub of South America, former drug kingpin empires, and beachy coastline (Caribbean and Pacific) make Colombia a great country to backpack through. Travelers can see the beautiful Andes and Cordillera mountain ranges on the horizon, virgin jungle perfect for trekking, high mountain lakes with no less than six bizarre species of trout, cross bird-infested lowlands to reach pink flamingos and snow-capped peaks in just three days of wandering.

The capital city of Bogota is fun and welcoming to tourists with great nightlife and day attractions too while other nearby towns and neighborhoods within offer breathtaking colonial architecture in an environment where time seems suspended.

Medellin itself is one of the highlights of Colombia and South America, rivaling the experience in Buenos Aires while being cleaner and more functional with more down to earth locals. From Medellin you have quick access to Cartagena (by cheap flight)and islands off the coast like Malpelo and Sangral which are havens for sea lions – the largest colony of fur seals in the world can be found on Isla Clarión.

Beyond the cities, nightlife, and beaches, Colombia hides its own gem, “La Ciudad Perdida” or “The Lost City” which rivals Macchu Picchu in importance and stature. It is much more difficult to reach (adding to the adventure) and is far less visited, meaning you will likely have this remnant of the ancient Tairona civilization to yourself.

HIGHLIGHTS OF BACKPACKING COLOMBIA

• Cartagena’s walled Old Town and nearby Caribbean beaches
• The Lost City
• Zona Cafatera
• Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta National Park
• Zipaquirá
• Tayrona National Park
• Medellin and Antioquia
• Lost City – Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta
• Carnival (in Baranquilla)

BEST FOODS IN COLOMBIA

• Ajiaco (traditional Colombian soup)
• Tamales de Choclo or Plato Criollo (Colombian tamale with rice, ground beef and vegetables)
• Bandeja de Paisa

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT BACKPACKING COLOMBIA

• Backpackers can feel at ease in Colombia because violence rates are lower than in many other Latin American countries – but take precautions as you would anywhere against pickpocketing and petty theft
• Keep a low profile, especially while touring the cities and avoid wearing conspicuous clothing that could draw attention to you and be a target for thieves
• Stay on public transportation when traveling between major cities. Private shuttles from airport to city center are available but can be expensive.

DAILY BUDGET FOR COLOMBIA

• Total Daily Budget: $40 for budget travel, ~$70 for more comfortable travel per day
• Accommodation: ~$12 per day for a hostel, ~$25 per night for a hotel room
• Meals: ~$4 per meal, $15 to $25 per day total
• Transportation: ~$7
• Entertainment: ~$12

WHEN TO VISIT COLOMBIA

The best time to visit Colombia is December to March when the weather is drier. The wettest months in Colombia are September and October. However Medellin is known as the “City of Eternal Spring” and even in its rainier moments I still loved that city. If you are traveling elsewhere, not on the coast, double check the season, but Medellin is a safe bet year round.

VISA INFORMATION FOR COLOMBIA

Most nationalities do not need a visa for less than a 90 day stay, however their cumulative stay cannot exceed 180 days in a single calendar year.

 BEST BOOKS ABOUT COLOMBIA

• One Hundred Years of Solitude – Gabriel Garcia Marquez

THE LOST CITY AND THE 5 DAY TREK TO REACH IT (LA CIUDAD PERDIDA)

The Lost City of Colombia is an ancient city built by Tayrona Indians. Adventuroua travelers can visit the city to explore the rich heritage of the Tayrona and see grand and ancient ruins.

A new adventure that rivals the experience of Macchu Picchu and the Inca Trail trek. Whereas the Inca Trail experience can have a months long waitlist and cost $1000+, the Lost City has thin crowds and will cost ~$300 for the 26 mile trek.

The Lost City of Colombia is one of the most hidden and least visited places in all South America. It was first brought into the light by a group of Americans led by Tovar Jara who followed the ancient Inca steps up to a plateau in Ecuador where they discovered carved stone, some gold jewelery, and an Incan/Maya calendar shaped like Stonehenge.

Comparison of the Lost City and Macchu Picchu

The lost city dates back to 800 AD and was home the Tayrona Indians, while Macchu Picchu dates back from the 1400s with the Inca empire. The “Ciudad Perdida” was hidden in the jungle for over 400 years, while Macchu Picchu was “lost” for nearly 350 years.

Both treks are ~25 miles long (round trip for the lost city trek), but the Inca trail is difficult simply because of the elevation changes, the trek to the lost city is adventurous on its own, traversing through dense jungle, rivers, and more of ~5 days.

The Lost City in Colombia and Macchu Picchu are both popular tourist destinations. However, there are some major differences between these two cities. Trekkers who want to delve into Colombia’s rich history should visit the Lost City. It’s one of the oldest sites found in South America. It is believed that the Lost City was occupied by people as early as 8 000 BC before being abandoned around 1500 AD. Backpackers may have the opportunity to explore this ancient city that’s filled with ruins of a once-thriving society.

An interesting similarity between the two cities is that each was built on top of a mountain and has stone pathways up to its gates. Both were built for spiritual purposes with the intention of connecting to celestial bodies from their heights. Tourists visiting Macchu Picchu will see pre-Columbian ruins which date back to 1400 AD.

WHERE TO NEXT: CENTRAL AMERICA AND BEYOND

As you reach Colombia or Ushuaia and thus the end of your backpacking trip through South America, my guess is you’ll be leaving with unforgettably amazing memories and experiences. For most, that alone is the trip of a lifetime and worth departing with a huge smile on your face.

However, for those lucky enough to have six months to a year or more free to backpack around the world , where should you go next? I highly recommend one of four options

• Central America
• Southeast Asia
• The other four “trails” around the world
• One of the “mini backpacking routes” around the world

CENTRAL AMERICA

Being only a short plane or boat ride from Colombia, Panama and the rest of Central America are fantastic follow on destinations South America. With coast on both sides of the beautifuk strip of land and a vibrant mix of Latino and Afro-Caribbean culture, the beachy paradises that stack up to be Central America are perfect backpacking destinations. Beaches, surfing, diving, biodiverse landscapes, animals, volcanoes, the tropical “island style” nightlife you’d expect from a Caribbean paradise, and an all around “living the good life” vibe are what you’ll find no matter which country you visit.

Beyond Central America, but close in vibe and location, is a digital nomad favorite of Mexico. Mexico offers some of the most diverse and rich experiences of the region, with an amazing food scene, vast coastline, and fantastic, welcoming culture and people with depth and charm throughout.

Though the cost of travel in Central America will be more expensive than in South America, the experience will be just as rich and (in the more expensive places) will offer more of the amenities common in the US, Canada, and Mexico that are difficult to find in South America.

So, if you have a few more months on the road and want a place near South America, consider sailing to Panama and continuing north to Mexico.

SOUTHEAST ASIA

For backpackers on the “round the world” tour aiming to hit all of the backpacker highlights in the world and aiming for a cheaper cost of travel, the “ Banana Pancake trail ” popular with backpackers in Southeast Asia is the perfect way to spend three to six months of travel, with four months being the sweet spot.

So if you’re on the year long backpacking trip, I highly recommend Southeast Asia – the cluster of Vietnam, Thailand, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, and possibly Sri Lanka, Malaysia, and Indonesia as your next destinations.

During the wanderings you’ll experience the hub of backpacker culture, beach life, and thousands of years old cultures all possible on a budget of $25 to $40 per day.

Be sure to check out our Ultimate Guide to the Banana Pancake Trail and Backpacking Southeast Asia

THE BACKPACKING TRAILS AROUND THE WORLD

For the travelers lucky enough to have a whole year or more to explore the world, I highly recommend making the most of it by trodding off the beaten path and on to more budget friendly destinations over the popular and famed travel locales. Instead of Western Europe, travel to the Balkans, the Caucus region, and Eastern Europe. Even better, travel Arabia and the highlights of the Middle East.

As daunting as this task of hitting the major regions of the world – the Balkans via the “Balkan Walk”, Southeast Asia via the “Banana Pancake Trail”, the Middle East via the “Arabian Trail,” and Central America via the “Maya Trail” – may seem it is sctually easier than you think. Each of these paths through their respective regions are filled with friendly backpackers traveling on a self contained, conveyor belt like path if backpacker friendly infrastructure that shuttles them through the highlights of each region.

To learn more about “The Trails” approach to backpacking around the world, read our full article “ The Trails: A Guide to Backpacking the World .”

THE “MINI TRAILS” OF THE WORLD: 15 PERFECT TRIPS FOR 2 WEEKS OR LESS

If you are not lucky enough (yet) to have a year available to travel the world, the “ mini-backpacking trails ” are perfect for you. 15 countries and regional backpacking and travel paths that fit perfectly into a 2 week trip while delivering all of the pleasure, excitement, and adventure of a round the world trip.

Here are the 15 mini-backpacking trails of the world

• Vietnam :  The new backpacker trail and moto adventures
• Thailand :  A classicstarter for backpackers
• Philippines :  Waterworld, filled with diving and liveaboard cruises
• Bali & the “Gilis” :  Island meets Asia meets eclectic
• Myanmar :  Ancient civilizations
• Sri Lanka :  Animal safaris, tuk tuks, ancient kingdoms, and surfing
• Nepal :  A mecca for trekking
• Colombia :  Close to home and rich with vibrant experiences
• Argentina & Chile :  A Latin American European experience wrapped in wine, steak, and outdoors
• Patagonia & the Argentine Lake Districts :  Quintessential trekking experiences in South America
• Bolivia, Peru, and Galapagos :  South America’s frontier at the Andean Altiplano and the “Tibet of South America”
• Turkey :  East meets west dotted with history and otherworldly landscapes
• Israel and Jordan :  A quintessential experience of the Middle East, safely, and easily
• Croatia & Montenegro :  Coastal Europe with castles and irreplaceable views
• Albania :  Mediterranean beaches and emerging experiences

WHAT ABOUT BRAZIL AND VENEZUELA?

Brazil is so large and rich in experience that it should be its own trip. Traveling Brazil properly would involve a 4 to 6 month trip, experiencing the contrast of vibrant cities such as Rio, vast cultural hubs like Sao Paulo, a plethora of Amazonian gateways, countless beach cities – ritzy like Florianopolis and far off the beaten path – and so much more to explore. Additionally, the vast distances between the numerous sites you need to see make Brazil much harder to travel than its South American siblings.

If you want a taste of Brazil, pass through Rio, Sao Paulo, Recife, Florianopolis, Porto Alegre or Manaus (the gateway to the Amazon).

Backpackers who want to visit the Amazon can stay in Manaus and then travel downriver on a boat (usually for as long as 2-3 weeks). This also offers the option of flying or taking a bus from anywhere in Brazil all the way to Manaus and exploring all they can from there. Backpackers can explore the mountains of Rio de Janeiro or head east to Salvador de Bahia, where they’ll find miles of beachfront property in one of South America’s most popular tourist destinations.

Also consider the Brazilian Pantanal in Mato Grosso do Sul. Backpackers looking for experiences that are truly off the beaten path will find them throughout Brazil, but especially in it’s northern reaches and inland cities such as Palmas or Fortaleza.

As for Venezuela…

Venezuela is chreenrly experiencing a serious economic crisis and danger as well. In my time in South America, I ran into several Venezuelans who chose not to go back to Venezuela due to security concerns – and I would advise most travelers to do the same.

Venezuela is currently experiencing instability with a corrupt government system that has poor track record for protecting travelers and that should play heavily into your decision to visit Venezuela.

I do hope things return to normal soon for the populace and travels as Venezuela is a country that matches the rest of South America in natural beauty, culture, and experience.

NOW THAT YOU UNDERSTAND THE HIGHLIGHTS OF YOUR DESTINATION OPTIONS IN SOUTH AMERICA, START WRITING YOUR ITINERARY

• Decide on how much time you have
• Decide on your budget, minus flights in and out, and divide that into a daily budget
• Review this list of countries and highlights, and visit our country specific guides and itineraries to get a better feel for each country, then list your “must-see” locations and attractions, also keeping in mind the places you can do without
• Decide your start and end points, with your start point being solid and your endpoint being fairly flexible
• Draw your rough route
• Dot your destinations along the way
• Plan the number of days you’ll need for each destination and experience, add in 1 to 2 days per week as downtime with no travel or specific exploration, then add them up to ensure they’ll fit your timeline and budget (i.e., time to bus between locations if flights are too expensive)
• Adjust your itinerary as necessary
• Understand that staying flexible is best as you will discover places and people that your timeline is worth changing for

OTHER GREAT ARTICLES ABOUT TRAVELING THE WORLD

• 11 Reasons why Buenos Aires is the perfect city for a long stay
• 5 Essential Routes for Backpacking the World and Visiting Every Continent
• The Balkan Walk: The Perfect Backpacking Itinerary for the Balkans
• 3 Months in Southeast Asia: A Perfect Plan for the the “Banana Pancake Trail”
• The Mini Backpacking Trails: 15 Itineraries Aroudn the World for 2 Weeks or Less
• The 10 Day Middle East Itinerary

(Click here to return to the Table of Contents)

More Great South America Articles

• Palermo Buenos Aires: Discover What to Do and See in Argentina’s Most Bohemian and Stylish Neighborhood
• Argentina Digital Nomad Visa: 6 Steps to Apply, Requirements, and Everything You Need to Know
• The 21 Best Digital Nomad Communities Around the World, Online, and Offline, plus 50 more…

More Great Articles to Help You Get Abroad:

• The Ultimate Malaysia Digital Nomad Visa Guide
• Moving to Malaysia: A Complete Guide
• Moving to Bali: A complete guide for digital nomads and aspiring expats
• The New Thailand Visa Exemption: Everything You Need to Know
• The New Bali Digital Nomad Visa and 5 Other Options: A Complete Guide
• Buying a House on Bali: A Complete Guide to Cheap, Easy Home Ownership in Bali
• The 51 Best Digital Nomad Jobs among Successful Nomads
• 9 Epic South America Backpacking Routes
• Backpacking the World…2 Weeks at a Time
• Is Geoarbitrage for You? An Ultimate Guide to Living Better for Cheaper as a as a Nomad

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Carlos is a nomad, slow traveler, and writer dedicated to helping others live abroad and travel better by using his 7+ years of experience living abroad and background as a management consultant and financial advisor to help other nomad and expats plot better paths for an international lifestyle. Click here to learn more about Carlos's story.

• Work with Me

The Ultimate South America Itinerary – Plus Useful Travel Tips

Planning your south america itinerary.

South America has long been on my bucket list and therefore 9 months ago I found myself putting together my ultimate South America itinerary – determined to cram as many life-changing experiences into a 10 week trip as possible.

I started by listing all my South America must-sees and prioritising those I had lusted after for the longest, namely Machu Picchu and the Galapagos Islands. I knew I wanted a good mix of wildlife, landscapes and culture with a few cities thrown in for good measure. As a keen dancer, the opportunity to dance would be a real bonus so Argentina and Brazil made it onto my South America bucket list .

An important thing to consider when planning your ultimate South America itinerary is the climate. It varies wildly from country to country and you need to take this into account when planning your route through South America. For example, the Inca Trail is actually closed for part of the rainy season as it’s too slippy and dangerous. When it dry and sunny in Brazil, you’ll find it’s sub-zero up a mountain in the Andes.

So for me, leaving in October, the route had to start west and work eastwards. This meant I could fit in some Andes mountain trekking before the rainy season hit and also meant that I got my fix of sunshine and caipirinhas on the beach in Rio before my flight home. Win-win.

** Pssst, this article may contain affiliate links. If you have no idea what this means, click here and everything will be explained!**

What you can expect from this article...

• 1.1 South America by Plane
• 1.2 South America on Tour
• 1.3 South America by Hop on Hop off Bus
• 1.4 South America by Local Bus
• 2 Planning Your South America Itinerary Budget
• 3.1 The Galapagos Eastern Islands
• 3.2 The Galapagos Central Islands
• 3.3 The Galapagos Southern Islands
• 4.2 Machu Picchu
• 4.3 Lake Titicaca
• 4.5 Salar de Uyuni Salt Flats
• 4.6 The Bolivian Altiplano
• 5.1 San Pedro
• 5.2 El Cafayate Wine Tasting
• 5.3 Stay on a Ranch or Estancia in rural Argentina
• 5.4 Get your Tango on in Buenos Aires
• 6.2 How long?
• 6.3 Foz do Igauzu Falls
• 6.5 South Pantanal
• 6.7 Rio de Janeiro
• 7.1 Guatapé, Colombia.
• 7.2 The W trek, Torres del Paine,  Patagonia
• 7.3 Ushuaia, Argentina
• 7.4 The Amazon Jungle
• 7.5 More Useful Resources and Links for Planning your South American Trip
• 7.6 Further Reading

How to get around South America

If you’ve travelled in South East Asia or Europe , you are probably used to getting about by train. However, there aren’t many trains in South America so you will be better off getting about by bus or plane.

South America by Plane

Whilst South America, in general, is not that cheap, getting about by plane is not as expensive as you may imagine as long as you don’t mind small rickety planes! Booked well in advance, you can get short international flights such as Cuzco to La Paz for $50-70. The airports are pretty straightforward.

I booked my flights with trusty Skyscanner – personally, I find this to be the best tool to find the biggest variety of flights at the best prices.

South America on Tour

To save the hassle of finding your own way about, one option is to join a tour . This is possibly the easiest way to pack a LOT of highlights into your South America itinerary in a short time period. You can focus on enjoying the highlights and not having to worry about the practicalities.

I’ve taken a few G Adventures tours in South America and they were great! Brilliant informative tour leaders , well organised and decent transport (mostly air-conditioned minibuses!)

Whilst I haven’t used Intrepid in South America, I have sampled their trips in Africa and South East Asia and again, I was very impressed. Their trips are actually very similar. Check them out and see if any of their South America Itineraries takes your fancy!

I spent a large chunk of my own Latin America itinerary travelling with Dragoman . These are participation, overlanding tours where you camp 50% of the time and stay in hotels and guesthouses the rest.

These are slightly cheaper than G Adventures and Intrepid so great if you’re on a tight budget. However, my preference is still for G Adventures as you get more included activities, smaller groups and local guides. They also work with more local projects to give back to the countries where you travel. That said I would definitely do another overlanding tour as they are a lot of fun!

Check out the trip I took HERE .

South America by Hop on Hop off Bus

Perhaps the best of both worlds, this style of travel will allow you the freedom of doing it your own way with the convenience of jumping on a bus headed straight for the tourist attractions of hot spots in South America. The Bamba Experience is one of the most popular companies that organise hop on hop off trips.

South America by Local Bus

Sometimes it can be tricky finding the right bus and understanding timetables and prices when you don’t speak the local lingo. BusBud has provided a great solution for that – a website where you can search for local bus journeys in almost any country and in multiple currencies.

Planning Your South America Itinerary Budget

Without a doubt, the most expensive place to visit in South America is going to be The Galapagos Islands but boy is it worth it!! Being 1000Km off the mainland and with restricted numbers of visitors allowed on the islands at any given time, a trip to The Galapagos comes with a hefty price tag!

Spending time in Brazil is also pretty pricey with Chile and Argentina not far behind. If you want to make your pennies stretch further, you’ll want to spend more time in Bolivia and Peru. Bolivia particularly is cheap as chips. I would say if you are being careful, you could survive on $20-25/day in Bolivia whereas Brazil will set you back $50-70 per day.

My 9-week trip set me back $14000 which may seem like a lot of money, however, this included a week’s cruise in The Galapagos (which accounted for a whopping $3000) and I took several budget tours in order to pack a lot into a limited amount of time.

If I had the luxury of time, I would have travelled solo and I expect it would have been significantly cheaper! It really depends on what your priorities are! At that particular time, seeing as much as possible in a short time frame was mine.

For more practical tips for your trip to South America, check out my article: 20 Useful Tips for Travel in South America. Whatever you do, don’t forget to invest in a decent camera before your trip to South America! There are SO many great photo opportunities! I use a Sony A7iii yet but it’s pretty pricey so if you’re newer to photography I recommend this one or this one .

Ok so let’s get onto the good bit… What should be on your South America Bucket list?! Let’s get planning your South America Itinerary!

The Great Big South America Bucket List

South america itinerary 1 – the galapagos islands.

Best for Wildlife and Scenery

$200-300 per day if you take a cruise and $160+ for a land-based Galapagos island hopping trip . Remember to factor in tips for your crew! Read more about travelling the Galapagos on a budget and booking a budget Galapagos cruise

7-10 days. Most trips will start from Quito on the mainland so factor a day or two either side of your boat trip. A week actually exploring the Galapagos Islands is about right.

You could easily spend longer but a week will allow you to tick off most of the big wildlife and scenic attractions and will give you a good flavour of the islands. If you cut your trip short, there’s a chance you’ll miss out on the best bits like getting the opportunity to snorkel with sea lions!

Where to stay

Most Galapagos trips are boat based so your board and food will all be included. So it might be pricey but at least you know exactly how much money you will need.

You will undoubtedly save money by staying on dry land and arranging day trips but be warned, you’ll likely have to deal with bigger crowds and will spend a lot of time on the boats getting to the islands. There may also be certain highlights which you’ll miss without taking a boat.

The cruise ships and stay-onboard boats will sale overnight to maximise your time exploring the islands and get you there before the other tourists arrive which was a huge perk.

Since I have been desperate to visit the Galapagos for over 10 years, I really went to town on my research to get the best trip covering the most highlights but at the best price. I settled on a Gadventures boat called The Monserrat – I highly recommend it. I didn’t find any better prices and the trip was fantastic from start to finish! (The food by-the-way was to die for!) Check out the Galapagos tour I took .

To see other Galapagos options for all budgets, click here .

For a Galapagos packing list, click here .

The Galapagos Eastern Islands

Best for beautiful scenery

Visit Isla Lobos for some close encounters with frigate birds and blue-footed boobies. There are SO many sea lions here. A great place to start your Galapagos adventure!

Another eastern highlight is Cerro Brujo – possibly the prettiest beach I’ve ever had the privilege to visit. Unspoilt bright white sand and azure ocean in stark contrast with the black volcanic rock dotted with the occasional marine iguana or sea lion. I think this was one of my biggest ‘Wow’ moments in South America!

See a sample eastern island itinerary here .

The Galapagos Central Islands

Best for rugged scenery

The scenery in the central islands is more varied and rugged. See the black lava formations at Sullivan Bay on Santiago and whilst you’re there, snorkel off the beach – this is where I spotted my first shark!

Take a hike to the viewpoint on the volcanic islet Bartolome island. The views are beautiful but beware the wind!

If you want to catch sight of the elusive land iguana (much harder to spot than marine iguanas,) head to Cerro Dragon. We were lucky to see two on our nature walk here!

For giant tortoises, head over to Puerto Ayora on Santa Cruz. Here you will find the Charles Darwin Conservation Centre, a great place to start and learn about the tortoises’ history on the island. Then head into the hinterlands to spot some in the wild!

If you are lucky you might spot a pod of wild orcas as we did. They may even put on a show for you like we were lucky to witness. That said, you are more likely to see whales on the western islands which I didn’t get chance to visit.

Check out a sample central islands itinerary here .

The Galapagos Southern Islands

Best for wildlife

For me, the best snorkel trip I took in The Galapagos was off the boat, not far from Espanola island. The most colourful coral I’ve ever seen but the best part was swimming with sea lions. There were so many of them and all fairly young which meant they were super playful.

I’m going to go out on a limb here and say this was the absolute TOP moment of my South America trip! Between Cerro Brujo and here, The Galapagos Islands were scoring pretty high marks!

Another highlight of the Southern Islands was Floreana. This was absolute wildlife paradise. Here you can see the rarely spotted Galapagos Albatross and you will see so many marine iguanas – they lie on top of each other to keep warm so there will actually be piles of them! Hundreds of iguanas basking in the sun, careful not to step on them! Don’t worry, they are a lot more placid than they look!

Check out a sample southern islands itinerary here .

South America Itinerary 2 – Peru to Bolivia

Best for Scenery Seekers 

$20-40. You can do it really cheap but this budget will allow you a decent hotel room and the occasional luxury.

2-4 weeks. You can cover the main highlights (Inca Trail, Lake Titicaca, Bolivian Altiplano) in a fortnight but you may want to allow yourself longer to travel at a more relaxed pace.

Where to Stay

Since accommodation is cheap as chips here, I’d recommend splashing out on budget hotels and guesthouses . Save the hostels for the more pricey countries!

Top Tip: If you plan to do the Inca Trail, you will need to be super organised! Inca Trail permits need to be bought well in advance – often as early as 6 months! On writing this article in April, the next available permits are for October! If you don’t get yours in time, there are plenty of great alternative treks so don’t panic!

And another Top Tip (I’m good to you like that…) Pack lot’s of layers! The temperature can vary from glorious 25 degrees plus to minus figures within just a matter of hours. This can make it tricky to pack for South America but fear not, I’ve got you covered with my South America Packing Guide !

Previously the capital of the Inca Empire, this attractive city is made beautiful by the well preserved Spanish colonial architecture and is well-positioned in the stunning Andes Mountains in Peru.

Beware it is at 3400 metres altitude so take your time climbing the stairs here!

There are oodles of beautiful churches and colourful markets to explore but you can also use Cuzco as a great base for getting out into the surrounding mountains and visiting a few Inca sites.

Check out these day trips from Cuzco – everything from day hikes to pisco sours tasting!

Machu Picchu

Okay, you can’t really miss out this iconic site from your South America Itinerary, let’s face it! The question is not really IF you should visit it, but more HOW.

You could catch a scenic train ride or you could (and should in my humble opinion) take a trek to get there. Why you ask?! Well because the scenery is stunning and you won’t really get the full experience by seeing it from a train window! So providing you are in a reasonable state of fitness, book yourself onto one of the several treks in the area. You won’t regret it!

The Inca Trail is obviously the most well known. Book well ahead and prepare to be one of many of the trail. The scenery is diverse, beautiful and leads you straight to Machu Picchu plus you can say you did the actual Inca Trail which totally gives you street cred! Check out options for the Inca Trail here .

Another great alternative is the Lares Trek.

The Lares is much quieter, it’ll be just you, your team and the llamas. You may see an occasional farmer but otherwise, you’ll have the trail pretty much to yourself. It goes to a higher altitude 4800 metres so you can brag about that to your Inca trail friends! The scenery is absolutely mind-blowing. I asked my guide which trail he preferred, his answer? The Lares Trek every time!

Read about my Lares experience here .

Or see the G Adventures trip that I took here .

Lake Titicaca

Situated at 3800 metres altitude, Lake Titicaca is really unique and not just because it is the worlds highest lake. What makes it truly unique are the local’s who live by it and even on it! You can take a tour of the local reed villages – yes made ENTIRELY of reed. The local inhabitants make a living by fishing and trading the fish at local markets.

You can easily arrange a homestay at one of the farming villages on the lakeside.  See inside a traditional Peruvian farm, eat with the family and experience traditional cuisine that you won’t get in restaurants and then help out with the farm work the next day.

Don’t be put off by the fact that many won’t speak English. We muddled by using a mixture of English words the children learnt in school, my VERY poor Spanish, lots of miming and showing photos on our phones of our homes, pets and families!

The capital city of Bolivia, La Paz, is quite an experience especially if you take a taxi from the airport… Whilst you’re here, visit the Witches markets – dried llama fetus, anyone?! Also, take a cable car trip and get amazing views of this huge city!

Check out tours of La Paz and nearby HERE

Salar de Uyuni Salt Flats

Visit the worlds largest salt plane – 11000 sq Km of bright white desert created when a prehistoric lake dried up leaving these vast salt planes dotted with little cacti islands! Enjoy taking some great perspective photos here. If you visit in the rainy season, you may get beautiful reflection photos.

Check out tours to Salar De Uyuni here .

The Bolivian Altiplano

The scenery here will have you speechless. There’s not a lot to ‘do’ here per se but I personally was entranced by the scenery that the long drive from Salar de Uyuni was actually one of my trip highlights. See the spurting bubbling geysers, find aqua and red lakes filled with flamingos and see desert which stretches for miles. For more inspiration, see my photos to inspire your trip to Bolivia.

Click here for tours to the Bolivean Altiplano

I travelled in Bolivia with Dragoman , see the exact trip here .

South America Itinerary 3 – San Pedro to Buenos Aires

Best for wine and dancing

$30-60. Chile and Argentina are much more expensive than Bolivia but slightly cheaper than Brazil so expect to pay a bit more in some restaurants and for tours.

The prices are not dissimilar to western countries so expect to pay similar to what you pay back home (unless home is Bolivia.)

This route will take 2-3 weeks to cover properly.

As prices are beginning to rise, this may be the time to consider staying in hostels. Most hostels have private rooms if you like a bit of privacy on a budget. Hostels are also a great way to meet people! I use booking.com to find hostels and hotels and usually find they have a great selection of accommodations and you can easily search for your specification – a swimming pool and a hot tub puh-lease!

Ah, I LOVED this place. From the cute little shops lining the streets to the drinking holes that look like they’ve been taken straight from a western movie, San Pedro certainly has character. You definitely shouldn’t miss this one off your South America Itinerary!

I also didn’t have a single bad meal here – the food was Ah-mazing! It’s a great place to arrange trips to Moon Valley and into Bolivia for the Altiplano.

There are so many outdoorsy activities to do here, you won’t be short of things to do! The scenery at Moon Valley, in particular, is just stunning! See my San Pedro guide for more info.

There are so many things to do in this area from horse riding to star gazing. Check out some options HERE.

El Cafayate Wine Tasting

Head to Argentina next and so some wine tasting in the beautiful countryside at El Cafayate. Then go out for a juicy Argentinian steak washed down with some delicious merlot! There are wineries both in the countryside and in town that you can visit. Some trips need to be pre-arranged but often you can just turn up and join the next tour or tasting session.

Stay on a Ranch or Estancia in rural Argentina

Experience the real rural Argentina on an estancia stay. Several estancias (or cattle ranches) offer accommodation and activities such as horse riding and wildlife watching. Check out these estancias near Buenos Aires .

Learn to swing a lasso like a real cowgirl or indulge in an Argentinian BBQ. I stayed at Estancia Los Potreros and had an absolute ball! In addition to the activities above, we also had more wine tasting and a music session with some local cowboys. Read about it here.

Get your Tango on in Buenos Aires

Buenos Aires is a brilliant city! Colourful and diverse, traditional yet cosmopolitan, this city has a lot to offer travellers.

This super colourful neighbourhood is popular with tourists so it can get busy – go early in the morning to escape the crowds. Visit markets, enjoy street tango performances and enjoy the colourful buildings and street art. But make sure you go home before dark as it can be a little unsafe here at night time.

San Telmo Market

Learn argentine tango.

There is no better place to learn to Tango than Buenos Aires! Watch a street show, attend a formal show or take a lesson. But if you want to see the real tango, find a milonga. These are like afternoon tea dances where everyone will be dancing for fun – not for the tourists.

Check out day trips in and around Buenos Aires here , from stadium tours to tango shows.

South America Itinerary 4 – Brazil

Best for eco-tourism

$50-100 Brazil is pretty pricey so unless you are happy to rough it, expect to spend a bit of money here!

2-3 weeks should be enough to cover most of the highlights in South Brazil but of course, there are plenty more places to explore in Brazil if you have time.

To keep costs low, I’d recommend staying in hostels or even camping. I stayed at a few campsites in Brazil which were great and the weather is nice and warm.

Foz do Igauzu Falls

Foz do Igauzu falls are the largest waterfall system in the WORLD, this will surely be a highlight of your South America itinerary! Bordering both Argentina and Brazil, it’s worth visiting from both sides.

From The Argentina side, you can get close to the falls to appreciate their power. From the Brazil side, there are some great opportunities to see it from afar and appreciate the overall beauty! I’ve written a detailed guide to Igauzu falls, see it here .

Also on the Brazil side, there is a great tropical bird park Parque das Aves  where you can get up close to some beautiful birds including the colourful macaws and toucans!

Book your tickets to Iguazu falls HERE .

Did you know Bonito is the eco-tourism capital of Brazil? And rightly so! There are so many amazing places to see in this area!

Rio da Prata

One of the best places worldwide to try freshwater snorkelling with an average visibility of 50 metres. You will drift for 90 minutes along with the current enjoying the underwater garden seeing colourful fish and if you’re lucky a caiman or anaconda! Read more about it in my Bonito Guide .

Buraco Das Araras

This limestone sinkhole is a meeting place for hundreds of brightly coloured and NOISY macaws!

Grotto de Azur

South pantanal.

If you are a big fan of wildlife, head over to The South Pantanal, Brazilian wetlands where you stand a reasonable chance of seeing one of the big cats, possibly even a jaguar!

You will undoubtedly see plenty of caiman crocs and birdlife and there are plenty of chances to see capybara, anteaters and even cute little river otters which apparently are not so cute after all!

Did you know river otters are territorial so they are actually more dangerous than the caimans or anacondas if you were to fall in the river!

Explore by 4WD safari vehicle, on foot, by boat or on horseback. I highly recommend a night safari for your best chance of seeing a jaguar!

Check out tours to The Pantanal here .

Paraty is a really lovely well preserved Portuguese colonial coastal town with cobbled streets and only horse and cart for transport. Spend time exploring the shops and cafe and take a day trip in one of the colourful wooden boats stopping at beaches and islands.

Check out day trips from Paraty here , from jungle treks to boat trips to beautiful beaches and islands.

Rio de Janeiro

Rio de Janeiro is one of the fastest paced, diverse, colourful, lively cities you could visit.

There are so many iconic viewpoints you will want to visit such as Sugar Loaf Mountain and The Christ Redeemer statue – two of the most popular sights in Brazil !.

There are so many things to do in Rio but I suggest you start by visiting the colourful Escadaria Selarón steps and then have a caipirinha on Copacabana or Ipanema beach.

Other Places you might want to put on your South America Itinerary

There are still so many places on my South America bucket list that I need to go back and tick off at some point! I would love to see more of Chile and I didn’t even step foot in Colombia and I’ve heard so many great things about it. Here are a few places that will be on my next South America itinerary!

Guatapé, Colombia.

I seem drawn to any colourful town – Cinque de Terre in Italy, by the way, is awesome! Guatape in Colombia is possibly the most colourful of them all. Not only that but it overlooks Penol-Guatape a beautiful man-made reservoir and a great place for water sports. Read more here about planning your Colombia itinerary .

The W trek, Torres del Paine,  Patagonia

Landscapes don’t get more dramatic than in Patagonia – think snow-capped mountains and bright blue glacial lakes. The W trek in Patagonia is a challenging 5-day trek but surely worth the effort for views like this?!

Click here for advice if you are  planning to travel to Patagonia .

Ushuaia, Argentina

In the South of Argentina, is Ushuaia, the starting point for many cruises to the Antarctic. But you don’t have to go that far to see penguins!

The Amazon Jungle

Head deep into the Amazon in Peru, Equador or Brazil to get close to the wildlife and creepie crawlies. Take night walks and river safaris but perhaps not if you are an arachnophobe…

For more itineraries on the places I’ve not been able to cover yet, you should head over to The Broke Backpackers site. He’s got some great information too!

More Useful Resources and Links for Planning your South American Trip

• G Adventure Tours in South America (my personal favourite tour company.)
• Intrepid Tours in South America  another great tour company I’ve sued many times.
• Dragoman overland tour . (cheaper option for tours as long as you don’t mind camping.)
• Other South America Tours
• Bamba Experience – a hop on hop off trip. A cheaper option for the budget conscious.
• Skyscanner – a great tool for booking your flights to and from and within South America.
• Day Tours in South America  and other day tours
• Accommodation via Booking.com or Airbnb

Further Reading

• Useful tips for travel in South America
• South America packing list
• G Adventures Peru review
• G Adventures Galapagos review
• Iguazu Falls Guide
• Day trips from Bonito, Brazil
• San Pedro De Atacama Guide
• The Lares Trek, Peru.
• Lake Titicaca, Peru
• Local’s guide to Rio de Janeiro
• Estancia Los Potreros – Argentinian Ranch horseriding holiday.

Please Share This Share this content

• Opens in a new window

You Might Also Like

Visiting iguazu falls – facts & advice for the brazil & argentina side., visiting the galapagos on a budget – the ultimate guide, visiting the east galapagos islands – san cristobal and isla lobos., this post has 34 comments.

Wow I’ve been literally DYING to go to all these places in South America and you’ve just planned my trip for me. Now I have no excuse not to go, THANK YOU, pinning this for later!

Glad you found it useful Constance! Let me know if you need any more tips!

I love this post! So thorough and so helpful!! Sourh Amerixa is huge and it can be so tricky to navigate. But saving this for when I finally make it back.

Thanks! Glad you found it helpful and I hope you get there soon!

I’m planning a RTW trip and this guide is exactly what I’ve been looking for. Thanks for taking to time to write such an in-depth article!

I’m so glad you thought it was useful! As a lazy researcher, I love having everything in one place! Have an amazing RTW trip – I’m SO envious!! Where’s first?!

Thanks for the great info! We’re hiking the Inca trail in September!

Ah have an AMAZING time!! I want to go back!!

Wow! What a guide! I’ll have to share it with my friend who’s currently living in BA and using that as a base to travel.

I hope she’ll find it useful too! Igauzu falls is reachable in a weekend trip from BA!

Great post Leanne. I would love to visit South America someday. I’ll definitely give some thought to the changing climates when planning my visit.

It’s incredible how different the climate from 1 country to the next!

I really enjoyed reading through this! You did a fantastic job! I will definitely pin this to my Pinterest board and share!

Thanks Elizabeth! Kind words ? I’m glad you enjoyed it!

What an incredibly detailed post. This is AMAZING. Saving this everywhere for one day when I go!

Thanks so much! I’m glad it’ll be useful for you! You will LOVE South America! It’s so diverse!

Absolutely love your post. South America is my absolute favorite continent and your pictures make me miss it so much right now. Can’t wait to go back and so all the places I haven’t ssen yet.

Glad you enjoyed it! I want to go back now to see more of chile and Patagonia!

What a fantastic itinerary to South America! I’ve never beenbefore but it’s on my bucketlist with the Galapogos being at the top!

They were at the top of mine too and so worth the price tag!!

Wow this is the most in depth guide of South America I have ever read. So far I ve only been in Central America jut I hope to visit soon

Oh wow thank you! That’s such a lovely compliment! Central America is awesome too – I need to visit there more often!

Wow! This is thorough, and great! I haven’t done South America yet and it’s on my list to do in the next two years. Totally saving this as a reference for planning.

Thanks amy! I bet you’ll have an awesome trip. South America is such an amazing place!

Looks like you put a lot of effort in to create such a detailed post. Thanks for sharing! <3

No problem! I just hope it can be helpful! ?

Wow, this is incredible! All that in 10 weeks, I feel you could write a book from so many experiences! I am myself toying with the idea of going to Argentina later this year, to see the spring (and penguins!), I will bookmark this post for future use!

I’d love to write a book one day – it’s on my bucket list. But I was thinking more of a novel! Argentina will be amazing. I definitely need to go head south and see those penguins soon!

Such a great post. I haven’t yet step foot in South America so this is a great help. Thanks?

Wow that is detailed! what a great overview of travel through south america. I love the salt flat pics, some corkers!

I’m SO glad I’ve found this blog post! South America is the last continent I haven’t been to and I’m in the planning stage of a big trip there. This covers pretty much everything I was hoping for, even the Galapagos Islands, which looks absolutely incredible so thank you so much it all looks insane!

You will have such an amazing time! I just made a video about the Galapagos – it’s on my twitter page @globetrottergp if you want more inspiration! (and videos of tiny tiny baby sea lions…) I hope you’ll have the most amazing trip!

Hi Leanne Great Post! Me and my girlfriend will be travelling to South America October 10th to the end February and will be looking to cover as much as possible, do you have any suggestions on where to start our trip ? I see you began your trip in October too and im a little worried about the changing seasons / rain ! Thanks

The main thing to coisder is the inca train opening times as it closes for some of the wet season. working west to east worked for me in oct

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Urban Abroad

Urban Planning and Travel Blog

South America Itinerary

Travel Blog Last Updated · Mar 11th, 2023 [post_author_posts_link] · [post_comments before=""] -->

Welcome to this South America itinerary.

If you are currently planning a trip to South America, you have chosen one of the best destinations for a unique travel adventure.

With a great variety of landscapes and cultures that you will never get enough of, all these beautiful countries have something unique to offer.

Read our South America travel itinerary so you don’t miss a thing below.

Table of Contents

It is true! South America has it all; old towns, ancient ruins, incredible beaches, lush forests, breathtaking mountains, and more.

Not to mention good food, friendly people, and so many opportunities for adventure and to get off the beaten track!

Is South America Safe?

Though some parts of South America are more dangerous than others, it’s safe to visit the continent and travel around.

Of course, there are certain risks you can’t ignore, such as petty crime, but as long as you take precautions and keep away from dangerous cities and areas, you will be fine.

The safest places in South America seem to be Argentina, Paraguay, Chile, and Uruguay, but you must practice basic travel safety tips to keep yourself away from danger and have peace of mind during your trip.

Read below and we’ll provide you with helpful tips on safety later on!

Planning a trip to South America

There are many considerations you need to work through before jumping on a plane to South America.

Firstly, you need to make sure you have all of your jabs and travel insurance sorted out.

South America is still pretty poor in parts, and diseases such as Yellow Fever and Hepatitis A can be big risks when out there.

Another key consideration is entry requirements.

Be sure to check the countries you want to visit before booking.

COVID is starting to relax now so there are usually not too many hurdles to get into countries (proof of two vaccine doses is usually enough), however, some do need Visas depending on which country you are from.

It’s also important to check the weather for where you’ll be going and to pack appropriately. It gets icy cold in certain parts of the Southern Cone.

Distances are huge, and some destinations can be searing hot whilst others require extra layers where snow and torrid winds are common.

Even then, in some countries like Peru, you can experience vastly different climates at the same time, within the same country!

How long do you need in South America?

This is such a common, yet difficult question to answer as we all have different preferences.

With South America being such a large continent, distances can be pretty huge, and there are also tonnes to see from Cartagena in the north to Ushuaia in the south.

If you’re planning on completing the classic gringo trail (Colombia through the Andes, and then up to Brazil – or vice versa) then you’ll need a minimum of 6 months.

For those with a little more time on their hands, 9 months is better which will allow around a week in all of the major destinations along the way.

If also heading to the more unknown destinations such as Paraguay, Venezuela and the Guyana’s, then you’ll need around a year.

So while planning a trip to South America be sure to check out some of the destinations below and choose the order in which you’ll visit them:

Start your South America travel itinerary in Colombia. Bogotá is a great place to arrive because it’s a dynamic, vibrant city with a lot to offer.

There are many great landmarks and attractions to visit here, such as the Museo del Oro, Villa de Leyva, the Salt Cathedral, and much more.

You can also visit places such as Pereira, Almeria, Salento, and other wonderful towns, visit a coffee plantation and have countless outdoor adventures in places like the Tatacoa desert near Huila.

Ecuador is known for many different things, particularly the Galapagos Islands, which you must visit because there’s no other place like it.

To continue with your South America backpacking itinerary, you can explore Ecuador and everything it has to offer.

Including volcanoes you can climb, such as Chimborazo or Sierra Negra, explore Quito and Cuenca, take a rail journey through the Andes, visit amazing waterfalls, and more.

Peru is an intriguing country, so it can’t be missing from your South America travel itinerary.

There are so many beautiful cities to explore, Inca ruins, delicious food, and rich indigenous culture you’ll have fun learning about.

It’s an amazing destination that suits all kinds of travelers. You can visit Lima, the capital, and explore the center, try the most delicious ceviche, visit Cusco, Machu Pichu, tour the Sacred Valley, and much more.

These salt flats attract tourists from all over the world not only because it’s breathtaking, but also because it provides the perfect opportunity for stargazing and you can see the Milky Way at night.

If you’re an adrenaline junkie, biking down Death Road should be on your list. You can also explore the Amazon Basin, visit Potosi, the highest city and the country, and much more.

You can visit places like Buenos Aires, the capital city, and explore colorful neighborhoods such as La Boca and San Telmo which has tons to offer. Recoleta, Belgrano, and Palermo are fun too.

For a real adventure, you can go to the Iguazú Falls, visit the Perito Moreno Glacier (which is just stunning), go to Patagonia or have endless adventures in Northern Argentina!

Chile is a wonderful place and it’s perfect for your South America backpacking itinerary.

It’s an expensive destination, but it offers a great diversity of landscapes and there’s so much to discover. You can start your visit in Santiago, the capital city, visit museums, landmarks, and enjoy delicious wine and food.

You can also go to Valparaíso, visit Easter Island and connect with Rapanui culture, explore Pucón, which is the capital of adventure, and so much more.

You can start in Rio de Janeiro, where there’s so much to do, go to wonderful beaches such as Copacabana, Leblon, and Ipanema.

What about a hike to the Christ the Redeemer statue, which is iconic, and more. You can also visit Paraty, Florianopolis, and other incredible places.

South America Travel + Safety Tips

As mentioned earlier, South America is safe to travel and if you keep these safety tips in mind, you won’t have any issues!

• Pickpocketers, bag snatchers, and muggers are common, so stay vigilant, especially in public transport.
• Always use company taxis.
• Don’t visit dangerous neighborhoods.
• Don’t walk alone at night, take a taxi instead.
• Remember to get your FREE travel insurance quote before you travel for peace of mind while on the road.
• Dress to blend in, leave designer clothes and jewelry at home.
• Don’t flaunt your valuables while in public.
• Never leave your things unattended.
• Be fully aware of the most dangerous cities in South America so you know how to approach each and every new place that you visit.
• Always use indoor ATMs, especially if you need to withdraw at night.
• Only carry the cash you’ll need.
• Purchase travel insurance, it will make you feel safer.

Practicing these tips and being alert and aware of your surroundings at all times will help keep you safe.

Also, do your own research for each specific place you visit so you always know where to go and feel more confident after doing your homework.

Is South America cheap?

This is hard to answer since we’re all different and have different comforts and so on.

In the cheaper countries (Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia and Paraguay) an average budget will be between $25-30 a day.

In the more expensive countries (Chile, Argentina, Uruguay, and Brazil) you can expect between $30-40 a day. This budget takes into account a dorm bed, food, local buses and some extras.

It does not include flights, travel insurance or bus rides between destinations.

Daily budgets will vary depending on if you travel in high or low season, or during a festival (watch out for hiked-up prices during Carnival!).

Getting Around South America

Getting around South America by bus is a great idea because most cities and towns have a central terminal and traveling by bus is usually inexpensive, though prices will vary from country to country, city to city.

Book your ticket in advance whenever possible, and research the terminals so you know what bus you need to get based on your destination.

Remember to always keep an eye on your belongings, and dress for the weather so you’re not uncomfortable during the rides.

Buses in South America

Buses are king when it comes to traveling around South America.

They are much cheaper than flights, and usually serve most of the major routes pretty well and reliably.

However, due to long distances, you’ll need to prepare yourself for some long trips – sometimes up to 26 hours if going all-in hardcore.

Whilst most buses are in good condition and have comfortable seats and surfaces, unfortunately, they can get very cold as they always seem to leave the air-conditioning.

Always bring a few extra layers or a blanket and you’ll be fine for the ride.

Best time to visit South America

This is one of the most frequently asked questions for those wanting to explore South America. It’s also very hard to answer, given the mammoth size of the continent.

For example in July, areas of Brazil and Colombia will be as hot as a furnace whilst Patagonia will be well below freezing (remember half the continent sits in the Southern Hemisphere so the seasons are reversed).

As well as this, there are even micro-climates within the same country, such as Peru with its mountainous towns differing vastly from the desert and then also the beaches in the north.

Despite this somewhat head-ache, the truth is you don’t need to get it perfect. If you’re going to travel the whole continent then simply pack for all seasons or just buy whatever you need when you get there.

It’s commonly agreed that the best overall time to visit would be between September until November.

In the north, this would be the spring, whilst in the south the autumn, meaning there’s not as much extreme variations in weather compared to the summer and winter seasons.

Specifically, this is the best time to spot wildlife in the Amazon and Pantanal, to hike in Patagonia, as well as for going off-road in Bolivia and Peru. Which are some of the most popular things to do on this continent.

South America Itinerary: Final Words

There you have it! An itinerary you can adjust so you can spend 1 week in South America, 2 weeks in South America, or as long as you want to.

What we mentioned here today is only the tip of the iceberg, but we wanted to narrow down the options so you can have a nice South America backpacking trip. You can always go back for more!

If you want to see more latin countries in less time, why not read our Central America itinerary for the perfect introduction to Latin America?

This post contains affiliate links, meaning, if you click through and make a purchase or sign up for a program, we may earn a commission. This is at no additional cost to you.

Sharing is caring!

Recent Posts

• How to get from Treviso Airport to Venice
• How to get from Verona to Lake Garda
• Marco Polo Airport to Venice
• Is Guadalajara safe?
• Living Abroad
• Sustainability
• Travel Blog

Privacy Overview

Green Mochila

Budget Backpacking in South America

Backpacking in South America: All the Answers You Need

We all dream differently of South America. Some of us need to feel small in its immense nature during multi-day hiking adventures. Others want to feel the life pulsating in its cities, its street art, its sensual dances and wild carnivals. Some will want to find themselves in strange marks on ancient stones. Others still are looking forward to a cocktail on the beach, facing the warm sun and the turquoise mirror of the Caribbean. Whatever your dream is, this is your guide. We’re answering here all the questions you may have, in order to help you plan your perfect budget backpacking in South America .

Chances are that this post contains affiliate links. We’re not selling anything ourselves – we just help out products we find great. If you click one of them and decide to purchase, it’ll be at no extra cost to you; and we’ll get a trifle that’ll help us bring you more awesome travel guides.

Note: our South America travel advice doesn’t include the 3 Guianas ( Guyana, Suriname & French Guiana ) which are a complete mystery to us.

Jump to: Is South America safe?   |  Backpacking tips   |  Backpacking South America budget South American itineraries   |  Packing list   |  Countries overview

A few travel tips about budget backpacking in South America

South america is a whole world.

The very 1st thing we want you to know is how absurd this South America travel guide is. South America is a whole world, a continent of more than 428,819,652 people living in 13 countries; meaning there are as many differences from one country to another as between, say, The Blair Witch Project and The Little Mermaid .

And because they’re all equally fascinating, you’ll want to travel more than 2 weeks in South America.

Don’t expect to find the same situation everywhere in South America. We want you to keep this in mind while you’re going through this post. If we had to make generalisations (under the torture) here’s what we could say:

• the most expensive and developed countries are in the southern half. That’s Chile, Uruguay, Argentina (although currently under ongoing economical crisis) and Brazil . There you’ll find decent roads and infrastructure the most, and a lifestyle that is the most similar to the so-called “Western world”.
• Brazil , though, is much livelier, more colourful, probably more ‘exotic’ . Its population is also more mixed between Indigenous, Whites and Blacks. It’s similar to Colombia and Venezuela – but wealthier and more expensive.
• the Andean countries ( Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador and to a lesser extent Colombia ) have a more Indigenous and traditional society , living a lot on self-sufficient farming and informal market. Expect to pay for everything there more than anywhere else. The level of life is lower, except in Ecuador , which is surprisingly more developed.

Few people speak English

That’s right. It might be a tad easier in the most developed countries (remember? Chile, Uruguay and Argentina) and downright difficult in the rest of the continent. Of course, your hostel staff will be able to help you; but that might not even be the case in Bolivia or Paraguay, or in the less touristy areas.

The best thing is really to pick up some Spanish (and Portuguese , if you travel to Brazil) before travelling to South America; or even along the way, like many long-tern travellers manage to do. Even the basics will procure peace of mind; you’ll be sure that you get understood, understand where you’re going, and aren’t abused with prices.

There aren’t many vegetarian or vegan options

South America is definitely a meat-eating continent. For most people there, a meal without meat isn’t a meal. If you feel nauseous at the mere sight of meat, you want to avoid adventuring to markets or going anywhere near street food carts.

Don’t worry though, you’ll find veggie and vegan restaurants in all the big cities throughout the continent. In many places, Asian all-you-can-eats do the trick perfectly, especially in Argentina; and for a cheap price.

The least veggie-friendly countries are Bolivia , Venezuela and Paraguay .

The countries that are the most veggie-friendly are Argentina and Uruguay (which have a similar cuisine by the way). Peru’s Sacred Valley , in particular Cusco, are also surprisingly vegan-friendly due to the crowds of hippies passing through; don’t miss the falafel in “San Blas” market!

Of course, nothing stops you from cooking yourself. The fresh fruits and vegetables grown in most of those countries are so appetising!

The Andean cuisine is heavy on the meat, to say the least. Yet, it’s easy to eat vegetarian at markets’ comedores : you just need to ask. Let me tell you though, it won’t be light; the meat is usually replaced with fried egg or plantains .

Markets are the Mecca

If you’ve been around Green Mochila long enough, you know that we are real market fanatics. It’s cheap, it’s colourful, it’s authentic, the produce are usually local and the meals follow regional recipes. Bring your own bag and it’s also plastic-free. What’s there not to like about it?

We cook a lot on our travels, and we usually get our veggies from the market. We look around and ask for prices to compare. When we’re set on a seller, we get as much as possible from them, so they give us a good price; maybe they even give us something extra, what they call the “ yapa ” in several countries.

We also eat lunch at markets, there’s always a “ comedor “, some place where the ladies cook. There are also freshly squeezed fruit juices and snacks all day.

Markets are also a great place to have a little chat – provided you know a bit of Spanish/Portuguese. How many things did we learn just sitting down on a market bench!

Is backpacking in South America safe?

People often ask us if it’s safe to travel in South America; or they do like our mums and just take for granted that we’ll be kidnapped and they’ll soon receive our ears for ransom.

There have been, and there are still, stories of violence across Latin America. But in most parts, you’re just as safe as in your hometown. It’s also just as safe backpacking South America solo as in a couple or a group. Like everywhere really, you should be aware of where you go , of the situation around you at all times.

Keep an eye on your belongings, especially in crowded places. Don’t walk around with your valuables showing. What we always do when we arrive in a new town, is ask at our accommodation if there are neighbourhoods we should avoid. Even the way they answer gives us an idea of the local safety.

There are a few places on the continent where you should pay extra attention. Not places you should avoid, just where bad stuff is a bit more likely to happen. There again, ask locals and they’ll give you tips.

Places in South America where you should be extra careful:

• All Colombia , even in smaller towns
• Large Brazilian cities : Rio de Janeiro and Salvador in particular
• Some capitals : Lima in Peru, Quito in Ecuador
• Venezuela is a no-go right now, with its current situation and everyday violence

It’s more likely that that you end up paying double price for things , especially if you don’t speak the language. In Bolivia and Peru in particular, sellers think gringos are rich and don’t mind spending extra. We advise that you spend your 1st day in each country checking how much things cost, to get an idea.

Before budget backpacking in South America: travel tips and facts

Transportation

Distances are big on the continent, and you will often have to endure 8 to 10-hour bus rides to reach your next destination.

It’s actually ideal; we always chose a night bus to save one night in an accommodation, arrived early morning in a new place, freshly rested and full of wanderlust. Well, theoretically. That depends much on the state of the road and the eagerness of the driver.

Unless you’re travelling to remote locations like the Galápagos, Easter Islands or Iquitos, nothing justifies taking a plane . If your next destination lies more than 15 hours away, there’s something wrong with your route. Think it over. Maybe you need to add a stop in-between? Maybe you’ll discover an unknown place you’ll fall in love with?

Read our guide to bus transportation in South America

Independent travel vs South America tours

Some agencies offer South America backpacking tours , that include a visit to some of the most famous locations on the continent. For a flat rate, they rush you from one site to the next, crossing towns and borders like nothing happened. We heard of tours that range from 1 to 4 weeks.

As you may guess, we wouldn’t recommend that much. Of course it’s comfortable. But you’ll just see sights without understanding what they mean in a local context. An independent travel allows you more time and attention to places, people, meanings.

Tour companies want you to think that some places are impossible to visit without them. Most of the time, that’s not true. There’s almost always a bus to get there, people on-site to help you out, a single ticket to buy. And all this much cheaper on the spot.

Our best tip: Even if you’re not an independent traveller at heart, don’t get ripped off online. By booking in your home country, you get prices that can be 3 times the average price on-site. Trust the local companies.

Couchsurfing

It is in general fairly easy to use Couchsurfing anywhere on the South American continent. From our experience, the only exception is Bolivia, where the community is very small.

As a rule of thumb, send your requests about 7-10 days before your arrival – a bit more for touristy places. People from South and Central America are spontaneous folks, so a request that’s earlier than that will probably get a ‘no’, as they don’t want to compromise so long in advance.

Latin Americans are very friendly and always ready to help you. They will treat you as a close friend right from the start, often in a very expressive manner (except in the Andes, where people are colder). They will also welcome you in a space that we would consider too small; or in a situation where we would generally abstain. With this, we mean that you should be ready to sleep eg. on a simple mattress in the living room.

Cost of backpacking in South America

The best way to help you budget your backpacking in South America is to give you a breakdown of our own costs, in 2019.

Bear in mind that we’re hardcore budget travellers. We use Couchsurfing most of the time, otherwise we look for the cheapest accommodation; travel by bus and hitchhike from time to time; speak both Spanish and Portuguese and can barter the prices; walk around cities and look for free events. Having said that, we don’t skip any major attraction.

Backpacking South America budget (per person per month):

• Brazil: 630 € / 700 USD
• Argentina: 215 € / 240 USD
• Bolivia: 400 € / 450 USD
• Chile: 315 € / 350 USD
• Colombia: 240 € / 270 USD
• Peru: 220 € / 250 USD
• Uruguay: 270 € / 300 USD

Our best tips on how to travel in South America on a budget:

• buy ingredients from the markets, cook food and bring it in your lunch box to eat during the day
• try to haggle and negotiate , from food to bus tickets to hostel nights; for this, you’ll need to speak some of the language
• instead of restaurants, eat local food at market canteens and street food
• use Couchsurfing , or camp with your tent
• exchange your hostel nights against a volunteer job or a workshop in your speciality
• hitchhike whenever possible, including to tourist attractions that are only reachable by car; there will be other tourists going there and willing to help you out
• many museum have free entrance once a week; check their website beforehand
• look for free events on the internet; there are more than you think!
• walk instead of taking the public transportation; it’s also the best way to discover a city

And even some tips on how to make money on your South American trip, if you’re not a digital nomad:

• if you know how to dance, juggle or make music , do that on the street; there’s a heavy Argentinian competition though
• sell homemade food on the squares (cake, fruit salad, vegetarian sandwich)
• learn how to make bracelets and sell them; you can even exchange them for food at the market (true story, our Spanish friend Isa did that regularly while backpacking through South America)

Got more tips for fellow backpackers in South America on how to save or make money? Share them in the comments!

South America backpacking routes

How long do i need to backpack south america.

South America is big – have we said that before? We mean that there’s no need to rush and have one large South America itinerary, to see all the main spots in a short period of time. With the cheap flight deals we find nowadays, you’ll have occasions to come back several times. Honestly, a ‘ South America itinerary 2 weeks ‘ is an aberration.

For a 1-2 month South America backpacking trip , consider sticking to one country or region. Eg. Patagonia in Argentina/Chile; the Southeast of Brazil; the Andean countries Bolivia and Peru. Staying in a region will offer continuity in the local culture, allowing you a better understanding thereof. You’ll also remain in the same climate, which can make the packing dilemma considerably easier. And that’s not a detail.

For these reasons, and to reduce your impact on the environment, consider a slow way of travel , one that doesn’t involve flights. Think that you’re on a faraway continent, a new world to you. Who can tell what’s unrolling under the wings of your plane? Who says it’s not worthy of your attention?

We think that 3 months in South America is already a good time. We’ve brainstormed and came up with a few options for backpacking routes in South America, depending on the time you have and on your interests. We’ve chosen them on geographical and cultural criteria.

3-4 month South America backpacking itinerary

Argentina & chile:.

This route will bring to you all the wonders of the most diverse countries on the continent. Stretching from frozen glaciers down sky-high mountains to sandy deserts with geysers and quirky rock formations . From the flat pampas to moody islands and further to perfect surf spots. Also to buzzing metropolises , cosy towns and fascinating villages .

Start your backpacking trip either in Buenos Aires, Argentina, or Santiago, Chile. After spending a few days there, make a loop according to the season; the south reaches freezing temperatures in winter, and the north can be unbearably hot in summer. So calculate well the best time to travel to South America. See the Countries Overview underneath for the places to see on the way.

Andean countries: Bolivia, Peru and Ecuador

This backpacking route will bring you through the most traditional region in South America. Colonial towns and Indigenous villages, but also unique landscapes and a myriad ancient ruins and sacred places . It’s a perfect trip if you’re into history or want to spend time in remote nature; jungle forest , tall waterfalls or wind-swept beaches.

It’s a land of high plateaus, so it’ll be cold all year round, especially in Winter (June to early September); the rainy season can be heavy and block roads in January-March. Mind the altitude: it’s important that you take the 1st couple of days to acclimatise.

You can either start your travels in Quito, Ecuador and go down, or in La Paz, Bolivia and move north. Note that Bolivia is the least developed country among them and Ecuador the most developed, with all comfort and services. See the Countries Overview underneath for the places to see on the way.

the Brazilian coast

With 7,491 km (4,654 miles) of coastline, you’d have a lot to see on a trip down (or up) Brazil. You’d be riding through large modern cities , smaller towns and fishermen’s villages; the jungle in the north and the flat grasslands of the south. Always keeping an eye on the immensity of the Atlantic ocean.

Start in Belém in the north or in Porto Alegre in the South; or the other way round, from the region with the most European roots to the one with major Black ancestry.

Caribbean countries: Venezuela, Colombia and their islands

To feel the warm sun on your skin and meet people who talk easily on the street, head over to the Caribbean. That’s among the most joyful, loud and colourful parts of the continent. This route goes through Colombia, Venezuela and their islands; with extra time and money, maybe you can visit some of the island nations above: Aruba, Curacao, Trinidad & Tobago.

Because the southeastern part belongs to the Amazon rainforest, the best is probably to start in Bogotá or Medellín, Colombia. From there, you should 1st go south to see Cali, Popayán, the Coffee Axis and the Tatacoa desert. Then make your way to the coast and follow along at your own rhythm.

On your way, colonial towns, peaceful beaches , fishermen’s villages, stunning national parks and the tallest waterfall in the world.

Warning: as of December 2019, travelling to Venezuela is strongly inadvisable.

6-month backpacking South America routes

Andean countries extended: Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador and Colombia

To what’s been said in the 3-4 South America travel route already, we’re adding Colombia. The south of the country is high up in the Andes, and is culturally attached to the “Andean countries”.

You’ll need to pack heavy for this route, as it’ll bring you through cold high plateaus –that should be avoided during the rainy season in January-March– and under the hot temperatures of the Caribbean.

Mind the altitude in the Andes: it’s important that you take the 1st couple of days to acclimatise. For this reason, it might be better to start your trip in Colombia and head southward to the highest altitudes. See the Countries Overview underneath for the places to see on the way.

Brazil, editor’s cut

Besides its immense coastline that we’ve discussed in the 3-4 month itineraries, Brazil has a world to offer. Indigenous communities deep inside the rain forest, living side by side with an amazing wildlife. Colonial towns built around the mining industry. Modern cities that are gems for foodies and street art lovers.

We don’t think you can visit Brazil entirely, even in 6 months. The distances are so big, the forest is so thick; the people are so friendly that you will want to stay longer everywhere.

the Southern half: Chile, Argentina, Uruguay and Paraguay

Probably my favourite South America travel itinerary. Let’s add to the 3-4 month Chile/Argentina itinerary two more countries, shall we? Please meet Uruguay and Paraguay. If the former is a very modern and progressive small country, the latter is rather rural and stuffed with forest.

Uruguay is therefore a comfortable, albeit slightly expensive travel destination. Paraguay on the other hand is rather poor; but it offers some precious natural areas, colonial towns and the famous Jesuit ruins lost in the forest. See the Countries Overview underneath for the exact places to see in both.

You could start this backpacking trip through that half of South America in Buenos Aires or Santiago de Chile again. You’ll just do a wider loop, there again minding the seasons and the climates.

For more inspiration, check the map of our own 10-month South America backpacking route

Where to start budget backpacking South America?

This probably depends mainly on where you’ll find a cheap flight to. If you follow our advice and concentrate on one region, you can easily make a loop and leave from where you started.

Long-time travellers should get any best-amazing-discounted-promo flight to Anywhereville, then work up their route from there; if you don’t know where you’ll be at the end of your trip, you can always buy a return ticket one month in advance.

We started our trip in Salvador de Bahía, Brazil, simply because it was the cheapest we found. Actually, the 5 or so cheapest destinations from Europe were in Brazil – go figure. From there, we built our backpacking itinerary in South America with a few weeks in advance. We kept hearing about new places along the way, so our route kept changing. It’s important to be flexible.

Here are the questions you should ask yourself:

• which countries do I definitely want to visit ?

If you want nothing else but Argentina and Colombia, that’s going to be tricky, geographically. But if you’re open-minded, we promise that you can be fascinated by every place.

• are there festivals/celebrations I want to see?

Celebrations in South America are often beautiful, so full of life, music and colours. Plan well in advance if you’re interested in any of them. If you aren’t, then stay away. Towns are full and it becomes really hard to find accommodation; things also get suddenly expensive.

• which weather am I ready to cope with?

Remember that all the South of the continent gets freezing cold in winter (June-August); the North can be intolerably hot at the same time, when it’s summer there; and the rainy season in the Andes can be downright miserable, between January and March.

How do you travel between countries in South America?

As we said before, if you restrict yourself to one region, or if you have unlimited time, there’s no need to take a plane . Taking the bus to go from one place to another will become a routine; one that is usually cheap and doesn’t need booking much in advance.

Crossing a border by bus is not more complicated than that, but it takes time. Add 30 min to 2 hours of red tape to the normal journey. Better even: ask the person you get your bus ticket from, they will know.

What to pack for a backpacking trip in South America

What you need to pack boils down again to what regions you’ll be visiting. We hope this guide has already given you a precise idea of the climate you can expect there. We’re giving you a list of what is either indispensable or goddamn handy to have on your travels in South America.

Now don’t be scared by the quantity, we’re just trying to be comprehensive!

Our tried and tested backpacking South America packing list:

• hiking clothes (technical t-shirt, trousers, boots, fleece)
• thick jacket for Patagonia or the Andes
• rain jacket
• flip flops/sandals, for the beach or indoors
• swimming suit
• a hat or something to protect your head ; sunglasses
• big scarf that can be used also to sit down on

Don’t bring a lot of stuff if you go to Bolivia, Ecuador or Peru because there are beautiful clothes there to buy for cheap. So leave space in your bag.

• your usual responsible traveller kit (foldaway bag, reuse cup, water bottle, water filter, lunch box, cutlery)
• useful phrases and words in Spanish and Portuguese
• a tent if you want to camp
• a sleeping bag even if you don’t camp but want to Couchsurf
• maps.me: very detailed maps that can be downloaded, perfect for nature hikes
• wikiloc: precise hiking trails with descriptions, maps and tips, works offline with a small fee
• VidaLingua: a great language app to get you starting on the lingo

Entertainment, especially good for long-term travels:

• 1 book: you can swap it indefinitely in every hostel or cafe that offers book-swapping
• a pen drive to either load photos or swap films
• playing cards, it’s always a great way to make friends (and extra money?)

A brief overview of South American countries

If your idea of South America comes from 100 Years of Solitude and Jurassic Park , you’re in for a surprise! As a vast continent subject to many influences and to different levels of development, there’s not one but several realities.

Here’s a brief description of each country; a note on what kind of travellers they can attract; and some of the best places to visit in South America.

What to expect:

A colourful country where the north is hot Caribbean beaches, the east is dense rain forest and the south is the cold climate of the high plateaus. Distances are big and roads are in badly need of repair. People are very welcoming but deserted streets and paths can be dangerous.

Perfect for:

1 or 2 months.

Hiking and horse riding in the jungle or in low mountains ; hot days at the beach ; church -hopping in pretty colonial towns and interesting museums ; scuba diving; greasy street food .

On the beaten path:

• Tayrona National Park
• Medellín , the friendly city
• Guatapé, a very colourful village

Off the beaten path:

• the Lost City trek through the jungle
• Tatacoa desert, hot rock formations
• Caño Cristales, the “Rainbow River”

Don’t forget:

“ Don’t give papaya “, meaning don’t flash your belongings at will. Colombia can be risky, so keep your wits about you at all times.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Colombia

A developed country with good roads and infrastructure. A landscape divided in 3 stripes: warm coast, cold Andes, humid rain forest. The Indigenous traditions are mixed with a modern-ish lifestyle. Mind the high altitudes and medium temperatures all year round.

3 to 4 weeks.

Hiking in very different landscapes; unique flora and fauna ; nights out in party places; comfortable stays close to nature and traditions; outdoor activities .

• Quilotoa Loop around a volcano lake
• Galapagos Islands and those crazy blue footed boobies
• Baños , an adrenaline-filled mountain town
• Cuenca, lively colonial town
• Vilcabamba, the hippies’ haven
• Cajas National Park

Your US dollars. That’s Ecuador’s official currency since 2000. But beware: all US coins can be used in Ecuador, but the money coined in Ecuador is of no worth in the USA.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Ecuador

A stark contrast between mass-tourism spots and the underdeveloped rest of the country. Therefore bad off-the-beaten-path infrastructure but not lacking. Strong Indigenous traditions and an active market life. Mind the long travel distances, and the high altitudes with cold temperatures in the Andes and humidity in the Amazon.

1 month or more.

Old ruins and pre-Hispanic civilisations; hiking to very remote nature places; impressive natural landmarks; greasy street food .

• Inca Trail to the Machu Picchu
• Cusco and other sites in the Sacred Valley
• Huaraz , its mountains and lakes
• Kuélap , stunning pre-Inca site
• Colca Canyon
• Choquequirao several-day hike

To always double-check prices. Tourism is big in Peru and sellers, bus drivers and tour operators often want to take advantage of tourists.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Peru

A very poor and cheap country where infrastructure is lacking. There’s a very tangible traditional Indigenous lifestyle and an active market life. The roads are really bad and can make many places secluded or cut-off in the rainy season. Keep in mind the high altitudes with very cold temperatures.

2 to 4 weeks.

Adventure backpack trip in authentic destinations; budget travel ; unique landscapes ; street food .

• Uyuni Salt Flats
• Titicaca Lake and its sacred islands
• Sucre , white colonial town
• the wilderness of Noel Kempff National Park
• Sajama National Park

Your toilet paper. Services are lacking in the country, and paper in public loos is part of it. Also, always have some coins with you, as sellers won’t have the change.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Bolivia

A very developed and expensive country where prices are similar to Europe and North America. Most towns are multicultural, with many expats and high-end locales. A constant informal street market, everywhere. An overly stretched country with very long distances.

Unique landscapes ; comfortable towns with all services; nightlife and culture with interesting museums ; road trips and slow travel and outdoor activities ;  street food .

• Atacama Desert
• Torres del Paine National Park in Patagonia
• Valparaíso , colourful university town
• Chiloé , a rainy archipelago
• cosy Puerto Varas and Volcano Osorno
• Humberstone, an abandoned mining village

Read our complete guide to backpacking Chile

A very European population with high living standards and a vibrant city life. It’s a developed country with very good infrastructure. The people are very friendly and incredibly helpful. Mind the ongoing economical crises that make cheap and changeable prices. A large country with very different climates and long travel distances. It gets very cold when you travel south. If we had to choose the best country in South America, that would be Argentina.

Comfortable holidays or “staycations”; nightlife and culture with interesting museums ; outdoor activities ; budget travel and hitchhiking; road trips ; very diverse and equally stunning landscapes ; foodies and vegetarian travellers.

• Buenos Aires
• Patagonia, from the ‘ Lake District ‘ to Perito Moreno glacier
• Iguazú Falls
• Mount Aconcagua Provincial Park
• wines and fun in Mendoza
• Córdoba’s mountains

Argentinian Spanish is rather special; even if you’ve learnt Spanish, you might feel somewhat stranded at first.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Argentina

A poor and very rural country where the Gaucho traditions are still very strong. Expect cowboys working in ranches and drinking cold mate (“ tereré “) all day, that sort of things. Asunción is among the oldest capitals on the continent and still retains, at least in part, some colonial charm.

2 or 3 weeks.

Off the beaten path travels; rural stays; remote nature and wildlife encounters; budget travel ; slow travel ; cheap shopping.

• Jesuit ruins
• Ybycuí National Park
• Asunción, the capital
• Gran Chaco, dense forest and plains
• Encarnación, a pretty town
• Outdoor fun at Eco Reserva Mbatoví

Our complete guide to backpacking Paraguay is coming soon!

A very European population with high living standards and vibrant city life in Montevideo, the capital. A developed country with very good infrastructure. The people are very friendly and helpful. You’ll enjoy the progressive politics and mentalities.

Comfortable holidays or “staycations”; slow travel ; rural stays; urban culture; vegetarian travellers; LGBT travellers.

• Montevideo , the capital
• Punta del Diablo and Santa Teresa National Park
• Colonia del Sacramento , small colonial town
• Cabo Polonio, secluded hippy spot
• Tacuarembó, the gaucho land
• San Gregorio de Polanco

Uruguayan traditions are very similar to those of Argentina; but you don’t want to mess around telling them that tango was born in Buenos Aires!

Our complete guide to backpacking Uruguay is coming soon!

A huuuge, diverse and colourful country with the rain forest, innumerable beaches but no real mountain range. Always lots of life on the street and friendly, welcoming people. The population is very mixed, but with a latent racism and sexism. It’s a rich, economically developed country, with good infrastructure and prices are medium. Mind the very long travel distances.

2 months, or focus your trip on one region.

Very remote nature experiences ; road trips ; church-hopping in colonial towns ; hot days at the beach ; nightlife and culture with interesting museums ; comfortable towns with all services; outdoor activities.

• Rio de Janeiro and the Pão de Açúcar
• outdoor activities on the island of Florianópolis
• the Amazon rain forest
• Salvador de Bahía

The language of Brazil is Portuguese, not Spanish; it’s a Portuguese that’s very different from the one spoken in Portugal.

Read our complete guide to backpacking Brazil

A poor country with a few major towns and many natural treasures, among the tallest waterfall in the world. Among the best hikes in South America. A lively culture with lots of street food and talkative people. Caribbean beaches and islands. A large but risky rain forest area that’s home to the guerrillas.

Off the beaten track travels; budget travels ; hiking and horse riding in wonderful nature ; hot days at the beach ; boat touring , water sports and outdoor activities ; street food .

• Salto del Angel waterfalls
• Los Roques Archipelago
• Medanos de Coro desert
• Mochima National Park
• Mount Roraima
• Caracas, the capital metropolis

It’s really not safe to travel to Venezuela right now; you should avoid it when you backpack in South America.

Our complete guide to backpacking Venezuela is coming… as soon as the situation settles down!

Eco backpacking travels in South America

Please remember that such a beautiful trip is a one-time opportunity to be a responsible traveller – and make your contribution to responsible tourism on the continent.

It’s important to be respectful of the people you meet, even if their culture is different from yours; even when they stare at you because you look different. Many people will be happy to have their photo taken, but please ask them first.

Bartering prices can be fun, but don’t haggle forcefully . Each object has its fair price; and that takes into account both what you can afford and what the seller needs to make a living.

When you travel South America, take the time to understand the reality of a place. It doesn’t mean you should live 6 months in a region; a few hours may be enough. Just don’t rush it. Ask questions. Listen. You’re here to learn and grow.

Please, pretty please, avoid attractions that are ethically wrong . Because an attraction is advertised, even if it’s a popular thrill, it doesn’t mean it’s right.

The plague that is plastic

Now, we really want to focus on this. It’s not much more difficult to avoid plastic on your travels than it is at home. What you need is preparation and consistency. You just need to be ready with your own foldaway bags , your  own reusable cup  for takeaway drinks, your  own cutlery  for the food.

And If you don’t have a  travel bottle  yet, you should really get one. One that isn’t in plastic because, once again, plastic is  not good for you .

Please check again  our eco travels tips for responsible tourism

Are you planning a budget backpacking trip through South America? Do you have any questions we’re not answering here? Feel free to tell us in the comments!

Like it? Pin it!

Don’t miss any of our budget travel guides!

First Name:

Email address:

Not sure whether you want us in your mailbox? Read here what it means to subscribe.

By joining, you agree to share your email address with us (and Mailchimp) to receive emails from Green Mochila. You can unsubscribe at any time from any of our emails.

Share this post on:

Anthony fell in love with the world, and more particularly with South America. He wants to offer inspirational guides to the curious backpacker, travel stories to the online generation, and incentives for a more responsible and greener way-of-travel for everyone.

You could also like this:

Why South America is Ideal for Digital Nomads

🇧🇴 [Itinerary] 2 or 3 Weeks in Bolivia

🇨🇱 [Itinerary] 2 or 3 Weeks in Chile

Which of These Types of Travellers Are You?

20 comments.

What a wonderful and informative post. I would love to visit South America, but I probably won’t have months of time to travel around. You gave me a brief idea of what to expect where and now I will have even more problems deciding where should I go first. Haha. Thanks for sharing all that.

This guide is here to open up a world of possibilities. Hopefully it inspired you to go traveling in South America. Thank you for your visit!

Woah, this is fantastically comprehensive!

Wow! Such a detailed guide

Thanks for sharing. Will save this for future when we plan for South America

So far I just have been to Colombia in South America but ready to explre more. Even I am not exactly backpacker while traveling with backpack mostly, I find your information useful and inspiring. If talking about Colombia, the roads I traveled were in good condition except of being quite narrow in mountains. Also I felt safe in all places I visited. Thanks for sharing.

We’re glad you felt safe, Anita. We feel it’s important to remind those who travel to South America about the safety in Colombia. Thanks for your visit!

I would love to visit more of South America. I’ve only been to Ecuador briefly and hope to see not only more of that beautiful country, but also others as well. Even though I probably won’t be backpacking, you are giving me some great tips with this post. And I couldn’t agree more with the advice to learn some Spanish. While some people did speak English in both Quito and Galapagos islands, majority I encountered didn’t. My Spanish, even though basic, did come in handy.

That’s a great feedback, Aga: even basic Spanish will help on South America travels. Thanks for your visit!

Great guide! I went to Colombia for three months this year and had the best time. I am traveling to Argentina in a couple weeks time and your post made me super excited for my upcoming trip.

You will love Argentina, Marika! At least, we did, haha. If you haven’t seen it yet, we have a guide specifically for Argentina , check it out!

This is not only detailed, but also a super-organized post! As I continue to learn more about South America, I am struck by how much you must have grown during your time there. Thank you for sharing so much information, and for your great writing.

Thank you for your kind words, Kevin. Travels tend to have that effect indeed, and our South America trip will always remain a very dear memory to us.

Wow what a post. This is epic, you put so much effort into it. I admit I learned so much from it. And want to go to Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia more than ever. Great guide Anthony.

Thanks a lot, John. Now thinking of renaming the post “Epic Backpacking across South America”. Those Andean countries are a great choice – you would love Lake Titicaca.

Excellent post – one of the best I have read. It is clear, well structured and insightful. I love the concise overview with the links to more detail and all the practical advice you give. If I am honest my days of hitching and couch surfing are done, but the information here is easily transferable to other kinds of travelling. Thank you.

True Jane, not everything here is about backpacking South America solo. We want to help whoever is travelling in South America. Thank you so much for your kind words!

Yes, I find all the answers in your blog about backpacking about south america. This article helps me a lot. If I said honestly this article made my day. Thanks for everything.

That’s very nice to hear, thank you for your words Katherine! Hope you enjoy your trip to South America.

I am planning to go for an extended tour of South America with my family. That’s why I am trying to get some information so I can make a proper plan. I read your blog and note all the important points because it’s helping me when I go to South America. Thanks for sharing with us all the answers as a tourist looking for before travel.

Glad you could find all the info for your South America travel plan, Joe. Enjoy your trip with your family!

Leave A Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

South America Backpacking Routes: Seven Itineraries for Two Weeks to One Month

By Author Mikha Zeffertt

Posted on Last updated: 6th October 2023

South America is a truly unique travel experience, with myriad landscapes and cultures. Many new South American travellers become intimidated by how much there is to do and how little of it is familiar.

Don’t worry, once you get going, you’ll quickly fall in love with the towering mountains, long beaches, lush forests, old towns and much older ruins. Top it off with friendly people, new foods, a little craziness, and you are bound to have a great time.

When I first landed in the continent, I knew absolutely nothing about traveling here and realised I should have planned where to travel in South America, so I drew a map of the continent and started plotting potential routes. 

I’ve laid out the best South America backpacking routes for you to get the most out of the time you have.

Whether you have two weeks or a month in South America, a shoestring budget or a lavish lifestyle, one of these routes will get you started with your trip ideas and help you discover all that South America has to offer.

Before you dive in, it’s also worth checking out our article about what to pack for South America – a guide written after seven years of exploring the continent – as well as work out which are the best countries in South America to visit for the different interests you have , whether those are hiking, archeological sites, football or wine.

Click to navigate this article:

What should you consider before planning your South America backpacking route?

• Budget : ‘How much can you spend traveling in South America’ and ‘how much should you spend traveling in South America’ are two very different questions, and both are important. Traveling South America cheaply is possible; the cost of backpacking here is far cheaper than in most other parts of the world and it’s relatively easy to stick to a budget of $50 USD per day. My main tip would be to have a budget so that you don’t overspend but also avoid keeping the purse strings so tight that you miss out on amazing experiences. Identify what is important to you and set aside part of your budget for it before you start. 
• Where you will land: This is not only important for the route you pick but also relevant when looking at flight costs and visa restrictions. Hubs such as Lima, Santiago, São Paulo and Bogota generally have the cheapest connections with countries outside of South America, as well as plenty of direct flights between these and other parts of the continent.

Argentina economy update

The Argentine economy is a huge mess at the moment, with inflation expected to hit 200% this year. Using Argentine pesos can therefore be a nightmare – and mean you lose a lot of money. The blue dollar (an unofficial exchange rate that gives you a better conversion than the official rate) is around, but if you want to avoid carrying lots of cash, you can now pay using your credit card and get an exchange rate similar to the blue dollar rate. You must choose to pay in Argentine pesos (not USD!) to secure this rate.

Both Mastercard and Visa give you what is called the MEP rate, which is almost as good as the blue dollar rate. Mastercard will charge you the official rate but refund you the money a few days later; Visa will charge you the MEP rate from the beginning.

If you do want to have some Argentine pesos for paying in cash (which I highly recommend as you will need them for some restaurants and attractions), it’s best to use Western Union, whereby you send cash to yourself using the Western Union app and then withdraw it in Argentine pesos from one of their branches in Argentina. Bear in mind, those in El Calafate and Ushuaia can run dry of notes, so it can be easiest to do this in Buenos Aires.

Additionally, you can bring USD (unmarked and untorn hundred dollar bills), which you can exchange at “cuevas” (unofficial exchange houses). These will be able to give you the blue dollar rate and any hotel owner will be able to tell you where your nearest one is. Souvenir shops in most parts of the country will be able to give you pesos in exchange for dollar bills – although they might not give you the best rate.

Avoid cash machines. Currently, the maximum withdrawal is the equivalent of $15 USD in Argentine pesos and it will cost you $10 USD in fees.

• The best time to go to South America: Remember to also think about the seasons; the best time to go to South America really depends on exactly where you’re heading. The northern countries are usually best visited in the dry season (May to September) and the southern countries in summer (October to April). Read our article for more detailed information about the best time to visit South America .
• What do you want to do: Do you want to do a five-day hike in Patagonia , learn to surf in Peru , walk the streets of Buenos Aires or dance salsa in Cartagena ? Remember to consider what is important to you to see or do, not only how much time and money you have.
• Is it dangerous to backpack in South America? No, it’s not. Travelling to South America – or any part of the world in fact – requires pre-planning and thought, so you know how to get from A to B safely and without issue. Learning Spanish before you go is helpful but not essential; what you’ll find is that many travellers follow similar South America travel routes, so you’ll quickly find and make plenty of new friends along the way.
• The best itinerary for South America: Ultimately, there is no best itinerary. What matters is that you spend your time and your money seeing destinations and having experiences that will last you a lifetime. All of the South America backpacking routes and places to visit outlined in this post have been tried and tested by myself and other backpackers, so it’s really a choice of deciding which one most appeals to your imagination.  

Planning Your Trip to South America?

Save time, stress & money with a customized travel itinerary planned for you by a South America expert

What previous clients have said:

Steph’s itinerary exceeded all expectations. She provided off-the-beaten-path hikes, great restaurants and accommodations, and very helpful local contacts. Due to the weather, we had to deviate from our original plan, however, Steph quickly responded to our email during the trip with further recommendations. Her service took all the guesswork out of planning our vacation and led to the most fun and unforgettable trip we have ever had!

Ten days in South America

Very short trips to South America can be difficult. Cities and tourist attractions are far apart and fast travel (aka flying) is expensive. Good planning will help you make the most of it. 

I’ve laid out one itinerary below, but you can also get inspired by the two-week itineraries for Peru and Colombia, as these can easily be adapted to a shorter duration.

Ten Days in Brazil

Brazil is huge, but this ironically, makes it a great destination for a short South American trip – let’s face it: you would never be able to see it all anyway!

This ten-day Brazil itinerary will give you a taste of the fun, flare and beauty of this vast and extraordinary country.

Days One to Three: Start your trip in Rio de Janeiro , a city that is an absolute must-see on any Brazil trip. There is so much to do here that you will need to plan your activities in advance.

Definitely set aside some time to sun yourself on the beaches of Copacabana, Ipanema or Leblon. Hike or train up to the Christ the Redeemer statue for panoramic views of the hilly city and the glittering Atlantic Ocean below.

Inside the city itself, Santa Theresa is a great artistic neighbourhood to explore and Lapa is the area to experience the nightlife of Rio.

Days Four to Six: Next, take a four-hour bus to Paraty , a colonial coastal city with a laid-back atmosphere and plenty of islands only a day trip away. The old city is a UNESCO World Heritage site and is also popular amongst Brazilian holidaymakers.

You’ll have no problem keeping yourself busy thanks to the rage of gorgeous streets, nearby waterfalls, fine restaurants and interesting boat trips.

Days Seven and Eight: Head south to Florianopolis for some relaxation. You can either take an overnight bus from Paraty or take the bus to Sao Paulo and fly from there. Once you arrive, don’t stay in Florianopolis City; instead, head straight to the island to enjoy its clean and stunning beaches.

You can easily use public transport or rent a car to explore them and the equally striking corners of this gorgeous island.

Days Nine and Ten: Your last stop is Foz do Iguacu (Iguazú Falls), an overnight bus journey from Florianopolis. Another must-see, these falls are a wonder of the natural world and are jaw-droppingly powerful.

On the border with Argentina, they can be viewed from both sides but the Brazilian side is famous for panoramic views of the entire waterfall complex, with various pathways allowing you to catch sight of all 275 falls.

The bottom line: Brazil is too vast to see on any trip that doesn’t span months, but this itinerary gives you a good snapshot of what this beautiful country has to offer.

Two weeks in South America Itinerary

While two weeks is not a lot of time for traveling in a continent as huge as South America, with some forward-thinking, you can still see a lot.

Top tip: Pick one country to explore rather than spread your time too thin. Peru and Colombia are both great places to explore in short periods of time because both are jam-packed with compelling attractions, all of which aren’t very far away from each other.

Two-week Peru Itinerary

Peru is one of the most intriguing countries to travel to in South America – it’s no surprise that it makes most travellers’ bucket lists. Between beautiful cities, fantastic food, awe-inspiring Inca ruins, and rich indigenous culture, you are bound to fall in love. 

For a short trip to South America, this is definitely one of the most rewarding destinations as there are so many things to do here in Peru – in what is actually a relatively small country.

What’s more, Peru has a little for everyone: everything from culture, fine dining, ancient history and jaw-dropping scenery (not to mention, the hiking in Peru is up there with some of the best treks in the world!)

Top tip: It’s best to plan your trip in the dry season, which is May through September. This time of year is peak season in Peru but guarantees sunny days that won’t interfere with your plans.

Days One and Two: Start in Lima , the vibrant capital of Peru. Spend some time exploring the boardwalk in fancy Miraflores , the old colonial buildings in the old city centre, and the street art scene of Barranco . If you’re not on a budget, Lima is home to three of the world’s best restaurants: Cent r al , Maido and Astrid y Gastón , where you’ll modern and innovative takes on typical Peruvian dishes .

If you’re counting the pennies, try ceviche (a local dish of raw fish, lime and chilli) in Barranco and chifa (Peruvian Chinese food) anywhere.

Days Three to Five: From there, fly to Cusco , the oldest continuously inhabited city in the world. It can get pretty crowded with tourists but is definitely worth it.

Spend a day or two in a city whose history is everywhere you look thanks to the Inca (who built it) and the Spanish (who colonized it). Free walking tours are great for budgets, while souvenir shopping is not so much. 

For accommodation tips, read our guide to where to stay in Cusco.

Days Six to Eight: Once you’ve acclimatized to the altitude, take a tour of the Sacred Valley , and, of course, visit Machu Picchu . The most efficient way to see the ancient Incan citadel is to take the train: it might be expensive, but it’s the fastest option for a short trip. You can stay overnight the Sacred Valley at one of its many hotels and guesthouses , too.

Alternatively, sign up for a two-day bus tour with an agency in Cusco or add an extra day to your itinerary and take an Inca trail hiking tour instead. 

Days Nine and Ten: Take a spectacular train ride from Cusco to Puno on the shores of Lake Titicaca . Spend a day visiting the Uros floating reed islands or kayaking on what is the highest freshwater lake in the world.

Days Eleven and Twelve: Catch a bus to Arequipa , a beautiful city nestled below El Misti Volcano. Arequipa’s dazzling white and historical centre is another of Peru’s UNESCO World Heritage sites.

Days Twelve and Thirteen: Bus north up the Pacific coast to Nazca , where you can fly over the famous Nazca Lines and get back to Lima by bus in the afternoon. If you’re on a tight budget, it might be better to spend a few more days in Cusco and the surrounding areas, instead.

Day Fourteen: Get ready for the journey home and have one last plate of ceviche and a pisco sour to bid farewell to your trip South America backpacking trip. 

Adapting this itinerary: If you want to make this a shorter trip, cut out Puno and Nazca, and instead head from Cusco to Arequipa and then fly back to Lima. For more details, check out our guides to visiting Machu Picchu (and the Inca Trail ), the Sacred Valley , and all things Peru . Alternatively, extend this trip with a 31-day immersive Spanish language class , which includes accommodation, the Inca Jungle trek to Machu Picchu, visits to the Sacred Valley and Lake Titicaca, plus 80 hours of small-group Spanish language classes across four and a half weeks. Use the promo code WorldlyAdventurer to get a 5% discount!

Two weeks in Colombia

Colombia is one of the best backpacking spots around. It’s cheap, beautiful and Colombians are largely extremely welcoming and friendly.

It’s up to you whether you prioritise nightlife, beaches or history but, whatever you choose, Colombia is a fantastic destination. Before you go, read our guide to the best time to travel to Colombia .

Day 1-4: Start in Bogotá . Colombia’s capital is a diverse, vibrant city filled with bright colours and a dark history. Explore the street art, old buildings, great coffee, and surprising array of brilliant restaurants in Bogota , while the world-class Museo del Oro (Gold Museum) can’t be missed.

If you like to party, Bogotá boasts some of the best nightclubs in South America and day trips should hinge around Villa de Leyva, a beautiful colonial village, as well as the Salt Cathedral in Zipaquirá .

Alternatively, book yourself onto an incredible tour flying out of Bogotá to San Vicente Del Caguán visiting a part of southern Colombia that was, until recently, inaccessible for travel because of the armed conflict.

Truly adventurous travellers can join the three-day Rafting For Peace tour , where you take on the rapids of the Río Pato alongside ex-FARC militants who’ve found rafting a credible means of bringing peace to the region. Founder Steph did this and it was a truly perception-changing experience; read more in this article she wrote for CNN.

Support sustainable, responsible tourism in Colombia – and learn a tonne about the country’s chequered history along the way- by booking the Rafting for Peace tour with IMPULSE Travel Colombia and get a 5% discount by using the code WORLDLY5 at checkout.

Days Five and Six: Fly to Pereira or Armenia where you can either stay in the colourful town of Salento or in a hacienda in one of the surrounding coffee plantations.

Be sure to do a coffee tour and to play the local game of tejo , a fun traditional game that involves throwing disks at a target, with the bull’s eye being a tiny packet of gunpowder. It’s great fun.

Spend a day hiking in Valle de Cocora National Par k , where you can see wax palms towering up to 60 metres above your head.

Days Seven to Nine: Fly to Medellin , a city famous for its tragic past of gangsters and cocaine. While it was once one of the most dangerous in the world, Medellin is now an innovative modern city, where the weather always feels like spring.

Explore the beautiful parks and some great museums, such as the interactive science museum, Parque Explora .

Read our guide to where to stay in Medellin for further inspiration for visiting the city.

Days Ten to Fourteen: Fly up to Cartagena . The Caribbean city of Cartagena de Indias was declared a UNESCO World Heritage site for its incredible colonial old quarter.

You can spend days wandering the picturesque cobbled streets and flowering bougainvillaea. There is a lot of music and food on these busy streets, or you can take a unique tour to learn about the hidden history of Cartagena on a sustainable weaving tour with indigenous Zenú guides .

There are also several beaches and islands nearby that can be visited for a night or just a day trip from the city . We’ve also written all about our favorite places to stay in Cartagena to help you plan your time there.

Adapting this itinerary: If you haven’t had enough, or had a different trip in mind, check out what to do on the Caribbean coast in our one-month Colombia itinerary further down or explore this guide to the best places to visit in Colombia .

Two weeks in Chile

Chile is another rewarding destination to spend a two-week vacation in South America.

While it’s certainly one of the more expensive destinations on the continent, its diverse landscapes and reliable network of flights and buses make it a perfect place for a short South America trip.

And, despite protests back in 2019 and 2020, Chile is a safe and welcoming place to visit .

Days One to Three: Fly into Santiago , the Chilean capital city and spend a day exploring its wealth of museums about historic pre-Colombian cultures, sipping on delicious Chilean wine and getting to grips with the city’s thriving gastronomic scene in award-winning Boragó or Restaurant 040 .

Take a bus out east to the quirky, street-art daubed streets of Valparaíso , a bohemian university city cascading over a coastal hill. Take a free walking tour or graffiti tour and spend an afternoon appreciating the views from Nobel Prize-winning poet Pablo Neruda’s former residence.

Days Four to Six: Return to Santiago and take a plane six hours west across the Pacific Ocean to the fabled volcanic island, Easter Island .

Here, you can hire a car or take tours out to see the stoic moai statues that line the shore, each representing the ancestors of the local Rapanui people, as well as see the quarry from which each and every last one was carved.

Catch a performance of Polynesian traditional dance in the main town, Hanga Roa , hike around the north-western coastline to see ruins that receive few – if any – visitors or kick back on the white sands of Anakena , a tropical beach in the island’s far north.

Stay overnight in one of Easter island’s comfortable hotels, guesthouses or campgrounds .

Days Seven to Nine: Fly back to Santiago and take an overnight bus to Pucón , southern Chile’s adventure capital. Trek up the rock-strewn and snow-dusted slopes of Volcán Villarrica before easing yourself into the hot thermal springs that dot the surrounding area.

Spend a day in nearby Parque Nacional Huerquehue for glorious views of lakes and gushing waterfalls.

Days Ten to Fourteen: Hop on an overnight bus and wake up the next morning in the bustling capital of the Chiloé archipelago, Castro . Catch the city’s houses on stilts – palafitos – in the early morning light for striking photographs.

Afterwards, take rattling, old public buses between the brightly painted churches of Tenaún, Chonchi and Dalcahue and join the locals for a steaming bowl of curanto (seafood stew) in the latter’s market.

Want a custom-made Chile itinerary, but without the effort of planning it?

Get it planned by an expert (me!) with my travel itinerary planning service ; you’ll give me an overview of your ideal once-in-a-lifetime trip to Chile and/or Patagonia, and I’ll put together a custom itinerary just for you using my expert knowledge of the destination.

Alternatively, if you’re looking for a local operator to plan and book your trip, I recommend our trusted partner EcoChile Travel. They design and book tours throughout the country, such as this 12-day highlights of Southern Patagonia itinerary – and offer Worldly Adventurer readers a 5% discount on their services!

Book here to claim your discount.

Take the bus out to Parque Nacional Chiloé to hike in lush temperate rainforest and admire the island’s most startlingly empty beaches and follow the path to the Muelle de las Almas for a photograph at a cliffside side pier where you can hear the howls of the dead echo through the air.

Return to Castro and fly back to Santiago .

How to adapt this itinerary: We’ve written more about Chile and how to explore this country – with plenty of alternative suggestions – in this two-week Chile itinerary and you can find itineraries to suit your budget and travel style in my brand new guidebook, Moon Chile . For the best accommodation along the way, read this guide to the best hotels in Chile .

One-month South America Backpacking Routes

My recommendation for a one-month South America itinerary is to not try and fit too much in. You don’t want to burn yourself out by trying to cram everything in, but also you need a little wiggle room for the inevitable late bus or great location that throws off your schedule.

Leave yourself a few days unplanned to use when you need a day off or you just can’t resist spending one more day somewhere.

One-month South America travel itinerary: Peru, Northern Chile and Bolivia

This is a perfect trip for seeing some of the greatest highlights of South America. This backpacking route will take you through the most beautiful and historic sites on the continent.

However, be aware that if you’re looking for a super low-budget trip, this isn’t it. Between the tickets to Machu Picchu and the many tours you will want to do in Bolivia and Chile, this is for someone who’s seeking an action-packed trip and is happy to pay for more expensive tours and transport options.

Start your trip flying into Lima , the capital of Peru. It’s both busy and huge, and possibly a little intimidating, but it’s a good introduction to traveling in South America!

Walk the beachfront of Miraflores at sunset, explore the trendy Barranco neighbourhood, and be sure to eat some ceviche, local dish of raw fish, lime and chilli.

It is also worth visiting the Larco Museum to get a better understanding of Peruvian history, the beautiful 18th-century villa houses a large collection showing 5 000 years of pre-Columbian art.

From there, fly or bus it overnight to Arequipa . This beautiful colonial-style city is a UNESCO World Heritage site that sits beneath a volcano. Be sure to do a city walking tour (free, except you will have to tip your guide) to see its detailed, baroque architecture carved from white volcanic stone.

Explore what the city has to offer with our comprehensive guide to what to do in Arequipa and find a comfortable place to stay with our guide to accommodation in the city .

From here you can also take a two- or three-day trip to hike Colca Canyon , the second deepest canyon in the world.

Your next stop is San Pedro de Atacama , Chile. Take the morning bus from Arequipa to Tacna, cross over the border to Arica in Chile and then the overnight bus that brings you the next morning to this small desert town on the Chilean-Bolivian border.

While this place is a tourist trap of note, it’s worth visiting because it is the base for a plethora of surrounding activities. My favourites were Valle de la Luna , a truly surreal sand valley of salt and cliffs, and the stargazing tours .

You cannot understand how expansive the universe is until you see a desert night sky with absolutely no light pollution, allowing crystal clear skies with the Milky Way branching above you. 

None of the tours are cheap and tour agencies will do their best to overcharge, but you can often negotiate better prices if you are in a group or booking multiple tours with one company, and it’s advisable to ask for more than one place for a quote.

Make friends in your hostel and see who’s found a good deal or is interested in the same tours you are.

San Pedro de Atacama is also the departure point for the three-day trip to the Salar de Uyuni , the picture-perfect salt flats that lie just on the other side of the border in Bolivia.

You can do a one- to four-day tour from Uyuni in Bolivia, but why not use it as a way to travel to Bolivia rather than starting and ending in the same place? 

From San Pedro de Atacama, it’s a three-day tour across the border and through the blinding white plateau of the Bolivian salt flats , an experience that is definitely worth it but is far from a luxury travel experience.

The trip is entirely done in a cramped SUV-type vehicle that would have done the trip many times before you arrived and the accommodation is basic. However, the landscapes, lakes and hot springs are some of the most beautiful scenery I have seen anywhere in the world and this experience should not be skipped.

Once you make it to Salar de Uyuni , your tour will give you a day to enjoy the expansive salt flats and then take you to Uyuni before dark. Spend the night in Uyuni, get warm, have a good shower and then a bus to Sucre the next day.

This will be probably one of the worst bus rides of your life – I don’t want to lie to you, as Bolivian buses largely suck. Almost all the buses are old, with no heating, and uncomfortable seats.

Couple these with the narrow, winding rows of the Bolivian Andes, and you get quite a combination. Wear warm clothes and try not to sit at the front.

Bolivia’s capital Sucre is a colonial city with great markets and a range of cool things to do. Try and find the hilarious zebras of the zebra crossings: volunteers who dress up as zebras to direct pedestrians across the busier streets.

There is also a two-day hike to the Maragua Crater , where you can see the geological formations that formed around Sucre, including some truly fascinating fossilized dinosaur footprints that were exposed by an earthquake. 

If you aren’t interested in the hike but want to see fossils, head over to Park Cretácico , a dinosaur museum just on the outskirts of Sucre that offers tours to the base of an entire wall of hundreds of dinosaur footprints, which was discovered accidentally in still-functioning quarry.

From Sucre, you can either fly or take the bus to La Paz . The capital of Bolivia, La Paz is the highest capital city in the world, sitting at 3,640m above sea level. Don’t underestimate this altitude: it will knock the wind out of you, so take it slow.

Explore the Witches Market, take a whirl at bicycling down the infamous Death Road, or just explore the endless street markets and try my favourite, api morada , a spiced purple corn drink that is drunk warm for breakfast.

Next stop is Lake Titicaca , the highest freshwater lake in the world. Copacabana is a small town on its shores and is famous for being a Catholic pilgrimage site. While the town is a bit of a tourist trap, the glittering blue lake and the expansive sunsets are definitely worth a visit.

Spend a day or two on the Isla del Sol , believed by the Incans to be the birthplace of the sun. This tranquil island has a walking path that crosses the length of it and is dotted with ruins and fishing villages.

It is now time to return to Peru. Take a tourist bus from Copacabana to Cusco . You can stop along the way in Puno on the Peruvian side of Lake Titicaca to see the floating reed villages of the Uros people.

There is also an option to take a cultural bus tour from Puno where you can learn some Peruvian history and see some pre-Incan sites along the way.

There are a few companies offering the service but Inca Express are what we’d recommend.

You should be acclimated by the time you make it to Cusco , the oldest continuously inhabited city in the world. Spend a day or two here exploring the cobblestone streets and local Inca sites, like Sacsayhuaman .

Free walking tours are great for budgets, and it is a fantastic place for some souvenir shopping, but watch out for inflated tourist prices.

Cusco was once the capital of the Incan Empire and a large centre during Spanish colonial rule. The city has retained archaeological and architectural elements from its complex history, meaning there is so much to explore.

Be careful to leave enough time at the end of your trip to really enjoy it. You could very easily spend a week here and still have things to do every day.

When you have soaked up Cusco, head out on a tour of the Sacred Valley or stay over in Ollantaytambo . Home to a massive Incan fortress, it’s a great base for exploring the most unmissable sights and attractions in the Sacred Valley .

This itinerary sees you saving the best for last – the purpose for most people’s trips: Machu Picchu . The most efficient way to get to the ancient Incan citadel is to take the train.

While expensive, this method will save you a lot of time as the alternative involves multiple busses and a long walk; alternatively, consider hiking the four-day, famed Inca highway, the Inca Trail instead.

Have a day exploring the ruins and then either spend the night in the nearby town of Aguas Calientes or head back to Cusco.

The bus back to Lima is a long one, so if you can afford the flight back I would recommend it. 

The bottom line: And then that’s it! It’s a lot to fit into a month but you’ll really have covered some ground and made the most of your trip thanks to this one-month South America backpacking route.

One-month South America travel itinerary: Colombia

If I had one month to travel in South America, I would choose to spend it in Colombia. It is fun, beautiful and rich in history. This trip will show you the sights and leave a lot of room for enjoying the culture of this colourful country.

Seriously: Colombia should be on every backpacker’s South America wish list!

The two-week Colombia itinerary above can easily be extended to become one month in the country. Once you have completed this two-week route and ended up in Cartagena, spend the extra two weeks on the Caribbean coast .

The northern coast is the beautiful, picture-perfect shoreline of your beach holiday dreams. As you head east along the coast the distances between towns are small and easily crossed by local bus.

Now you’ve explored central Colombia and made it to Cartagena, you have a number of options of where to go next. If some relaxation is what you are after, consider visiting the San Bernardo islands (or one of the other attractions that are a day trip from Cartagena ).

Located only an hour’s boat ride from the mainland, this island is also home to the marvellous Casa En El Agua, an eco-hostel built as an island in a national park.

Otherwise there’s Isla Fuerte , once a hiding place for pirates and drug smugglers, which is now filled with a sleepy village, many donkeys and great open-air bars.

If relaxation doesn’t strike the right tone for you, instead, from Cartegena head east up the coast to Santa Marta for some scuba diving and to use it as a base for visiting the surrounding areas.

Just down the road is the world-famous Tayrona National Park , a gorgeous protected area where the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta mountains meet the coast. Palm-covered coves, thick rainforest, lagoons and white sand beaches support rich biodiversity. You can hike, swim and even stay overnight in this expansive park.

If the Caribbean heat is getting to you, take a jeep from Santa Marta to the cooler climate of Minca , a jungle mountain village with some incredible hostels and waterfall hikes.

Your next stop should be Palomino , a beachfront town of cocktails and relaxation. You can tube down the river and swim offshore from long, sandy beaches. 

Continue on towards the desert in the North Eastern corner of Colombia. A great stop along the way is Los Flamencos Natural Reserve to see flamingos and other bird life. The last destination is Cabo de la Vela , a beach town where it almost never rains – it is in the desert after all.

Learn how to kitesurf and dine on the local langostino , a type of crayfish. Take a day trip up to Punta Gallinas , the northern tip of South America, and see the beautiful dunes of northern coast.

From there, bus back to Santa Marta and fly back to Bogota to catch your flight home. 

The bottom line: This varied backpacking travel itinerary is for someone looking for a rich combination of history, beaches – and plenty of fun!

One month in Patagonia

We’re obsessed with Patagonia on this website, and we’ve got plenty of itinerary ideas to sink your teeth into.

Fly from Santiago south to Puerto Montt , where you can pick up a hire car (get the low-down on driving in Patagonia before you do).

Drive south down Carretera Austral , South America’s finest road trip and stop to hike and admire the landscapes of lush, temperate rainforest, steaming volcanoes and pristine fjords.

Spend a few days trekking and relaxing in hot springs in Parque Nacional Pumalín before driving southeast to Futaleufú to experience the best white-water rafting in South America.

Continue the drive south via Puyuhuapi , to see the truly remarkable Queulat Hanging Glacier , and then on to Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo , for a day or even four-day traverse through one of Patagonia’s newest national parks.

Covid-19 update: You MUST make a reservation in order to visit Parque Nacional Queulat where the Queulat Hanging Glacier is located. You can do this on this website , but you will need to pay in cash (bring small notes) upon arrival. You can only enter the park between 9:00am and 14:30pm (you can stay within the park until 16.30pm) and you must bring your reservation code on your phone or printed off to show at the park entrance.

Continue on your way south, cruising along this southern highway to reach Puerto Río Tranquilo where you can take a speedboat or paddle a kayak out to the candy-cane marble caves .

Spend an extra day either ice trekking on the Exploradores Glacier or – if your budget is big enough – taking a day cruise out to the Glaciar San Rafael .

Do a loop of the mesmerizingly blue waters of Lago General Carrera , stopping at Chile Chico to visit the northern sector of Parque Nacional Patagonia , Sector Jeinimeni, for shorts hikes and outstanding scenery, before taking the boat north across the lake and return your car to Balmaceda airport.

Fly from Balmaceda to Punta Arenas and take the bus north to Puerto Natales , where you can organize your equipment and food for the four- or five-day W trek (or, if you’ve got more time, the 10-day circuit ) in Parque Nacional Torres del Paine .

If you’ve got more time, board the 32-hour TABSA ferry from Punta Arenas to Puerto Williams , the world’s southernmost settlement ($151,110 CLP ($196 USD).

It sails through the Beagle Channel and its most dazzling section: Glacier Alley – a stretch of water lined by hanging tidewater glaciers. Very expensive cruise ships normally ply this route; instead, the Yaghan ferry is the local form of transport (and priced accordingly!).

From Puerto Williams, which is home to plenty of hiking, you can cross the Beagle Channel and spend a day or two in Ushuaia before flying up to El Calafate .

When you’ve accomplished the challenge of hiking in the remote Patagonia scenery near Puerto Natales, board a bus across the border to El Calafate , a small town in striking distance of the awe-inspiring Glacier Perito Moreno .

Take the public bus for a day tour out to the boardwalks that sit beneath the glacier’s snout.

Back in El Calafate, take a bus north to El Chaltén , Argentine Patagonia’s hiking capital.

Set on the very outskirts of Parque Nacional Los Glaciares , this town makes a great place from which to approach a range of day hikes, including to Laguna de los Tres and Laguna Torre , both of which boast splendid mountain reflections in sparkling glacial lakes.

If you’ve more time and are an experienced hiker, embark on the four-day Huemul trek, which takes you in a loop of the park with stunning vistas of the Southern Patagonia Ice Field.

Return by bus to El Calafate and fly to Buenos Aires or continue on from here back to Santiago .

How to adapt this itinerary: If you’ve got less time, it is possible to explore Patagonia in just a one- or two-week vacation . For more information, we’ve gone into more depth about visiting both the Chilean and Argentine sides of this region, including the best national parks, road trip destinations and most remote areas in this comprehensive post about Patagonia backpacking itineraries . You can also add on a trip to Antarctica (check out this cruise from Ushuaia to the Antarctic Peninsula  from the highly-recommended company Swoop Antarctica), just be aware the season for cruises is limited. This guide to when to visit Antarctica can help you plan.

Tuesday 12th of July 2022

Hello, Can you pls. help me with my itinerary. I will be in Bogota, Colombia from Oct. 25-27. Oct. 28 fly to Cusco, Peru for 2 days. Travel to Aguas Calientes for Macchu Picchu. Then travel to Arequipa for Calca canyon. After that I wanted to Arica, Chile. Which is the nearest city to Arica La Paz or Uyuni, Bolivia. Or which is the nearest or next to Arequipa La paz or Arica. After that I wanted to go to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil then to Iguazu falls. After that I have to be in Ushuaia by Nov. 17 or 18 for my trip to Antarctica on November 19 until November 28. I have time after my trip to Antarctica as my fly back home is Dec. 6. pls. help me to how to put together my itinerary if which route is better for me. I will appreciate your help.

Mildred Pinkihan

Steph Dyson

Thursday 21st of July 2022

Hi Mildred, I can help with trip planning if you contact me at [email protected] . You can see the prices for this service here. Steph

Stay up to date with notifications from The Independent

Notifications can be managed in browser preferences.

UK Edition Change

• UK Politics
• News Videos
• Paris 2024 Olympics
• Rugby Union
• Sport Videos
• John Rentoul
• Mary Dejevsky
• Andrew Grice
• Sean O’Grady
• Photography
• Theatre & Dance
• Culture Videos
• Food & Drink
• Health & Families
• Royal Family
• Electric Vehicles
• Lifestyle Videos
• UK Hotel Reviews
• News & Advice
• Simon Calder
• Australia & New Zealand
• South America
• C. America & Caribbean
• Middle East
• Politics Explained
• News Analysis
• Today’s Edition
• Home & Garden
• Fashion & Beauty
• Travel & Outdoors
• Sports & Fitness
• Sustainable Living
• Climate Videos
• Behind The Headlines
• On The Ground
• Decomplicated
• You Ask The Questions
• Binge Watch
• Travel Smart
• Watch on your TV
• Crosswords & Puzzles
• Most Commented
• Newsletters
• Ask Me Anything
• Virtual Events
• Betting Sites
• Online Casinos
• Wine Offers

Thank you for registering

Please refresh the page or navigate to another page on the site to be automatically logged in Please refresh your browser to be logged in

How many months do I need left on my UK passport before I travel?

Many countries across the world require you to have a few months left on your passport at the time of travel – here are the main holiday destinations to watch out for, article bookmarked.

Find your bookmarks in your Independent Premium section, under my profile

Sign up to Simon Calder’s free travel email for expert advice and money-saving discounts

Get simon calder’s travel email, thanks for signing up to the simon calder’s travel email.

You might think that you can just hop on a plane with an in-date passport and travel the world. In fact, many countries demand that visitors have months left on their passport before it expires.

Some – including Australia , Canada and the US – only require your travel document to be in date for the duration of your trip.

But others give a more restrictive time frame, with no real pattern from region to region – while most of Asia requires six months on your passport, for example, different Caribbean islands demand different time frames.

In some destinations, you can also be caught out for not having enough space left in your passport for new immigration stamps.

Here are the key passport validity rules for British passports for the world’s top holiday destinations.

• Barred from Europe: 2.4m Brits caught in post-Brexit passport chaos
• When do I need to renew my passport for travel to Europe?
• This is the best time to renew your passport to save money

Valid for the duration of your stay

These countries only ask that your passport is valid until the day you leave the country.

*While this is technically the rule for Canada, if you have six months or less on your passport, it may take longer for you to get through immigration.

Valid for one day

Costa Rica requires Britons to have one day’s validity from the day of their departure.

Valid for three months

All EU countries, plus those in the Schengen Area (excluding Ireland) require you to have three months left on your passport from the day you plan to leave. Your passport must also be less than 10 years old on the day you enter the country. This is true for the following countries:

• Republic of Cyprus
• Czech Republic
• Liechtenstein
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Vatican City

These non-European countries also require three months’ validity on your day of departure:

• British Virgin Islands
• French Polynesia
• New Zealand
• South Korea

Valid for six months

In most cases, this means valid for six months from the date you arrive in the country, but it’s worth checking the Foreign Office’s individual entry requirements for the country you’re visiting to make sure.

• Antigua and Barbuda
• The Bahamas
• Dominican Republic
• Ecuador (& Galapagos Islands)
• Madagascar*
• Philippines
• South Africa*
• United Arab Emirates

*South Africa, Madagascar, Kenya also require you to have two blank pages left in your passport; Namibia requires one blank page.

Valid for 180 days

India requires a more specific 180 days of validity from the date you arrive. It also asks visitors to have two blank pages available for their visa.

Join our commenting forum

Join thought-provoking conversations, follow other Independent readers and see their replies

Subscribe to Independent Premium to bookmark this article

Want to bookmark your favourite articles and stories to read or reference later? Start your Independent Premium subscription today.

New to The Independent?

Or if you would prefer:

Want an ad-free experience?

Hi {{indy.fullName}}

• My Independent Premium
• Account details
• Help centre

Solar Eclipse 2024 Map Shows Where Sun Will Be Blocked by Moon on April 8

A total solar eclipse will pass over the U.S. in April, casting temporary darkness over more than a dozen cities during the middle of the day.

The total solar eclipse will begin just after midday in the south of the country on April 8, and will travel directly over 13 states . For astronomy enthusiasts, NASA has provided trajectory maps that show exactly where and what time Americans can view the rare phenomenon next month.

The eclipse, the first of its kind in the U.S. since 2017, will cross the continent of North America, starting in Mexico before entering the U.S. and leaving via the northeast into Canada .

Those in what is known as the "path of totality" will experience dark skies for several minutes as the moon blocks the light path of the sun for a few minutes. Those not in the direct path will still experience some effects, to a smaller degree.

Brian Lada, an AccuWeather astronomy expert, told Newsweek : "You definitely want to be looking at the sky on April 8th because if you miss the solar eclipse this year, you have to wait two decades until the next chance to see a total solar eclipse from the contiguous United States."

"Total solar eclipses themselves are not rare. They happen every year somewhere around the world. What is rare is to have them visible here in the United States."

Where Can the Solar Eclipse Be Viewed From?

A NASA map shows the full trajectory of the eclipse across the country and provides estimated times. Starting in Texas at around 1:30 p.m. CDT, the eclipse will occur in Oklahoma, Arkansas, Missouri, Illinois, Kentucky, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, New York, Vermont, New Hampshire, and finally over Maine at around 3:30 p.m. EDT.

Some major cities will also turn dark on April 8. In the following cities, the maximum totality will begin at the following times, according to information provided by NASA:

• Dallas, Texas - 1:42 p.m. CDT
• Idabel, Oklahoma - 1:47 p.m. CDT
• Little Rock, Arkansas - 1:52 p.m. CDT
• Poplar Bluff, Missouri - 1:56 p.m. CDT
• Paducah, Kentucky - 2:01 p.m. CDT
• Carbondale, Illinois - 2:01 p.m. CDT
• Evansville, Indiana - 2:04 p.m. CDT
• Cleveland, Ohio - 3:15 p.m. EDT
• Erie, Pennsylvania - 3:18 p.m. EDT
• Buffalo, New York - 3:20 p.m. EDT
• Burlington, Vermont - 3:27 p.m. EDT
• Lancaster, New Hampshire - 3:29 p.m. EDT
• Caribou, Maine - 3:33 p.m. EDT

NASA has warned anyone turning to the skies to watch the eclipse should take proper precautions to prevent potentially serious damage to their eyesight.

"When watching the partial phases of the solar eclipse directly with your eyes, which happens before and after totality, you must look through safe solar viewing glasses ('eclipse glasses') or a safe handheld solar viewer at all times," NASA said. "You can also use an indirect viewing method, such as a pinhole projector."

Related Articles

• Solar Eclipse to See NASA Send Rockets Into Moon's Shadow
• Solar Eclipse Could Unlock 'Elusive' Knowledge of Sun
• Solar Eclipse Warnings Leave Officials on Guard: 'I'm Scared As Hell'

Start your unlimited Newsweek trial

• April 30, 2023
• No Comments

Flashpacker vs Budget 5-Week South America Backpacking Itinerary

Can you travel south america in five weeks.

Five weeks is the perfect amount of time in South America, and you should be able to tick off several countries.

The variety of routes you can take through South America is endless. But for five weeks in South America, I think the best route would be a circular one that starts in Argentina, heads south to Patagonia and then loops back around to see the highlights of Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador.

The benefit of this type of backpacking route is that you are seeing the very best that South America has to offer . Yes, you’ll be taking more flights and it will cost more, but you you’ll have ticked all the boxes and won’t regret it.

If you prefer a more budget friendly approach to South America, don’t worry – there are two itineraries here: one more expensive and one more suitable for budget travellers which will be linked at the end of the post.

Flashpacker Five Week Itinerary For South America

This five-week itinerary is for travellers without a budget. You’ll be visiting Patagonia and the Galapagos Islands which are the two most expensive places in South America but also two of the best. Pick this itinerary if you want to see the best of South America.

Here’s the breakdown of this five-week South America backpacking itinerary:

Week 1 - Argentina

• Day 1-3 – Buenos Aires
• Day 4-6 – El Chatlen
• Day 7 – El Calafate

Week 2 - CHile

• Day 8 – Puerto Natales
• Day 9-10 – Torres Del Paine National Park
• Day 11-12 – Santiago
• Day 13-14 – San Pedro De Atacama

Week 3 - Bolivia

• Day 15-16 – Salt Flat Tour
• Day 17 – Uyuni
• Day 18-19 – La Paz
• Day 20-21 – Copacabana

Week 4 - Peru

• Day 22-23 – Cusco
• Day 24-25- Aguas Calientes / Machu Picchu
• Day 26 – Cusco
• Day 27-28 – Lima

Week 5 - Ecuador

• Day 29 – Guayaquil
• Day 30-31 – Galapagos Islands: San Cristobal
• Day 32-34 – Galapagos Islands: Santa Cruz
• Day 35 – Quito

Day 1-3 - Buenos Aires

Start this 5-week South America itinerary with 3 days in one of the best capitals on the continent.  Buenos Aires is known as the “Paris of South America,” as it feels like your visiting a European capital.

Here some great things to do whilst in BA:

• Tango – experience the city’s famous tango dancing and enjoy its delicious cuisine.
• Visit La Boca – This colourful neighbourhood is known for its vibrant street art, tango shows, and its famous soccer team, Boca Juniors.
• Take a Boat Tour on the Rio de la Plata – Taking a boat tour of the river is a great way to see the city from a different perspective and get a great view of the skyline.

For more reasons why this is such a great city to spend time in, head to the post below: 

• Is Buenos Aires Worth Visiting? 12 Great Reasons To Visit Argentina’s Capital

Day 4-6 - El Chalten

El Chalten is known as the “Trekking Capital of Argentina”. You will have your pick of hikes from single day to multi-day options that take you into the beautiful Patagonian wilderness and Glacier National Park.  

One of the most iconic single day hikes is the Laguna de los Tres hike, popular for the sublime panoramic views it offers of Glaciar de Los Tres and Mount Fitz Roy. You can hike out-and-back to Laguna de Los Tres from El Chaltén in one day, but a popular option is to camp overnight near the lagoon and witness a fantastic sunrise the following morning.

The Laguna de los Tres trek is one of the best in Argentina as well as South America, and if you can only do one single day hike in Argentina’s Patagonia, this should be it.

If you are interested in spending more time in Chile and Argentina, check out the post below:

• The Essential 1-Month Chile And Argentina Itinerary

Day 7 - El Calafate

The town of El Calafate is your base for seeing the epic Perito Moreno Glacier.

You can take in the views of this huge chunk of ice from the visitor centre or take a boat to get a up close and personal. If you are lucky, you may catch a chunk of ice falling off and crashing into the water below. One day is enough here to see the glacier before heading to Chile.

To see some alternative itineraries for this region, head to the post below:

• How Many Days Do You Need For El Calafate and El Chalten? 3 Great Itineraries For Every Traveller

Week 2 - Chile

Chile is country two of five in this five-week South America itinerary. Here’s what you can look forward to in week 2: 

Day 8 - Puerto Natales

You are a 5-hour bus and border crossing away from Chile and the town of Puerto Natales Take an early morning bus from El Calafate, so you arrive early afternoon.

Puerto Natales is the closest town to Torres Del Paine National Park. Take one day here to get your bearings, buy any last-minute gear for hiking, and prepare for the next few days of trekking.

Day 9-10 - Torres Del Paine National Park

Trekking in Torres Del Paine National Park is a hikers dream and there are many single day hikes to choose from.

As you only have a couple of days here, I would recommend the Lago Grey / Grey Glacier trek . The trek takes its name the picturesque glacial lake located at the southern end of the park. This is one of the best treks in the park due to the scenery on offer: on one side, the Patagonian mountains and on the other side, the bright blue Lake Grey.

You can spend one day trekking to the campsite at Grey Glacier, stay overnight and then trek back the next day before catching the bus back to Puerto Natales.

For a full list of the best single-day hikes in South America, head to the post below:

• The Best Single Day Hikes In South America

Day 11-12 - Santiago

Once in the capital you can start with the walking tour to get your bearings and then visit one of the several museums Santiago has to offer.

I’d recommend Strawberry Walking Tours. They take you to several places in the city including Santa Lucia Hill to discover where Santiago’s history began, and through the Plaza de Armas to enjoy cosmopolitan Santiago.  In the evening, head up to the top of the Sky Costerna , Santiago’s tallest building, to find the best views of the city.

For your second day, you can take a day trip outside of the city to Valparaiso, go trekking in the mountains or head to one of the many vineyards to try the best of Chilean wine.

Day 13-14 - Atacama Desert

The Atacama desert is a beautiful place but its sights are spread out meaning you have to book several different tours to try and see it all.

Alternatively, renting a car for a day or two means you can explore as much as you want without any time restrictions. Renting a 4×4 for the day should costs somewhere between $60-80 and if there is a group of you then the cost can be split between you.

Driving around the Atacama desert means you can see it all on your own terms. You can drive north to see the fields of geysers, then south to float in the salt lagoons before ending the day at ‘Valle de la Luna’ to see strange rock formations eroded over millions of years.

Also, whilst you are here, make sure you book onto your Salt Flat tour. This will be your transport from Atacama to Bolivia. I recommend Salty Desert Adventours.

The Atacama Desert itinerary below has all the information you need on how to rent a car, avoid expensive tours and drive to the best places in the desert:

• An Adventure-Filled Atacama Desert 4-Day Itinerary

Preparing for your first trip to South America? 

Here are 22 FAQ’s to help you prepare for the trip of a lifetime: 

How To Travel South America: 22 FAQs To Prepare For Your Next Trip

Planning a trip to South America can be an exhilarating adventure filled with diverse landscapes, rich cultures, and unforgettable experiences. However, to ensure a smooth and enjoyable journey, it's essential to be well-prepared on several fronts. Here are 22 frequently asked questions...

Bolivia is country number three out of five on this five-week itinerary. 

Day 15-16 - Salt Flats Tour

One of the great things about a Salt Flat tour is that it also includes your transportation from Chile to Bolivia.The tour starts the morning of day 15 and picks you up in Atacama before taking you to the border and into Bolivia.  

The three-day/two-night salt flat tour will take you exploring on one of the most surreal landscapes in the world.

As you are doing this tour backwards, on the first day, the tour heads out across the high-altitude desert known as the Altiplano to see even wilder landscapes such as volcanoes, geysers, and beautiful high-altitude lakes full of flamingos.

Then the second day is spent on the actual salt flat taking the popular perspective and reflection photos for the gram . This is one of best tours in the whole of South America and shouldn’t be missed.

For more on the Uyuni Salt Flat Tour including the best tours companies and what to pack, head to the post below:

• The Ultimate Guide To The Uyuni Salt Flat Tour

Day 17 - Uyuni

The salt flat tour will carry through to the morning of day 17, taking you to a couple more sights before dropping you in the town of Uyuni.

On this day you can either decide to fly straight to La Paz to carry on with the journey to save time or take a day to relax in Uyuni.

Day 18-19 - La Paz

Once you reach La Paz you have an endless list of activities to choose from such as biking down Death Road, trekking in the ‘Valley of the Moon’, or climbing Huayna Potosi (known as the easiest 6000m mountain to climb in the world).

Aside from all the adventure activities, the city is also an incredible place to explore. When wandering around you will see the impressive cable cars and their lines stretching out to every corner of La Paz.

Some routes will go as high as 4,000m (13,000 ft) above sea level, and it’s a great see more of La Paz and get incredible views of the city.

2 days is a good amount of time to cover it all. I recommend riding down Death Road one day and then using the other day to explore in the city.

Follow the complete La Paz backpacking guide below to help you plan further:

• The 13 Best Things To Do In La Paz As A Backpacker

Day 20-21 - Copacabana

Lake Titicaca is the highest navigable lake in the world at 3,810 metres above sea level . Half of it sits in Peru, the other half in Bolivia.

The town of Copacabana on the Bolivian side is a small but pretty place filled with local markets and artisan restaurants, but the lake itself is the must-see.

Fun activities include trekking to Cerro Calvario to get beautiful views of the lake and taking a boat tour to Isla del Sol which is the largest island on the lake.

Peru is country number four out of five on this itinerary. You have one weeks here with the highlight being Machu Pichu.

Day 22-23 - Cusco

Once in Cusco you have just one day to exploring the city and one day to explore its surroundings.

On your second day, I would recommend taking a day trip out of the city to see the beautiful Andean countryside. You can visit the popular Rainbow Mountain or one of the many other natural wonders such as Laguna Humantay at 4200m above sea level.

If you think a trip to Rainbow Mountain is for you, then head to the full guide below so you know what to expect:

• Is Rainbow Mountain Worth It? A Guide To Peru’s Best Trek

Day 24-25 - Aguas Calientes & Machu Picchu

On the morning of day 24, either take the bus or train to the town of Aguas Calientes . For a five-week itinerary, I would recommend the train as it only takes 3 hours in comparison to the bus which takes 9 (meaning you lose an entire day).

Once you arrive in Aguas Calientes, take the evening to relax and get an early night in preparation for Machu Picchu.

Early on the morning of day 25, it’s finally time to climb the 1,600+ stairs up to Peru’s most popular tourist attraction – Machu Picchu.

When you need to leave depends on what time ticket you purchased. However, I would recommend trying to get a 6:00 AM ticket which is the earliest entry possible. Most people wake up around 4.30AM and wait outside the gates from 5:00 AM.

When the gates open you can start the hike. The alternative is to wait and take the bus which will get you to the top quicker. Either way, you’ll be one of the first people into Machu Picchu, catching the sunrise and largely having the place to yourself (at least for half an hour, until it becomes packed).

Whether you take the bus or the train to Machu Picchu, it’s a complicated journey and there’s lot you need to know. Luckily the guide linked below has everything you need:

• The 3 Best Ways To Visit Machu Picchu

Day 26 - Cusco

Once you return to Aguas Calientes from Machu Picchu, you can either stay the night here or return to Cusco.  Either way, you should still stay one extra day to rest and recover and plan your next journey on this five-week itinerary.

For your final day in Cusco, I would recommend a massage to help those aching legs. Massages in Cusco are cheap, and you have several options from Swedish to deep tissue.

In the evening, you should make a reservation at Limbus Resto-bar which has one of the best views in the city . Try to get a booking around sunset and out on the terrace for incredible golden hour views of Cusco.

Head to the Cusco backpackers guide linked below for all the information you need:

• Cusco Backpackers Guide & 13 Best Things To Do

Day 27-28 - Lima

Two days in the capital of Peru is more than enough to round off your time in Peru.

For your first day, start by exploring Miraflores and walking along the boardwalk where you will get some beautiful views of the ocean.

On your second, the bohemian district of Barranco is well worth checking out. This is the best place to find an authentic local restaurant to try some amazing regional dishes like ceviche. Barranco is also home to some great bars. Head to Ayahuasca bar to try one of the best Pisco Sours in Lima.

For more information on Lima:

• Is Lima Worth Visiting? 10 Great Reasons To Visit Peru’s Capital

Ecuador is the fifth and final country on this five-week itinerary. However, most of your time will be spent on the Galapagos Islands.

Day 29 - Guayaquil

There isn’t much in Guayaquil for backpackers, so take a day here just to rest and relax and get everything ready for your trip to the Galapagos Islands.

The full guide linked below has all the information you need from booking flights to what to pack:

• The Complete Guide To Visiting The Galapagos Islands

Day 30-31 - Galapagos Islands: San Cristobal

You have 5 days total on the Galapagos islands which gives you enough time to see two islands.

Flying into San Cristobal first is better as the town is a 5-minute taxi ride from the airport (compared to a 45-minute journey on Santa Cruz).

Start by exploring the island on your first day. You can walk to many of the best places which include museums, secluded beaches, and viewpoints. Aim to visit the Interpretation Centre, Cerro Tijeretas and Playa Punta Carola.

On the second day, book a tour to take you to see the highlands. This popular tour takes you to three unique places. Firstly, a highland lagoon to see nesting frigate birds and a collection of other bird species. The second stop is Puerto Chino , a secluded beach where you can see blue-footed boobies among the coastal rocks and catch marine iguanas and sea lions resting on the beach. The third and final stop is the Giant Tortoise Sanctuary. This is a semi-open enclosure where you can wander around and see these gentle giants up close.

For more on the Galapagos Islands:

• 15 Reasons Why The Galapagos Islands Are Worth Visiting

Day 32-34 - Galapagos Islands: Santa Cruz

On the morning of day 32, take the ferry to the next island. Santa Cruz is the more developed of the three main islands. The town has more restaurants and bars to enjoy, and a greater diversity of natural areas so you can spend more time exploring here.

The waterfront is a pleasant walk where you’ll come across the fish market set in front of a small harbour. The fish market is a popular place for tourists in town because Lupe the Sea L ion is there. Lupe has been visiting the market every day for around the last 10 years. Apparently, she turned up one day, got fed and hasn’t stopped coming back since.

After that, it’s a 20-minute walk from Puerto Ayora to get to the Darwin Research Centre. The centre is a fantastic educational space dedicated to the conservation of the rare animals that live on the Galapagos islands.

On your second day, a 45-minute walk from town will take you to one of the islands best beaches. Tortuga Bay is a secluded beach surrounded by mangrove trees. Along the beach, you can see marine iguanas crawling out of the sea and up onto the beach to warm up and if you go snorkelling, try looking for baby sharks, rays, and turtles in the mangroves. 

Day 35 - Quito

You have one final day left on this incredible five-week itinerary. As you’ll be flying back from the Galapagos Islands, this only gives you an afternoon to see Quito.

I would recommend taking the Teleferico cable car up to the summit of Pichincha Volcano. From here you get one of the best views of Quito. Aside from the birds eye view of the city, you also get 360 panoramic views of the countryside and if it’s a clear day you’ll be able to see Cotopaxi Volcano off in the distance.

For more on Quito,  head to the post below:

• The Best Things To Do In Quito As A Backpacker

Budget Friendly Five Week Itinerary For South America

This five-week itinerary is much more budget friendly that the last.

Skipping over the Galapagos Islands and Patagonia means your money will go a long way. Don’t worry though, you will still some of the best that South America has to offer including the Caribbean coast in Colombia, Cotopaxi Volcano in Ecuador, and Machu Picchu in Peru.

Here’s the complete breakdown of this budget five-week South America backpacking itinerary:

Week 1 - Colombia

• Day 1 – Bogota
• Day 2-3 – Santa Marta
• Day 4-5 – Palomino
• Day 6-7 – Medellin

Week 2 - Ecuador

• Day 8 – Quito
• Day 9-10 – Cotopaxi
• Day 11-12 – Banos
• Day 13 – Guayaquil

Week 3/4 - Peru

• Day 14 – Lima
• Day 15-16 – Paracas
• Day 17 – Huacachina
• Day 18-19 – Cusco
• Day 20 – 21 – Aguas Calientes and Machu Picchu
• Day 22 – Cusco
• Day 23 – Bus To Copacabana

Week 5 - Bolivia

• Day 24-25 – Copacabana
• Day 26-27 – La Paz
• Day 28-31 – The Amazon
• Day 32 – Uyuni
• Day 33 – 35 – Salt Flats Tour

This five-week budget itinerary outlined above is the same as the six week itinerary with the last week cut off.

This alternative route includes less flights and sticks to Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia . These countries are cheaper when compared to places like Chile, closer together, and the travel routes between them by bus and air are short and well-established meaning you are following the most efficient route.

This will make your five weeks feel effortless whilst maximising the amount of time you have in each country.

  To see this itinerary in full detail, head to the post below:

• A Comprehensive Six Week South America Itinerary

How Much Money Do You Need For Five Weeks In South America?

A good rule of thumb for backpacking South America is $500 a week . So, for five weeks of travelling around South America, I would budget a minimum of $2500.

However, the flashpacker five-week itinerary has you visiting five countries with several flights included. It also includes some of the best tours in South America such as Machu Picchu, the Salt Flats, the Galapagos Islands, and the W-trek in Torres Del Paine National Park.

These will also cost extra and add to your budget so therefore, I would recommend budgeting $3500 for this five-week itinerary. That gives you a budget of $700 a week.

That $700 a week won’t always be used, but it will be necessary when you come to book expensive flights and tours. For example, your week in Chile or on the Galapagos will likely cost around $800 whereas a week in Bolivia will be closer to $500.

Popular South America Itineraries

If you have more than two-weeks to spare then why not check out our other South America itineraries ranging from three weeks to three months:

• 5 Expertly Curated Three-Week South America Itineraries
• 4 Epic 1-Month South America Backpacking Itineraries
• The Perfect 2-Month South America Itinerary For Budget Backpackers
• The Ideal 3-Month South America Backpacking Itinerary
• The Perfect 1-Month Peru and Bolivia Itinerary
• How Many Days Do You Need In South America – 6 Great Itineraries That Work For Every Traveller
• 4 Perfectly Planned 10-Day Itineraries For South America 
• 4 Fast-Paced One Week Backpacking Itineraries For South America
• The 8 Best Digital Nomad Cities In South America
• From North to South: The Complete 10-Week South America Itinerary
• Colombia, Ecuador & Peru Itinerary: From Two Weeks To Two Months
• Suitcase Or Backpack? Which Is Best For South America?
• Author Profile
• Posts by the Author
• How Many Days In La Paz? 3 and 5 Day Itinerary
• Suitcase or Backpack: Which is Best for South America?
• Is Medellin Worth Visiting? 16 Great Reasons To Visit In 2024
• How Many Days In Medellin? 3 Great Itineraries From 3-7 Days
• The Ideal 1-Month Brazil Itinerary
• How Many Days Do You Need In Brazil? 5 Great Itineraries from 7 Days to One Month

Joe Bayfield

Do You Want To See South America On A Budget?

See Machu Picchu, the Amazon and the Bolivian Salt Flats, all with this efficient money-saving itinerary

Baltimore bridge collapse: What happened and what is the death toll?

What is the death toll, when did the baltimore bridge collapse, why did the bridge collapse, who will pay for the damage and how much will the bridge cost.

HOW LONG WILL IT TAKE TO REBUILD THE BRIDGE?

What ship hit the baltimore bridge, what do we know about the bridge that collapsed.

HOW WILL THE BRIDGE COLLAPSE IMPACT THE BALTIMORE PORT?

Get weekly news and analysis on the U.S. elections and how it matters to the world with the newsletter On the Campaign Trail. Sign up here.

Writing by Lisa Shumaker; Editing by Daniel Wallis and Bill Berkrot

Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles. , opens new tab

Thomson Reuters

Lisa's journalism career spans two decades, and she currently serves as the Americas Day Editor for the Global News Desk. She played a pivotal role in tracking the COVID pandemic and leading initiatives in speed, headline writing and multimedia. She has worked closely with the finance and company news teams on major stories, such as the departures of Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey and Amazon’s Jeff Bezos and significant developments at Apple, Alphabet, Facebook and Tesla. Her dedication and hard work have been recognized with the 2010 Desk Editor of the Year award and a Journalist of the Year nomination in 2020. Lisa is passionate about visual and long-form storytelling. She holds a degree in both psychology and journalism from Penn State University.

Canada on Tuesday condemned an Israeli strike that killed seven aid workers in Gaza, one of them a Canadian, and called for a full investigation.

Maps of the April 2024 Total Solar Eclipse

By Jonathan Corum

On April 8, the moon will slip between the Earth and the sun, casting a shadow across a swath of North America: a total solar eclipse.

By cosmic coincidence, the moon and the sun appear roughly the same size in the sky. When the moon blocks the glare of the sun, the sun’s outer atmosphere, or corona, will be briefly visible.

Below are several maps of the eclipse’s path as well as images of what you might experience during the event.

Where Can I See the Total Eclipse?

The eclipse will begin at sunrise over the Pacific Ocean, then cut through Mexico and cross the United States from Texas to Maine. Most of North America will see a partial eclipse, but viewers within the deepest shadow — a band sliding from Mazatlán, Mexico, to the Newfoundland coast near Gander, Canada — will experience a total solar eclipse.

Percentage of

the sun obscured

during the eclipse

Indianapolis

Little Rock

San Antonio

Viewers inside the path of the total eclipse may notice a drop in temperature , a lull or shift in the wind , the appearance of bright planets in the sky, and the quieting of birds and other wildlife.

Many cities lie inside the path of the total eclipse, as shown below, the width of which varies from 108 miles to 122 miles.

20% partial eclipse

NEWFOUNDLAND

SASKATCHEWAN

Fredericton

Minneapolis

San Francisco

90% partial eclipse

Los Angeles

Mexico City

EL SALVADOR

Explore our interactive cloud outlook for eclipse viewing times and average cloud data at your location.

What Will I See?

A composite image of the 2017 solar eclipse over Madras, Ore.

Aubrey Gemignani/NASA

If the sky is clear, viewers in the path of the total eclipse should see a “diamond ring” effect a few seconds before and after the total eclipse, as the edge of the sun slips in and out of view.

The “diamond ring” effect during the 2017 solar eclipse.

Rami Daud/NASA, Alcyon Technical Services

The sun’s outer atmosphere, or corona, is normally hidden by the sun’s glare. These tendrils and sheets of gas, heated to a million degrees Fahrenheit or more, are in constant motion and shaped by the sun’s swirling magnetic field.

The sun’s corona during the 2017 solar eclipse.

The sun is relatively active this year and is nearing the expected peak of its 11-year solar cycle . Researchers at Predictive Science are using data about the sun’s magnetic field to predict and model a dramatic corona for the April eclipse.

A prediction of how the sun’s corona might appear during the April 8 total eclipse.

Predictive Science

What Colors Should I Wear?

As the sky darkens, light-sensitive cells in human eyes become more sensitive to blue and green hues than to reds and oranges. This shift in color perception is known as the Purkinje effect , after a 19th-century Czech scientist, and is typically seen at twilight.

Watching the 2017 total eclipse at Southern Illinois University.

Andrea Morales for The New York Times

To take advantage of the Purkinje effect, wear green clothes or a contrasting combination of greens and reds. Blue-green colors (shorter wavelengths) will appear brighter, while red colors (longer wavelengths) will appear to recede into the darkness.

What If I Miss It?

The next two total solar eclipses in the United States won’t occur until 2044 and 2045 . But eclipse chasers might catch one in 2026 in Greenland, Iceland and Spain; 2027 along the coast of Northern Africa; 2028 in Australia and New Zealand; or 2030 across Southern Africa and Australia.

A Total Solar Eclipse Is Coming. Here’s What You Need to Know.

These are answers to common questions about the April 8 eclipse, and we’re offering you a place to pose more of them.

By Katrina Miller

What’s the Cloud Forecast for Eclipse Day? See if the Weather Is on Your Side.

April 8 could be your best opportunity to see a total solar eclipse for decades. But if clouds fill the sky, you may miss the spectacle.

By Josh Katz, K.K. Rebecca Lai and William B. Davis

• Share full article

Advertisement